The URL can be used to link to this page

REV1 FOR REFERENCE BLD2021-1387+Architectural_or_Building_Floor_Plans+3.13.2023_12.04.57_PM+3417549BUILDING DATA SHEET INDEX n c+'i v M N CD N O QITC LOCATION MAP N.T.S. TRUE NORTH OWNER PORT OF EDMONDS 336 ADMIRAL WAY EDMONDS, WA 98020 PHONE: (425) 775 4588 EMAIL: BMCCHESNEY@PORTOFEDMONDS.ORG CONTACT: ROBERT MCCHESNEY PORT OF EDMONDS TRUE NORTH ARCHITECT 471 ADMRAL WAY EDMONDS, WA 98020 ISSUED FOR PERMIT REVISIONS MARCH 10, 2023 QITC VICINITY MAP N.T.S. JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. 311 1STAVE. S. SEATTLE WA 98104 PHONE: (206) 324 4800 EMAIL: KATERINA.PROCHASKA@JACKSONMAIN.COM CONTACT: KATERINA PROCHASKA CIVIL ENG. CG ENGINEERING, PLLC 250 4TH AVE S, SUITE 200 EDMONDS, WA 98020 PHONE: (425) 778 8500 EMAIL: JAREDU@CGENGINEERING.COM CONTACT: JARED UNDERBRINK PROJECT DESCRIPTION CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW RETAIL (M), OFFICE (B) WITH ASSEMBLY MEETING ROOM (A-3), AND MAINTENANCE SHOP (S-1) WITHIN A BUILDING FOOTPRINT OF 6,650 SF. RETAIL AND MAINTENANCE SHOP WILL BE LOCATED ON LEVEL 1 AND OFFICES WITH ASSEMBLY MEETING ROOM WILL BE LOCATED ON LEVEL 2. PROJECT IS TARGETING LEED SILVER. EXTERIOR WORK INCLUDES A REVISED CURB CUT FROM ADMIRAL WAY, REVISIONS TO EXISTING PARKING, RELOCATION OF AND NEW PARKING LOT LIGHTING, NEW LANDSCAPING, BUILDING SIGNAGE, CANOPIES, AND SUN SHADES. DEFERRED SUBMITTALS FIRE ALARM SYSTEM FIRE SPRINKLERS STEEL STAIRS BUILDING SIGNAGE SOLAR ARRAY (CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT) ELECTRICAL PERMIT SEPARATE PERMITS BLG2021-1384 - CLEARING AND GRADING BLD2021-1386 - MECHANICAL PERMIT BLD2021-1387 - PLUMBING PERMIT TRUCTURAL ENG. CG ENGINEERING, PLLC 250 4TH AVE S, SUITE 200 EDMONDS, WA 98020 PHONE: (425) 778 8500 EMAIL: DENNIST@CGENGINEERING.COM CONTACT: DENNIS TITUS MECH./PLUMB. ENG. COFFMAN ENGINEERS 1101 2ND AVE #400 SEATTLE, WA 98101 PHONE: (206) 623 0717 EMAIL: OYVIND.NAESS@COFFMAN.COM CONTACT: OYVIND NAESS SEPARATE PERMITS FIRE ALARM SYSTEM FIRE SPRINKLERS BUILDING SIGNAGE CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT TREE REMOVAL PERMIT (FOR ELEC. TRANSFORMER) ELECTRICAL ENG. HARBOR POWER ENG. INC. 815 1 STAVE. #343 SEATTLE, WA 98104 1404 PHONE: (206) 855 4600 EMAIL: EDDAVID@HARBORPOWER.NET CONTACT: ED DAVID PROPERTY / ZONING SITE INFORMATION PARCEL #27032300415800 LEGAL DESCRIPTION SEC 23 TWP 27 RGE 03A PTN OF BURLINGTON NORTHERN IN FORMER GREAT NORTHER RR CO) PRTY LOC IN SEC 23 & 26 DAF BEG AT INT OF E BDY ADMIRAL WAY WITH S BDY DAYTON ST TH SELY ALG S BDY DAYTON ST 205FT M/L TO EBDY SD BURLINGTON NORTHERN RR PROP TH SWLY IN A STRAIGHT LN TAP THAT IS 205FT S WHEN MEAS AT R/A FIR N LN OF SEC 26 & 220FT SELY WHEN MEAS AT R/A FIR E BDYADMIRAL WAY TH NWLY AT R/A TO E BDY SD RR 220FT M/L TO EBD ADMIRAL WAY TH NELY ALG E BDY ADMIRAL WAY TO POB EXC THE SELY 10OFT THOF JURISDICTION CITY OF EDMONDS NEIGHBORHOOD 5601000 ADDRESS 336 ADM IRAL WAY EDMONDS, WA 98020 SQUARE FEET ACRES PARCEL AREA 192,407 4.34 SITE AREA 20,880 0.48 BUILDING FOOTPRINT 6,652 0.15 *APPROVED UNDER *APPROVED UNDER PLN20170029 AND PLN20210012 PLN20170029 AND PLN20210012 ZONING INFORMATION BASE ZONE CW - COMMERCIAL WATERFRONT LOCATED WITHIN THE URBAN MIXED USE II SHORELINE DESIGNATION ENVIRONMENTAL FLOOD, SEISMIC HAZARD AREA CRITICAL AREAS ALLOWED 1. MARINE -ORIENTED SERVICES. 2. RETAIL USES WHICH ARE EITHER MARINE - ORIENTED OR PEDESTRIAN -ORIENTED. 3. OFFICES. 4. LOCAL PUBLIC FACILITIES WITH MARINE - ORIENTED SERVICES. USES (ECDC 16.55.010) PERMITTED SECONDARY USES: OFF-STREET PARKING AND LOADING. RETAIL, OFFICE, ASSEMBLY MEETING ROOM, PROPOSED MAINTENANCE SHOP, W/ PARKING FLOOR AREA RATIO ALLOWED NA HEIGHT/STORIES ALLOWED 30' FROM 14' BASE ELEVATION; 2 STORIES (ECDC 16.55.020) PROPOSED 29' - 9" REQUIRED SET BACK (ECDC 16.55.020) PROPOSED SETBACK (15' FT) FROM LINE ADJACENT TO R ZONED PROPERTY (15' FT) LANDWARD OF BULKHEADS FOR N/A BUILDINGS (60' FT) LANDWARD OF BULKHEAD PARKING MAX. ALLOWABLE LOT COVERAGE N/A (ECDC 16.55.020) LOT COVERAGE BUILDING FOOTPRINT 6,650 sf 31.8% SIDEWALKS, PAVING, TRASH ENCLOSURE 12,816 sf 61.4% TOTAL IMPERVIOUS AREA 19,466 sf 93.2% LANDSCAPE AREA 1,414 sf 6.8% PARKING SUMMARY REQUIRED PARKING PER ECDC 17.50.070 B, THE DOWNTOWN BUSINESS AREA CONSISTS OF ALL LAND ZONED BC, BD OR CW AND LOCATED IN THE AREA EAST OF PUGET SOUND, SOUTH OF EDMONDS STREET, WEST OF SEVENTH AVENUE AND NORTH OF PINE STREET. PER ECDC 17.50.010.C.1, ALL NEW BUILDINGS IN THE DOWNTOWN BUSINESS AREA SHALL PROVIDE PARKING AT A FLAT RATE OF ONE PARKING STALL FOR EVERY 500 SO. FT. OF GROSS FLOOR AREA. GROSS FLOOR AREA 12,000 SF PARKING PROVIDED 24 PARKING REQUIRED 24 BICYCLE PARKING NONE REQUIRED PROPOSED PARKING DIMENSION TYPE TAG CITY PROPOSED 8.5'X 16.5' ELECTRIC VEHICLE EV 2 8.5' X 16.5' STANDARD S 20 8.5' X 19.0' ACCESSIBLE V 2 TOTAL 24 BICYCLE PARKING 2 LANDSCAPING REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS PER ECDC 20.13.020 AND 20.13.025 1. PLANTING AREAS MIN. 4'-0" WIDE BETWEEN CURBS. 2. LANDSCAPING PROVIDED IN ADJACENT RIGHT-OF-WAY BETWEEN PL AND CURB OR STREET EDGE. 3. STREET TREES PLANTED PER CITY'S STREET TREE PLAN. 4. STREET TREES INSTALLED WITHIN 4'-0" OF EITHER SIDE OF PL.. 5. LANDSCAPING TALL ENOUGH TO SOFTEN DUMPSTER ENCLOSURES LOCATED IN PLANTING AREAS. 6. TREES AND LARGE SHRUBS PLANTED MIN. 5'-0" FROM WATER/SEWER LINES. PLANTINGS TO BE IN RELATION TO UTILITY LINES. 7. UTILITY BOXES TO BE SCREENED W/ LANDSCAPING. 8. BLANK BUILDING WALLS TO BE SOFTENED BY LANDSCAPING. 9. TYPE IV LANDSCAPING REQUIRED ALONG NORTHERN PL, ADJACENT TO ADMIRAL WAY. BUILDING CODE INFORMATION BUILDING DATA CONSTRUCTION TYPE (IBC SECTION 602) II-B FIRE SPRINKLERED YES HEIGHT/STORIES (WSBC 504.3 AND 504.4) ALLOWED 55'-0" B 4 STORIES M 3 STORIES S-1 3 STORIES BUILDING AREA (GROSS) (WSBC 506.2) ALLOWED B 69,000 SF M 37,500 SF A-3 28,500 SF S-1 52,500 SF PROPOSED 12,000 SF PROPOSED OCC. CLASSIFICATION OCC. JAREA (SF) ASSEMBLY A-3 11,051 STORAGE S-1 3,500 RETAIL M 2,320 OFFICE B 11,892 TOTAL 8,763 SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS (TABLE 508.4) (1) HOUR SEPARATION BETWEEN A-3 AND B, M, S-1 PER WSBC TABLE 508.4 N FIRE RESISTANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS PER WSBC TABLE 601 BEARING WALLS EXTERIOR BEARING WALLS INTERIOR NON BEARING WALLS EXTERIOR NON BEARING WALLS INTERIOR FLOOR CONSTRUCTION ROOF CONSTRUCTION 0 HOURS 0 HOURS 0 HOURS 0 HOURS 0 HOURS 0 HOURS FIRE RESISTANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERIOR WALLS PER WSBC TABLE 602 NORTH (X>=30) EAST (X>=30) SOUTH (X>=30) WEST (X>=30) 0 HOURS 0 HOURS 0 HOURS 0 HOURS ALLOWABLE OPENINGS MAX. AREA OF EXTERIOR WALL OPENINGS PER WSBC TABLE 705.8 NORTH (X>=30) EAST (X>=30) SOUTH (X>=30) WEST (X>=30) NO LIMIT NO LIMIT NO LIMIT NO LIMIT LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT FIRE PROTECTION BETHUNE ASSOCIATES INC. 24813 247TH PL SE MAPLE VALLEY, WA 98038 PHONE: (425) 432 9877 EMAIL: LAUCH@BETHUNEASSOCIATES.COM CONTACT: LAUCHLIN BETHUNE COFFMAN ENGINEERS 1101 2ND AVE #400 SEATTLE, WA 98101 PHONE: (206) 521 0745 EMAIL: GRAMLICH@COFFMAN.COM CONTACT: DAVID GRAMLICH GENERAL G0.00 COVER SHEET G0.01 PROJECT INFO. AND ANNOTATION KEY G0.02 G0.03 ENERGY CODE / GREEN BLDG. INITIATIVES / AREA PLANS INTERIOR ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS G0.04 ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS C1.1 COVER SHEET & GENERAL NOTES C2.1 TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL & DEMO PLAN C2.2 TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL DETAILS C3.1 GRADING & DRAINAGE PLAN & DETAILS C3.2 GRADING & DRAINAGE DETAILS C3.3 GRADING & DRAINAGE DETAILS C4.1 WATER & SEWER PLAN C4.2 WATER & SEWER DETAILS C4.3 WATER & SEWER DETAILS C5.1 SITE & STREET IMPROVEMENT & TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN & DETAILS SITE & STREET IMPROVEMENT DETAILS C5.2 C5.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL DETAILS C5.4 STREET IMPROVEMENT DETAILS LANDSCAPE L1.0 I LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION PLAN L2.0 ILANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN ARCHITECTURAL /14.0 I r-LIJVf[ rLMIN - LC V CL U I A2.02 FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 02 A2.03 ROOF PLAN A2.11 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 01 , A2.12 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 02 ' A3.02 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A4.01 BUILDING SECTIONS A4.02 BUILDING SECTIONS A4.11 WALL SECTIONS A5.21 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A6.02 VERTICAL CIRCULATION ELEVATOR A7.01 STOREFRONT / WINDOW SCHEDULE , A7.02 DOOR SCHEDULE A8.01 WALL. FLOOR AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES IA8.03 I EXTERIOR DETAILS IA8.07 I INTERIOR DETAILS A8.10 COLUMN FURR DETAILS y A9.00 FIRE STOPPING DETAILS A9.01 FIRE STOPPING DETAILS ; A9.02 FIRE STOPPING DETAILS ' INTERIORS 12.01 FINISH PLAN - LEVEL 01 12.02 FINISH PLAN - LEVEL 02 , 17.00 INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE S1.1 STRUCTURAL NOTES S1.2 STRUCTURAL NOTES S2.1 FOUNDATION PLAN S2.2 SECOND FLOOR FRAMING PLAN S2.3 ROOF FRAMING PLAN S3.1 ELEVATIONS S3.2 ELEVATIONS S4.1 SCHEDULES S5.1 FOUNDATION DETAILS S5.2 FOUNDATION DETAILS S6.1 LIGHT GAGE STEEL FRAMING DETAILS S7.1 STEEL FRAMING DETAILS S7.2 STEEL FRAMING DETAILS S7.3 STEEL FRAMING DETAILS S8.1 CMU DETAILS MECHANICAL M0.1 I COVER SHEET AND GENERAL INFO M0.2 I GENERAL NOTES M0.4 SCHEDULES 1441.1 LEVEL 1 HVAC PLAN M1.3 1LEVEL 1 HVAC PIPING PLAN mi-.4- -I LrVL 2 14VAGrri INCH CLAN 1 1 SECTIONS & M2.2 VRF SYSTEM SCHEMATIC M2.3 DETAILS M3.1 HVAC LOAD CALCS M3.2 HVAC LOAD CALCS M3.3 HVAC LOAD CALCS P0.1 I COVER SHEET AND GENERAL INFO P0.2 I GENERAL NOTES P1.1 UNDERGROUND PLUMBING PLAN 1.2 V L 1 PLUMBING PLAN P1.3 LEVEL 2 PLUMBING PLAN P1.4 PLUMBING ROOF PLAN P2.1 I RISER DIAGRAMS P4.2 DETAILS ELECTRICAL E0.00 SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS 01 0. I HT NG F X R S E ULE & P UC I R A I E0.02 LIGHTING FIXTURE PRODUCT INFORMATION 0.0 I H NG F X R DU I OR I E1.00 SINGLE LINE WIRING DIAGRAM E1.01 IPANELSCHEDULES E3.00 POWER PLAN - FIRST FLOOR 3.01 OWER PLAN - SECOND FLOG E4.00 LIGHTING PLAN - FIRST FLOOR 4.01 I HT NG P N - O LO 5.0 LtlffT IC L DE AILS E5.01 ELECTRICAL DETAILS FIRE PROTECTION FP0.1 COVER SHEET AND GENERAL INFO FP1.1 FLOOR PLAN LEVEL 1 FP1.2 FLOOR PLAN LEVEL 2 41 41 41 41 41 JACKSON MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM U/ 0 Z O O N oTT VJ uj J Q LL �Q� O Q Q 0� U) ~ C ZOO Q 0 W Jcy)o U c� ui v 0 Z C� 0 z U) O Q V) W >_ o co TT VJ w � C) J LL 0ZU2� M W Q < 111 Z Q 0 nOo^��o 0- LjJ H w C� Z H d F_Z ZO z O Qw0 in �www� t=2D-D-> > w W m Of Z Z� F_ 0_J= Q O j Q O w Y W>W Z DD DD Z DD CL U Y > W 0 U) 0_ 0_ p H of W 0 LL 0- LL U 0 LL 0 LL U Z 0 0 0w Lu (5 = W W Of W W WwlzU)co0U)U) dOQUCU�� 0 � � Z N N M N N N N N N N W N\ N N N N N N r \ Q CO N C) LO It O p N N O O N- - N C\M CEO O - � cy) 0 0 0- 0 0 0 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT rwI crtII11F► YKVGFIA�KA STATE OF WASHINGTON PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MG CHECKED BY: KP COVER SHEET GOOOO JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. © 2023 M M cYi co N O N O ARCHITECTURAL ABBREVIATIONS A.B. AIR BARRIER D.P. DOOR PROTECTION A.C.P. ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL D.S. DOWNSPOUT A.D.A. AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES D.W. DISHWASHER ACT DBL. DOUBLE A.F.F. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR DEMO. DEMOLISH(ED) or DEMOLITION A.H.J. AUTHORITIES(ITY) HAVING DEPT. DEPARTMENT JURISDICTION dia. DIAMETER A.I.A. AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF DIM. DIMENSION ARCHITECTS DISP. DISPENSER or DISPOSAL A. N.S.I. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE DN. DOWN A.O.R. ARCHITECT OF RECORD DR. DOOR A.P. ACCESS PANEL DTL. DETAIL A.S.T.M. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR DWG(S). DRAWING(S) TESTING AND MATERIALS A/C AIR CONDITIONING (E) EXISTING ABV. ABOVE E. EAST ADDL. ADDITIONAL E.J. EXPANSION JOINT ADJ. ADJUST(ABLE) E.O.R. ENGINEER OF RECORD AGG. AGGREGATE E.P. EXTERIOR PAINT ALT. ALTERNATE OR ALTERNATIVE EA. EACH ALUM. ALUMINUM EL.D. ELECTROSTATIC DISSIPATIVE / ANOD. ANODIZED STATIC CONTROL FLOORING ASSOC. ASSOCIATION(S) ELEC. ELECTRIC(AL) ELEV. ELEVATOR B.G. BUMPER GUARD EMER. EMERGENCY B.O. BOTTOM OF ENCL. ENCLOSURE B.P. BUILDING PAPER EPX. EPDXY (PAINT) B.T.B. BACK TO BACK EPX.F. EPDXY FLOORING B.U.R. BUILT UP ROOF EQ. EQUAL B.W. BACK OF WALK or BOTTOM WIDTH EQP. EQUIPMENT BD. BOARD ETC. ET CETERA BLDG. BUILDING EXT. EXTERIOR BLK. BLOCK BLKG. BLOCKING (F) FUTURE BM. BEAM or BENCH MARK F.C.P. FIBER CEMENT PANEL BTWN. BETWEEN F.C.S. FIBER CEMENT SIDING F.E. FIRE EXTINGUISHER & BRACKET C.B. CATCH BASIN F.E.C. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET C.B.B. CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD F.F. FINISHED FLOOR C.G. CORNER GUARD F.F.E. FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION C.J. CONTROL JOINT F.O. FACE OF C.L. CENTER LINE or CHAIN LINK F.O.C. FACE OF CONCRETE C.M.U. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT F.O.F. FACE OF FINISH C.O. CLEAN OUT F.O.M. FACE OF MASONRY C.R. CHAIR RAIL F.O.S. FACE OF STUD or FACE OF STEEL C.W. COLD WATER F.O.W. FACE OF WALL CAB. CABINET F.R.T.W. FIRE RETARDANT -TREATED WOOD CLG. CEILING FIN. FINISH(ED) CLO. CLOSET FLR. FLOOR(ING) CLR. CLEARANCE FND. FOUNDATION) COL. COLUMN FIRM. FRAME (D) CONC. C CONCRETE FT. FOOT or FEET COND. CONDITION(AL) FURN. FURNISH CONT. CONTINUE(UOUS) FURR. FURRING CP. CARPET CP.T. CARPET TILE G.A. GYPSUM ASSOCIATION CSMT. CASEMENT G.B. GRAB BAR CSWK. CASEWORK G.W.B. GYPSUM WALL BOARD CTR. CENTER ga GAUGE CV.B. COVE BASE GALV. GALVANIZED GAR. GARAGE TYPICAL SYMBOLS NUMBER REFERENCE GRID LINES VIEW 1 1 OVERALL 'AllA1.01 �01 BUILDING SHEET SECTION VIEW 1 PARTIAL A1.01 BUILDING SECTION SHEET VIEW 1 WALL SECTION A1.0 SHEET VIEW I 1 INTERIOR 4 A1.01 2 ELEVATION REFERENCE SHEET 3 VIEW 1 A1.0 SHEET EXTERIOR ELEVATION REFERENCE GD. GRID LINE GR. GRADE GT. GROUT GYP. GYPSUM GYP. BD. GYPSUM BOARD GYP. GYPSUM CEMENT CEM. GYP. SH. GYPSUM SHEATHING H.B. HOSE BIB H.M. HOLLOW METAL H.P. HIGH BUILD GLAZED COATING PAINT H.V.A.C. HEATING, VENTILATING, AIR CONDITIONING HDRL. HANDRAIL HDW. HARDWARE HDWD. HARDWOOD HR. HOUR HT. HEIGHT I.B.C. INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE I.C.C. INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL I.F.C. INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE I.M.C. INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE I.P. INTERIOR PAINT I.P.C. INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE IN. INCH INCL. INCLUDE(D) or (ING) INSUL. INSULATE(D) or INSULATION INT. INTERIOR or INTERSECTION JAN. JANITOR JAN. C. JANITOR'S CLOSET JCT. JUNCTION JST. JOIST JT. JOINT K.D. KNOCK DOWN K.O. KNOCK OUT K.P. KICKPLATE L.O.C. LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION L.V.T. LUXURY VINYL TILE LAM. LAMINATE(D) LAV. LAVATORY LN. LINOLEUM M.D.F. MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD M.E.P. MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, & PLUMBING M.R. MOISTURE RESISTANT MAINT. MAINTENANCE MANF. MANUFACTURE(R) or (D) MATL. MATERIAL MAX. MAXIMUM MECH. MECHANIC(AL) MEMB. MEMBANE MIN. MINIMUM or MINUTE MISC. MISCELLANEOUS MTD. MOUNTED NORTH ARROW ELEVATION 100' - 0' DATUM T PARAP� DATUM TAG NAME ELEVATION DATUM 100'-0" �' SPOT LOCATION ELEVATION LOCATION TAG (IN PLAN) ROOM NAME Room name 101 ROOM NUMBER 150 SF, AREA 101 = TYPE NOTE: ALL ABBREVIATIONS MAY NOT BE USED, ABBREVIATIONS MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH EACH OTHER PRESERVATIVE TREATED WOOD MTL. METAL MULL. MULLION (N) NEW N. NORTH N.F.R.C. NATIONAL FENESTRATION RATING COUNCIL N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT N.T.P. NOTICE TO PROCEED N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE N/A NOT APPLICABLE or NOT AVAILABLE NOM. NOMINAL O.C. ON CENTER O.D OUTSIDE DIAMETER or OUTSIDE DIMENSION O.F.C.I. OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED 0.F.0.I. OWNER FURNISHED, OWNER INSTALLED O.L. OCCUPANT LOAD O.L.F. OCCUPANT LOAD FACTOR O.S.B. ORIENTED STRAND BOARD O.T.S. OPEN TO STRUCTURE OPP. OPPOSITE OPT. OPTION(AL) ORIG. ORIGIN(AL) OVHD. OVERHEAD P. PAINT(ED) P.B. PROFILE BASE P.C. PORTLAND CEMENT or PRECAST CONCRETE P.C.P. PRECAST CONCRETE PAVERS P.L. PROPERTY LINE or PLATE P.O.C. POINT OF CONNECTION P.T. PRESERVATIVE TREATED P.U.D. PLANNED URBAN DEVELOPMENT or PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT PA.T. PAVER TILE PANL. PANEL PED. PEDESTRIAN PEN. PENETRATION PERF. PERFORATE(D) PERIM. PERIMETER PKG. PARKING or PACKAGE PLAM. PLASTIC LAMINATE PLWD. PLYWOOD PR. PAIR PRCST. PRECAST PRE -FIN. PRE -FINISH PROP. PROPERTY PL.T. PORCELAIN TILE Q.A. QUALITY ASSURANCE Q.C. QUALITY CONTROL Q.T. QUARRY TILE QTY. QUANTITY R. RISER R.A.F. RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING R.B. RUBBER BASE SEE ASSEMBLY SHEET FOR F# MORE FLOOR/ROOF TAG INFORMATION SEE WALL ASSEMBLY Sit SHEET FOR 1A 1 MORE WALL TAG INFORMATION LF E FIRE EXTINGUISHER ♦e EXIT LIGHTING EGRESS ARROW 03 � AND OCCUPANT LOAD EXITING ROOM TAG - -1 EGRESS DIRECTION PATH OF TRAVEL CENTER LINE DOOR TAG FENESTRATION TAG A# NUMBER W#: WINDOW / RELITE AND LETTER S#: STOREFRONT C#: CURTAIN WALL CSINUMBER 01.00 KEYNOTE r� �l I I VIEW 1 12 SLOPE INDICATOR A1.01 CALL OUT 1/2 SHEET VIEW SLOPE 1 DETAIL NoSLOPE ARROW A1.01 REFERENCE 1/2:12 SHEET STUDIO RM # 101 OCC. R-2 AREA 450 OLF 1: 200 OL 3 REVISION NUMBER CLOUD 1 DELTA CP PT FINISH TYPE TYPE # P .1 ROOM TAG / OCCUPANT LOAD CALCULATOR BREAK LINE REVISION TAG REVISION CLOUD FLOORING MATERIAL TRANSITION WALL FINISH TAG R.C.P. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN R.D. ROOF DRAIN R.F. RUBBER FLOORING R.O. ROUGH OPENING R.O.W. RIGHT OF WAY R.P. REFERENCE POINT R.S. RUBBER SHEET FLOORING R.T. RUBBER TILE RECT. RECTANGULAR REF. REFERENCE or REFER TO REFR. REFRIGERATOR REINF. REINFORCE(D) or (ING) RELOC. RELOCATE(D) or (TION) REM. REMOVAL or REMARK REPL. REPLACE READ. REQUIRED RES. RESIDENCE or (TIAL) RET. RETENTION or RETURN RET.W. RETAILING WALL REV. REVISE(D) or (ION) RM. ROOM RND. ROUND RSF. RESURFACE RSVR. RESERVOIR S. SOUTH S.A.M. SELF ADHERING MEMBRANE S.C. SOLID CORE S.f. SQUARE FEET (FOOT) S.G. SANDED GROUT S.M.A.C.N. SHEET METAL & AIR A. CONDITIONING CONTRACTOR'S NATIONAL ASSOCIATION S.P. STANDPIPE S.P.M. SINGLE PLY MEMBRANE S.S. SOLID SURFACE S.S.M.R. STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF S.Sti. STAINLESS STEEL S.T.C. SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASSIFICATION S.V. SHEET VINYL S.V.T. SOLID VINYL TILE SAN. SANITARY SCHED. SCHEDULE SECT. SECTION SIM. SIMILAR SPEC. SPECIFICATION(S) SQ. SQUARE STD. STANDARD STOR. STORAGE STRUC. STRUCTURE SUB. SUBSTITUTION SUPP. SUPPLEMENT or SUPPLY(ER) SURF. SURFACE SUSP. SUSPEND(ED) SWK. SIDEWALK SYM. SYMBOL or SYMMETRICAL T&B TOP & BOTTOM T&G TOP & GROOVE T. TREAD T.O. TOP OF TYPICAL HATCHES T.O.C. TOP OF CURB T.O.P. TOP OF PARAPET T.S. TRANSITION STRIP TE. TERRAZZO TEMP. TEMPORARY or TEMPERATURE THK. THICK(NESS) TRANS. TRANSFORMER TYP. TYPICAL U.F.C. UNIFORM FIRE CODE U.L. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES U.N.O. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE U.O.S. UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE U.P.S. UNINTERRUPTED POWER SUPPLY U.S.P.S. UNITED STATES POSTAL SERVICE U.V. UNIT VENTILATOR or ULTRA VIOLET UNF. UNFINISHED UNTR. UNTREATED UTIL. UTILITIES V. VOLTS V.B. VAPOR BARRIER V.C.T. VINYL COMPOSITION TILE V.D. VOLUME DAMPER V.E. VALUE ENGINEERING V.E.C.P. VALUE ENGINEERING CHANGE PROPOSAL V.G. VERTICAL GRAIN or VARIABLE GRADE V.I.F. VERIFY IN FIELD V.T. VINYL TILE V.W. VARIABLE WIDTH VAR. VARIES VERP. VERTICAL PANEL VERT. VERTICAL VI.B. VINYL BASE VOL. VOLUME W. WEST or WIDTH or WIDE W.C. WATER CLOSET W.C.O. WALL CLEANOUT W.F. WIDE FLANGE W.G. WIRE GLASS W.H. WATER HEATER W.O.M. WALK OFF MAT W.P. WATERPROOF(ING) W.P.M. WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE W.R.B. WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER W.S. WATERSTOP or WAINSCOT W.S.F. WELDED SHEET FLOORING W.TR. WINDOW TREATMENT W.W.F. WELDED WIRE FABRIC W/ WITH W/O WITHOUT WA.B. WALL BASE WA.C. WALL COVERING WA.P. WALL PROTECTION / WALL PANEL WD. WOOD WT. WEIGHT YD. YARD(S) ALUMINUM CONCRETE EARTH (UNDISTURBED - 45 DEG) EARTH (DISTURBED / COMPACTED FILL - 90 DEG) INSULATION, BATT INSULATION, RIGID GLASS 0 o GRAVEL GYPSUM WALL BOARD LUMBER, FINISHED CONCRETE MASONRY (CMU) MASONRY, BRICK/VENEER PLYWOOD SAND STEEL WOOD BLOCKING WOOD MEMBER GENERAL NOTES ALL WOOD IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE, EXPOSED TO WEATHER, SOIL, WATER OR A. AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE RECORD INTERIOR HIGH MOISTURE CONDITIONS SHALL BE PRESERVATIVE TREATED OR SHALL BE DRAWINGS IN ONE CLEAN, RED -LINED, FULL SIZE SET IDENTIFYING ALL DESIGN, OF NATURALLY DURABLE SPECIES. PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT SHALL MEET THE MATERIAL AND SPECIFICATION CHANGES MADE THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF A.W.P.A. FOR THE APPLICABLE USE CATEGORIES. THE CONTRACTOR OWNER. IS RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE THE PRESERVATIVE TREATED WOOD IS RATED FOR THE B. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL MATERIAL AND DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS CITED USE REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH APPLICATION DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: HEREIN SHALL CONFORM TO THE MOST RECENT BUILDING CODE. UC1: INTERIOR USE AND INSECT PROTECTION ONLY C. THESE ARCHITECTURAL NOTES ARE A SUPPLEMENT TO THE PROJECT UC2: INTERIOR DAMP CONDITIONS SPECIFICATIONS. ANY DISCREPANCY FOUND AMONG THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, UC3A: EXTERIOR USE, NO GROUND CONTACT AND PROTECTED FROM WEATHER THESE NOTES, AND ANY SITE CONDITIONS SHALL BE REPORTED IN A TIMELY MANNER UC3B: EXTERIOR USE, NO GROUND CONTACT BUT EXPOSED TO WEATHER AND IN WRITING TO THE ARCHITECT WHO SHALL CLARIFY ANY DISCREPANCY IN UC4A: GROUND AND/OR FRESH WATER CONTACT WRITING. ANY WORK DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR AFTER DISCOVERY OF SUCH UC4B: HEAVY DUTY GROUND AND/OR FRESH WATER CONTACT DISCREPANCY SHALL BE DONE AT THE CONTRACTOR'S RISK. UC5A: BRACKISH OR SALT WATER EXPOSURE D. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE THE DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON AT ALL CONDITIONS WHERE TREATED WOOD AND ALUMINUM ARE ADJACENT TO EACH DRAWINGS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH ANY WORK OR FABRICATION. OTHER (TO PREVENT DIRECT CONTACT). PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SELF -ADHERING E. THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS REPRESENT THE DESIGN INTENT AND ARE NOT FLEXIBLE MEMBRANE FLASHING INTENDED TO INDICATE THE MEANS AND METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCING, AND SAFETY REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT. F. ALL FEATURES OF CONSTRUCTION NOT FULLY SHOWN SHALL BE THE SAME TYPE AND CHARACTER AS SHOWN FOR SIMILAR CONDITIONS SUBJECT TO REVIEW BY THE ARCHITECT. G. ALL PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS BEING PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE APPLIED, PLACED, ERECTED OR INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. H. THESE DOCUMENTS CONTAIN NOTES THAT MAY APPLY GENERALLY TO ALL DESIGN ELEMENTS, SPECIFICALLY TO ONE SHEET, OR SPECIFICALLY TO ONE OR MORE DESIGN ELEMENTS. THE NOTES ARE NOT MERE GUIDELINES, THEY ARE PART AND PARCEL OF THE DESIGN. ANY WORK THAT IS PERFORMED THAT IS NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE NOTES IS NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE DESIGN AND IS SUBJECT TO REJECTION. ANY ALTERATION, MODIFICATION, DELETION, OR ADDITION TO THE NOTES BY WRITING, ACT OR FAILURE TO ACT, SHALL BE CARRIED OUT ONLY WITH THE PRIOR EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT AND APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT. FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY NOTES DIMENSION CONVENTIONS A. CONFIGURE FIRE DETECTION, INTERNAL ALARM AND CENTRAL REPORTING SYSTEMS IN A. DO NOT SCALE FROM DRAWINGS: ALL DIMENSIONS INDICATED AS V.I.F. OR'+/-' SHALL ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION AND IN COMPLIANCE BE FIELD VERIFIED AND COORDINATED WITH THE WORK OF ALL TRADES. WHEN WITH THE GOVERNING EDITIONS OF ADA, ANSI AND THE BUILDING CODE. THE EQUIPMENT DIMENSION INDICATED AS 'CLEAR' OR'CLR', THE DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FACE OF FURNISHED SHALL BE COMPATIBLE AND BE UL LISTED, FM APPROVED OR LISTED BY A FINISH AND CODE REQUIRED. CODE REQUIRED DIMENSIONS ARE SHOWN NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE THROUGHOUT THE DOCUMENTS AND ARE APPLICABLE IN ALL CONDITIONS. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION STANDARDS. B. DIMENSIONING STANDARDS: DIMENSIONS ARE TO GRID LINE, FACE OF CONCRETE. B. ALL INSULATION INDICATED ON PLANS SHALL COMPLY WITH OR EXCEED THE C.M.U. OR STUD, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN PLANS. REQUIREMENTS OF THE MOST RESTRICTIVE PREVAILING BUILDING CODE GOVERNING C. CONTROL DIMENSIONS FOR BUILDING LOCATION IS RELATIVE TO PROPERTY LINE EDITION) FOR SMOKE DENSITY AND FLAME SPREAD. AND BENCHMARK DATUM ARE SET BY THE CIVIL DOCUMENTS. C. PROVIDE EMERGENCY EXIT / EGRESS ILLUMINATION AND SIGNAGE WHERE REQUIRED BY D. THE BUILDING DATUM IS AN ARTIFICIAL DATUM SET FROM THE SURVEY, CIVIL, PREVAILING LOCAL JURISDICTION, BUILDING CODE, NFDA, OR NFPA (CURRENT EDITION). TOPOGRAPHICAL CONTOURS, AND OTHER DATUMS ARE SHOWN ON THE CIVIL D. REFER TO A8.00 SERIES FOR SPECIFIC WALL, FLOOR AND ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPES DOCUMENTS. RELATING TO FIRE RATINGS. E. CONTROLLING DIMENSIONS FOR THE BUILDING ARE NORMALLY SET BY THE "A" E. REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR SPECIFIC DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. SERIES DRAWINGS. THE "S" SERIES DRAWINGS NORMALLY SET PRIMARY F. BUILDING IS FULLY SPRINKLED PER SECTION 903.3 NFPA13. STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE RESPONSIBILITY TO G. COORDINATE ALL ELECTRICAL WORK, INCLUDING EXIT SIGNS AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING COORDINATE INFORMATION OF ALL DISCIPLINES TO DETERMINE EXACT DIMENSIONS, WITH ELECTRICAL ENGINEER. LOCATIONS, AND OTHER INFORMATION. H. THE COMPLETED BUILDING WILL NEED TO BE TESTED AND COMPLY WITH THE F. THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE TO BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEMS (DAS). THE CABLING FOR THIS SYSTEM WILL NEED TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. PRIMARY STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS ARE DIMENSIONED COMPLY WITH THE RATINGS FROM THE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT. ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS, PLANS, AND DETAILS. NOT ALL SECONDARY I. STANDPIPES ARE REQUIRED IN EACH INTERIOR STAIRWELL AT BUILDING. STANDPIPE DIMENSIONS ARE SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SUCH AS EXACT DOOR CONNECTIONS ARE REQUIRED AT EACH INTERMEDIATE STAIR LANDING UNLESS AND WINDOW LOCATIONS, WALL CONFIGURATIONS, SLAB SLOPES AND OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. DEPRESSIONS, CURBS ETC. COORDINATION OF THE STRUCTURE WITH THE J. GC TO INSTALL 2 WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PER ADOPTED BUILDING CODE AT ALL DIMENSIONS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND ARCHITECTURAL ITEMS EMBEDDED ELEVATOR FLOOR LANDINGS, OTHER THAN THE LEVEL OF EXIT DISCHARGE. INTO, OR ATTACHED TO, THE STRUCTURE IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL K. AS DIRECTED BY THE LOCAL FIRE MARSHAL, BUILDING SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL CONTRACTOR. JURISDICTION'S EMERGENCY RESPONDER RADIO COVERAGE PROVISIONS AND G. DIMENSIONAL DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL PREVAILING FIRE CODE. EMERGENCY RESPONDER RADIO SIGNAL STRENGTH SHALL DRAWINGS OR BETWEEN DIFFERENT DRAWINGS WITHIN THE ARCHITECTURAL MEET OR EXCEED THE JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENT FOR EACH FLOOR, WITHIN SERIES, OR DIMENSIONS WHICH ARE UNABLE TO BE DETERMINED, SHALL BE ELEVATORS AND CONTROL ROOMS REQUIRING SUCH. GC SHALL PROVIDE AN ALLOWANCE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION IN WRITING PRIOR TO THE TO ADJUST SYSTEM WITHIN THE STRUCTURE POST TESTING, IF REQUIRED BY FABRICATION OF MATERIALS OR COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK. H. INTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE AS NOTED FOR SPECIFIC OTHER DIMENSIONAL L. ALL FIRESTOPPING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY A SINGLE CONTRACTOR FOR ALL TRADES USING CONDITIONS, SET LAYOUT TO CONTROL POINTS AS GIVEN. A SINGLE MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT BY HILTI. ALL PENETRATIONS IN FIRE RATED I. OPEN DIMENSIONS: WHERE DIMENSIONS ARE NOT GIVEN, LAY OUT TO KNOWN ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE SEALED WITH AN APPROVED FIRE -PROTECTION MATERIAL IN A CONTROL POINTS AND LAY OUT OPEN DIMENSIONS ACCORDINGLY. MANNER FULLY COMPLIANT WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS, AND RESULTING J. DOORS: ALL DOORS IN WOOD FRAMING ARE 4 1/2" FROM THE OUTSIDE EDGE OF THE IN A UL-APPROVED ASSEMBLY. REFERENCE FIRE STOPPING DETAILS A9 SHEET SERIES AS A HINGE SIDE FRAME TO THE NEAREST PERPENDICULAR SURFACE U.N.O. WHEN USED BASIS OF DESIGN. ANY DOOR IN MASONRY SHALL BE TO FACE OF MASONRY OR OFFSET 8" PER PLAN. K. WHEN USED COILING OR OVERHEAD DOORS OF ANY TYPE ARE CENTERED WITHIN EGRESS NOTES 4 INDICATED AREA U.N.O. A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ILLUMINATION AT ALL POINTS OF THE EGRESS PATH. THE EGRESS PATH SHALL BE ILLUMINATED AT ALL TIMES THE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED. B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE EMERGENCY EGRESS ILLUMINATION LEVEL NOT LESS THAN 1 FOOT CANDLE AT THE WALKING SURFACE. THE EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WHICH SHALL AUTOMATICALLY ILLUMINATE THE FOLLOWING AREAS IN THE EVENT OF A POWER FAILURE: 1. AISLES AND UNENCLOSED EGRESS STAIRWAYS. 2. CORRIDORS, AND PASSAGEWAYS. 3. EXTERIOR EGRESS COMPONENTS AT OTHER THAN THE BUILDING LEVEL OF EXIT DISCHARGE UNTIL EXIT DISCHARGE IS ACCOMPLISHED. 4. INTERIOR EXISTING DISCHARGE ELEMENTS. 5. EXTERIOR LANDINGS AT EXIT DISCHARGE DOORWAYS. 6. CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY LIGHT LEVELS OF THE EGRESS LIGHTING USED, THE EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES SHOWN ON THE PLAN ARE CONCEPTUAL ONLY. C. THE EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM SHALL PROVIDE POWER FOR DURATION OF NOT LESS THAN 90 MINUTES AND SHALL CONSIST OF STORAGE BATTERIES, UNIT EQUIPMENT OR AN ONSITE GENERATOR. THE INSTALLATION OF THE EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2018 IBC AND COUNTY OF SNOHOMISH AMENDMENTS. D. EXIT AND EXIT ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE MARKED BY AN APPROVED EXIT SIGN READILY VISIBLE FROM ANY DIRECTION OF EGRESS TRAVEL. EXIT SIGN PLACEMENT SHALL BE SUCH THAT NO POINT IN A CORRIDOR IS MORE THAN 10OFT OR THE LISTED VIEWING DISTANCE FOR THE SIGN WHICHEVER IS LESS, FROM THE NEAREST VISIBLE EXIT SIGN. E. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE INTERNALLY OR EXTERNALLY ILLUMINATED. F. PROVIDE TACTILE EXIT SIGNAGE AT EACH EXIT DOOR TO AN EGRESS STAIRWAY, EXIT PASSAGEWAY, AND EXIT DISCHARGE AS REQUIRED BY CODE. APPLICABLE CODES 2018 WASHINGTON STATE BUILDING CODE (WSBC) 2018 WASHINGTON STATE MECHANICAL CODE 2018 WASHINGTON STATE FIRE CODE 2018 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE 2018 WASHINGTON STATE UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, ADOPTED BY WA STATE DEPT. OF L&I WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS TO ICC CODES AS APPLICABLE EDMONDS CITY CODE AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT CODE (ECDC) ICC/ANSI A117.1-2009. GRAPHIC CONVENTIONS A. WALL ASSEMBLY TYPE SYMBOLS APPLY TO THE FULL LENGTH OF CONTINUOUS WALLS INCLUDING OFFSETS AND AROUND CORNERS UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. B. CHANGES IN PARTITION TYPES ARE INDICATED BY DIFFERENT SYMBOLS OCCURRING AT EACH SIDE OF A TRANSITION OR INTERRUPTION, OR BY A CHANGE IN THE GRAPHICS ON THE PLAN, UNLESS REQUIRED FOR CLARITY. C. DRAWING REFERENCE SYMBOLS: DRAWINGS CROSS-REFERENCES NORMALLY ARE REFERENCED ON SMALLER SCALE DRAWINGS TO THE NEXT LARGER SCALE VIEW. FOR EXAMPLE, A BUILDING ELEVATION WILL SHOW A WALL SECTION, AND THE WALL SECTION WILL REFER TO THE LARGER -SCALE DETAILS WHICH APPLY, U.N.O. D. REFER TO LARGEST AVAILABLE DETAIL OR VIEW TO DETERMINE COMPLETE ASSEMBLY, CONDITION AND/OR DIMENSION, AND FOR SIMILAR INFORMATION. WHERE DRAFTING DISCREPANCIES OCCUR BETWEEN VIEWS OF SAME CONDITION AT DIFFERENT SCALES, THE LARGER -SCALE VIEW GOVERNS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. E. DETAIL VIEWS MAY BE DRAFTED TO CONVEY ONLY PORTIONS OF THE OVERALL CONDITION AT A SPECIFIC LOCATION. REFER TO OTHER SIMILAR AND SUPPORTING VIEWS TO DETERMINE OVERALL CONDITION OR ASSEMBLY IN PLACE. DRAWING NOTATIONS A. TYP (TYPICAL): INDICATES THAT THE INDIVIDUAL ELEMENT NOTED OR REFERENCED IS REPRESENTATIVE OF LIKE ITEMS AND/ OR CONDITIONS WHICH ARE SHOWN IN THE SAME DRAWING BUT FOR REASONS OF DRAFTING CLARITY ARE NOT INDIVIDUALLY NOTED OR REFERENCED. B. SIM (SIMILAR): INDICATES THAT THE REQUIRED BUILT CONDITION DEPICTED IS SIMILAR TO BUT NOT IDENTICAL TO THE REFERENCED VIEW. C. CONT (CONTINUOUS): INDICATES THAT THE ELEMENT OR CONDITION SO NOTED IS CONTINUOUS ALONG FULL EXTENT OF OVERALL ASSEMBLY SHOWN. EXAMPLE: "SEALANT CONT." INDICATES THAT SEALANT SHALL BE APPLIED ALONG FULL EXTENT OF SEAM TO FORM WEATHER -TIGHT SEAL. D. OPP (OPPOSITE): INDICATES THAT THE DRAWING REFERENCED IS DRAWN OPPOSITE -HAND TO THE CONDITION. WHEN USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH A NOTE, THE TERM REFERS TO CONDITION AT OPPOSITE SIDE OF DRAFTED CONDITION, AREA, OR ELEMENT. WHEN USED FOR A BUILT ITEM IT REFERS TO A CONDITION WHERE THE ITEM IS INSTALLED OR OPERATED IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTIONS, I.E. WINDOW OPERATION. E. CLR (CLEAR): INDICATES THAT THE DIMENSION PROVIDED IS TO FACE OF FINAL FINISH, CODE OR GOVERNING BODY REQUIRES IT. NOTE: CLEAR DIMS ALWAYS TAKE PRIORITY TO OTHER DIMENSIONS. JACKSON MAIN ARCH ITECTU RE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM . N q 00 w Q 0� J Q �_ U) Q C 0 z�0 w J cn U c� ui V ) 0 Z (D 0 z c) o N 0 0 w Q 00 W 0J� U�a<v) �ZU2� _ �2iOa� w0Z Oo 0 � I..L Q D w w z��Z a- z O ��0 Q� �www� 2 ��wa> w w Z) Q o o Q LL U) O J J Z � w 0 z m m Z m 2 w U) w X0 H Z W 0 lL 0- w U O IL o o Lu o 0 FnU»XZ) U n v 0- ° 0 z N N N N N N w o N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N O N a o N 04 N � O (0 O C) N — It It N 0 M 0 CO 0- O — 0 � O 10219 V�REGISTERED ,s 0 1 ARCHITECT IL rwl r-f%lroh t-KULrlASKA STATE OF WASHINGTON PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MG CHECKED BY: KP PROJECT INFO. AND ANNOTATION KEY G0001 JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. © 2023 M M M N O N O c') AREA CALCULATION DIAGRAMS AIR BARRIER CALCULATIONS AIR BARRIER DIAGRAMS ENERGY NOTES THERMAL ENVELOPE, AIR BARRIER(S) AND AIR BARRIER TESTING: CIRCULATION PRESSURE BOUNDARY CALCULATIONS: THE BUILDING WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS FOR AIR BARRIER APPLICABLE ENERGY CODE: 2018 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE (NOT OCCUPIABLE) CONSTRUCTION: CLIMATE ZONE: 4C RETAIL (HEATED) OCCUPANCY TYPE(S): 'M' - MERCANTILE; RETAIL RETAIL (M) C402.5.1 AIR BARRIERS B' -BUSINESS; OFFICE 60 SF/OCC BOUNDARY WITH EXTERIOR: A CONTINUOUS AIR BARRIER SHALL BE PROVIDED THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING THERMAL WALL 2,295 SF ENVELOPE. THE AIR BARRIER SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE LOCATED ON THE INSIDE OR 'A-3'- ASSEMBLY; COMMISSION MEETING ROOM FLOOR 2,320 SF OUSIDE OF THE BUILDING ENVELOPE, LOCATED WITHIN THE ASSEMBLIES COMPOSING 4 ACCESSORY TOTAL 4,615 SF THE ENVELOPE, OR ANY COMBINATION THEREOF. THE AIR BARRIER SHALL COMPLY WITH THIS DESIGN IS IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE PRESCRIPTIVE BUILDING ENVELOPE EQUIP. R. SECTIONS C402.5.1.1 AND C402.5.1.2. REQUIREMENTS OF WSEC SECTION C402 AND AS NOTED BELOW FOR EACH BUILDING 300 SF/OCC WAREHOUSE (HEATED) COMPONENT AND / OR PORTION OF THE BUILDING. STORAGE A. THE GC SHALL PROVIDE FOR THE COMPLETED BUILDING ENVELOPE TO BE TESTED 300 SF/OCC BOUNDRY WITH EXTERIOR: PER SECTION C402.5.1.2. THE AIR LEAKAGE RATE OF THE BUILDING ENVELOPE SHALL BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS; WALL 2,535 SF NOT EXCEED 0.25 CFM/SQUARE FOOT AT A PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL OF 0.3 INCHES FULLY CONDITIONED: FULL BUILDING FLOOR 3,975 SF WATER GAUGE AT THE UPPER 95 PERCENT CONFIDENCE INTERVAL IN ACCORDANCE ROOF 1,755 SF WITH ASTM E 779 OR AN EQUIVALENT METHOD APPROVED BY THE CODE OFFICIAL. TOTAL 8,265 SF BUILDING ELEMENTS (PER TABLE C402.1.3): B. A REPORT THAT INCLUDES THE TESTED SURFACE AREA, FLOOR AREA, AIR BY OFFICE (HEATED) VOLUME, STORIES ABOVE GRADE, AND LEAKAGE RATES SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ROOF ASSEMBLY: BUILDING OWNER AND THE CODE OFFICIAL. R-38 (7) POLYISO CONTIN. INSULATION ABOVE BOUNDARY WITH EXTERIOR: DECKING FIRE 'MECH. WALL 2,637 SF C. REFER TO A8 SERIES FOR AIR/MOISTURE BARRIER LOCATION, DETAILS AND RR. IS ROOF 4,945 SF REQUIREMENTS. WALL ASSEMBLIES: TOTAL 7,582 SF METAL FRAMED WALLS w/ R-21 (6") FIBERGLASS I Ci PART EL C402.5.1.1 AIR BARRIER CONSTRUCTION BATT INSULATION. w TITri CAGE AC THE CONTINUOUS AIR BARRIER SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO COMPLY WITH THE w L�� FOLLOWING: + R-10 (2.0") POLYISO RIGID FOAM CONTINUOUS 1. THE AIR BARRIER SHALL BE CONTINUOUS FOR ALL ASSEMBLIES THAT ARE THE INSULATION LAYER AT EXTERIOR FACE THERMAL ENVELOPE OF THE BUILDING AND ACROSS THE JOINTS AND ASSEMBLIES. RR. 2. AIR BARRIER JOINTS AND SEAMS SHALL BE SEALED, INCLUDING SEALING TRANSITIONS FLOOR(S): RR. IN PLACES AND CHANGES IN MATERIALS. THE JOINT FOR ITS ENTIRE LENGTH SO AS SLABS ON GRADE: R-10 (2") XPS RIGID FOAM VERTICALLY TO A DEPTH NOT TO DISLODGE, LOOSEN OR OTHERWISE IMPAIR ITS ABILITY TO RESIST POSITIVE OF 24" AROUND ENTIRE SLAB PERIMETER. AND NEGATIVE PRESSURE FROM WIND, STACK EFFECT AND MECHANICAL VENTILATION. METAL JOIST / FRAMING STEEL FLOOR JOIST SYSTEMS SHALL BE 3. PENETRATIONS OF THE AIR BARRIER SHALL BE CAULKED, GASKETED OR OTHERWISE INSULATED TO R-38 + R-10 C.I. PER TABLE C402.1.3. SEALED IN A MANNER COMPATIBLE WITH THE CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND LOCATION. JOINTS AND SEALS ASSOCIATED WITH PENETRATIONS SHALL BE SEALED IN THE SAME MANNER OR TAPED OR COVERED WITH MOISTURE VAPOR -PERMEABLE OPAQUE DOORS AND GLAZING: ° SHALL BE APPROPRIATE WRAPPING SEALING OTO THE REFER TO WINDOW AND DOOR LE SHEET SERIES A7.00 FOR OPAQUE DOOR, LEVEL 01 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS BEINGS SATERIAL. BELS EALED AND SHALL EINSTALLED GLAZING AND WINDOW REQUIREMENTS AROUND THE PENETRATIONS SO AS NOT TO DISLODGE, LOOSEN OR OTHERWISE IMPAIR THE PENETRATIONS' ABILITY TO RESIST POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE PRESSURE GENERAL INSULATION AND ENERGY CODE NOTES: ACCESSORY FROM WIND, STACK EFFECT, AND MECHANICAL VENTILATION. SEALING OC A. EXPOSED INSULATION MATERIALS, INCLUDING FACINGS AND VAPOR BARRIERS, EQUIP. R. / CONCEALED FIRE SPRINKLERS, WHERE REQUIRED, SHALL BE IN A MANNER THAT IS SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX NOT TO EXCEED 25 AND A SMOKE DENSITY NOT 300 SF/OCC / RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. CAULKING OR OTHER ADHESIVE SEALANTS TO EXCEED 450, AND SHALL BE IN SUBSTANTIAL CONTACT WITH THE WALL OR / SHALL NOT BE USED TO FILL VOIDS BETWEEN FIRE SPRINKLER COVER PLATES AND CEILING SURFACE. - OFFICE (B) WALLS OR CEILINGS. 150 SF/ OCC 4. RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION C402.5.8. WHERE B. ALL INSULATION WILL STRICTLY CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF UL LISTING SIMILAR OBJECTS ARE INSTALLED WHICH PENETRATE THE AIR BARRIER, PROVISIONS WHERE USED IN UL RATED ASSEMBLIES CIRCULATION SHALL BE MADE TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE AIR BARRIER. (NOT OCCUPIABLE*) LIGHTING CONTROLS: STORAGE A. WHERE REQUIRED FOR DESIGNED COMPLIANCE WITH ENERGY CODE INTERIOR AND 300 SF/ OCC EXTERIOR LIGHTING SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH DEDICATED LIGHTING CONTROLS, AIR BARRIER PRESSURE BOUNDARY WITH EXTERIOR OCCUPANCY SENSORS, DAYLIGHT RESPONSIVE CONTROLS AND DAYLIGHT ZONES, AIR BARRIER PRESSURE BOUNDARY BTWN INTERIOR ETC. PER WSEC SECTION C405.2 ADDITIONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY MEASURES: THE BUILDING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS FOR ADDITIONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY PER WSEC SECTION C406 AND AS NOTED WITH THE PROVISIONS BELOW: l_ - GROUP B S-1 / A-3 ERVEF RR. TORAC 1. MORE EFFICIENT HVAC PERFORMANCE lu J \ IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION C406.2 3.0 2.0 4 EQUIP. RR., PLATFORM 1 2. REDUCED LIGHTING POWER OPTION 1 RR. IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION C406.3.1 1 2.0 1 1 2.0 1 RR. �1 I 3. REDUCED LIGHTING POWER OPTION 2 r � IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION C406.3.2 4.0 4.0 � COMMISSION BELOW BELOW MEETING - - - - - - - - 4. ENHANCED LIGHTING CONTROLS IN r - - ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION C406.4. 1.0 1.0 ` E-W SECTION `--J i v v 5. ON SUPPLY OF RENEWABLE ENERGY r - - o IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION C406.5. 3.0 i 3.0 4 �--J 6. DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR SYSTEM IN - LEVEL 02 ASSEMBLY I ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION C406.6 4.0 4.0 15 NET SF / OCC 7. HIGH PERFORMANCE DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION C406.6 1 4.0 i 4.0 L J � _ 8. HIGH EFFICIENCY SERVICE WATER HEATING IN 'PER WSBC 2018 CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS, OCCUPIABLE SPACE IS A ROOM OR ACCORDANCE WITH SECTIONS C406.8 AND - - - - - - - - - - ENCLOSED SPACE DESIGNED FOR HUMAN OCCUPANCY IN WHICH INDIVIDUALS C406.8.2 N/A 8.0 CONGREGATE FOR AMUSEMENT, EDUCATIONAL OR SIMILAR PURPOSES OR IN WHICH N-S SECTION OCCUPANTS ARE ENGAGED AT LABOR, AND WHICH IS EQUIPPED WITH MEANS OF 9. HIGH-PERFORMANCE SERVICE WATER EGRESS AND LIGHT AND VENTILATION FACILITIES MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF HEATING IN MULTI -FAMILY BUILDINGS IN THIS CODE. ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION C406.9 N/A N/A 10. ENHANCED ENVELOPE PERFORMANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION C406.10 4.0 4.0 11. REDUCED AIR INFILTRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION C406.11 1.0 1.0 0 12. ENHANCED COMMERCIAL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION C406.12 N/A 5.0 (GROUP - A-2 ONLY) TOTAL PROPOSED CREDITS (6.0 MINIMUM) 6.0 6.0 i r I I FLOOR PLAN L2 �- i i i �-I IIIII IIIIIIIIIIIII � "LLLLULJ..1- --- T'ITI?" FLOOR PLAN L1 2 JACKSON I MAIN ARCH ITECTU RE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM V ) 0 z 0 0 N 5 W J Q L Q 0 0 Q 0� U) o ~ C z�0 Q O w J�0 U co L1 V J 0 z CD O z c) o N 0 0 J w Q � w p�Q 0 J �z020 M� _ w0Z O O Oa� 0 w w z C� z�F- a Z O O 0 Qwxxo �wwwL > �2Ewa> U m xzz xLu F_w 0 �a_-ZW0 0 co 0 w z co coZ m 0- U> Y w O W X X O X X F LLl 0 lL 0- IL U 0 IL 0 IL z �� w X(1) cn O co co 0-0<IT nUco(0 O z N N N N N N N w N N N N N N N Q o(.0 N Lo is o N 0 C) 0 CO 0 O CD 0 'IT O M O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT IL rw' cf%11mm t-KUL;t1AS 6A STATE OF WASHINGTON PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MG CHECKED BY: KP ENERGY CODE / GREEN BLDG. INITIATIVES / AREA PLANS rka,:1) 0 2 JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. © 2023 INTERMEDIATE RAIL AT MID POINT W/ GALV. CLEAR COAT n rn cc'i M N O N O 0 MIN. W.C. CLEARANCE V V % / IL "/ I E > L I I I L- ----- - WOMEN'S RR 218B O ANSI 304.4 ALLOWS DOORS TO SWING INTO TURNING SPACES. ANSI 604.3.3 ALLOWS CLEARANCE OVERLAP 56" MIN. W.C. CLEARANCE - - - - - - - - moo. - LI - - -� < u �J F-4 MEWS RR I \ O I -- -<A�-J1 � 218A - - 48" B CAII AOr_`CP1 CIAIr_`1 C nt"It"I IDAAIT 000Tor"r"RA 1-1/2" DIAMETER PAINTED STEEL PIPE HANDRAIL W/ GALV. CLEAR COAT 12" MIN. TOE OF RAMP LJ TYPICAL RAMP RAILING DETAIL 3/4" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" 0 STEEL HANDRAIL, SHOP FABRICATED W/ GALV. CLEAR COAT 12" 12" 11" REF. CIVIL FOR SLOPE ------------------------ COMPRESSIBLE JOINT FILLER TOP AND BOTTOM, TYP. DETECTABLE WARNING STRIP EASE EDGE 1/2" TYP. CONCRETE WALK STAIR DETAIL AT RETAIL ENTRY 1/2" =1'-01, ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGN, REFERENCE ENLARGED DETAIL FOR LOCATION AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 3" WIDE TRAFFIC WHITE PAINT, TYP. BUILDING OUTLINE 3" WIDE TRAFFIC WHITE PAINT, 3'-0" O.C. AT 45 DEGREE ANGLE ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGN, NOTE: REFERENCE 1. ACCESSIBLE PARKING PER ENLARGED DETAIL THE WASHINGTON STATE FOR LOCATION CODE SECTION 1106 - AND ADDITIONAL PARKING AND PASSENGER INFORMATION LOADING FACILITIES 2. THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY PARKING SPACE MARKINGS SHALL BE PLACED IN EACH PARKING SPACE DESIGNATD FOR USE BY PERSONS WITH y DISABILITIES. A BLUE BACKGROUND WITH THE WHITE BORDER MAY SUPPLEMENT THE WHEELCHAIR SYMBOL 3. REFERENCE CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR SPOT ELEVATIONS AND SLOPE PERCENTAGES ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL 12" MIN. AM �— RAMP PER PLAN LJ LJ 4" SPHERE SHALL NOT BE ABLE TO PASS THRU RAILING POSTS SET 4" DEEP INTO CONCRETE. PROVIDE ESCUTHEON SET IN BED OF SEALANT. POST CENTERLINE LOCATION IN PLAN NO CLOSER THAN 3-1/2" FROM VERTICAL DROP AT EDGE OF RAMPS OR LANDINGS ADJOINING CURB RAMP MAX. SLOPE SURFACE MAX. 12 SLOPE 1 20 ADA CURB DETAIL 1/2" =1'-01, J 16'-6" 3x 3' INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY CENTER ON SPACE O �w C� w 00 O w i 00 w U Q d U O Z Y w Q a LL O 2 O r- O m O H ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGN, REFERENCE DETAIL 4.G0.04. REFERENCE SITE PLAN FOR SIGN LOCATIONS 1-1/2" DIAMETER S.StI. POST CONCRETE FOOTING di a •.o-a •l,- pa - Ma� LJ CD a 12" a ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGNAGE POST N N - N N N N 3/8" WIDE GREEN RESERVED COLOR BAND REF NOTE 5 BELOW PARKING - REF. NOTE 6 BELOW WHITE REFLECTIVE BACKGROUND (TYP.) ACCESSIBLE PARKING ONLY 1 1/2" DIAMETER S.StI. POST 3/8" WIDE GREEN COLOR BAND VAN WHITE REFLECTIVE BACKGROUND (TYP.) ACCESSIBLE REF. NOTE 5 BELOW PROVIDE VAN SIGN AT EACH VAN SPACE INDICATED ON SITE PLAN 12" 0 NOTE: w 1. PLACE ONE SIGN PER ADA STALL AS INDICATED ON SITE PLAN. 2. THIS SIGN MAY BE USED AS WALL MOUNTED, PROVIDED THE BOTTOM OF THE SIGN IS 60" MIN. ABOVE THE STALL HEIGHT OF THE PARKING SPACE. 3. SIGNS SHALL BE CENTERED ON THE PARKING SPACE. 4. THE SIGN FACE SHOULD BE LOCATED NO FARTHER THAN 6 FEET FROM EACH PARKING SPACE. 5. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ALL LETTERING SERIES AND COLOR WITH LOCAL JURISDICTION. 6. INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY, WHITE ON 6x 6" BLUE FIELD WITH 1/2" RADIUS CORNERS. ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGNAGE 3/8" = 1'-0" ' ` 3/8" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" PROJECT NORTH JACKSON MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM VJ r) Z O � N C G U) Q 00 W Q IL o J Q U) ~ z�0 C Q O W Jcy)o U c� 111 V ) 0 Z (D O Z c) o No � 0 J � wQ� w p�Q J 0ZU�� Q Q�_ Cn ll— _ ��Oa w0Z 0 Oo��o 0 w w C� 0- Z z O O Qw��0 in �www(') !z > > w U m Of Z Z� F- o0 co= Q< Y W Z m m Z m a. Y W U I— Of W 0 LL 0— LL U 0 LL 0 LL UzpppwlnIn U' = W W Of W W wQ� U) co O U) U) a p Q U) co U cn cn O z N N M N N N N N N N W O O O O O O O Q L O N LO LO O p N 04 N � O (0 O C) N — It N M CO O — � M 0 0 0— 0 O O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT rw� crttKA YKVGF'IA�KA STATE OF WASHINGTON PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MG CHECKED BY: KP ACCESSIBILITY 4 DETAILS G0004 JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. © 2023 M a a N 7 n N co N 0 N O co DATUM POINT �I ADMIRAL WAY MANHOLE RIM ELEVATION 12.64' itz li I �� II II 11.34 II TRUE PROJECT NORTH NORTH SITE PLAN SHEET NOTES: A. LIMITS OF WORK ARE DEFINED WITHIN THE PROPERTY LINES AND ADJACENT RIGHT OF WAYS. B. SITE CONTROLS ARE EXISTING PROPERTY CORNERS AS IDENTIFIED BY PROPERTY SURVEY. C. REFER TO LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON ALL LANDSCAPE FEATURES AND ELEMENTS. D. REFER TO SEPARATE FILL/GRADE PERMIT FOR SITE GRADING, UTILITY, FRONTAGE, AND RIGHT-OF-WAY IMPROVEMENTS. E. WITHIN PRIVATE PROPERTY, ALL LINES ON CONCRETE PAVING AREAS TO BE CONTROL JOINTS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS. F. SIDEWALKS WITHIN PRIVATE PROPERTY TO MAINTAIN A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:20 IN THE PRIMARY DIRECTION OF TRAVEL AND A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:50 PERPENDICULAR TO THE PRIMARY DIRECTION OF TRAVEL REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS. G. CURB TO BE MEDIUM BROOM FINISH, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. H. GRIDLINES CORRESPOND WITH BUILDING FLOOR PLAN GRIDLINES. I. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR SITE LIGHTING. J. ARCHITECT SITE PLAN IS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. REFER TO CIVIL AND LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS FOR PARAMETERS OF SITE INCLUDING ROADWORK, LANDSCAPING AND CONTEXTUAL SITE INFORMATION. KEYNOTES: 01.11 EXIT DOOR ONLY - NO ACCESS. 01.18 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION (FDC), REFERENCE CIVIL DRAWINGS 01.19 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION PIV, REFERENCE CIVIL DRAWINGS 01.20 PROVIDE FIRE DEPARTMENT KEY BOX IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 1037 01.21 PROPERTY LOCATED IN FLOOD ZONE AE WITH B.F.E. (BASE FLOOD ELEVATION) OF 12'.00 (SFHAS WITH HIGH FLOOD RISK) 02.01 EXISTING FIRE HYDRANT TO REMAIN 02.15 EXISTING CHAINLINK FENCE TO REMAIN 02.16 EXISTING LANDSCAPE ISLAND AND CURB TO REMAIN 02.17 EXISTING LANDSCAPE ISLAND AND CURB REMOVE PORTION AND PREP FOR NEW SURFACE, REFERENCE CIVIL DRAWINGS 02.29 NEW DRIVEWAY TO CONNECT TO EXISTING LANDSCAPE AND CURB PER CIVIL DRAWINGS, EXISTING CONDITION TO BE VERIFIED IN FIELD 03.04 CONCRETE WHEEL STOP REFERENCE CIVIL 10.23 PERMANENT ADHESIVE VINYL LABEL STATING "NO SMOKING WITHIN 25 FEET OF BUILDING" MOUNTED ON GLASS. REFERENCE SITE PLAN DETAILS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 10.24 SINGLE FLUSH OVERHEAD SECTIONAL, OR MECHANICAL INTAKE AIR LOUVER. ALUMINUM SIGN STATING "NO SMOKING WITHIN 25 FEET OF BUILDING" 11.32 113'-0" TALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCREEN. REFER TO STRUCTURAL 11.34 UNDERGROUND FIBER OPTIC AND TELCOM SERVICE CONDUITS PER ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. PROVIDE A CHASE TO ROUTE TO SERVER ROOM 23.06 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. 26.06 EXTERIOR LIGHTING TYPICAL, SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY / DESIGN INTENT, REFERENCE STRUCTURAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 26.07 TRANSFORMER. REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR TRANSFORMER REQUIREMENTS 32.17 STEEL TUBE BICYCLE RACK, REFERENCE SITE PLAN DETAILS FOR MORE INFORMATION 32.18 NEW SIDEWALK AND CURB, REFERENCE CIVIL DRAWINGS 32.19 NEW RAMPS, REFERENCE CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR SLOPE AND DETAILS 32.20 NEW STAIRS, SEE 15/A1.01 FOR DETAILS. REFERENCE CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 32.21 REFERENCE CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR EXTERIOR ELEVATION POINTS SITE LEGEND PROPOSED CONCRETE LANDSCAPING 5 JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM VJ r) z O o N C G (� Q � � W � � W J Q IL Q� 0 Q0�`n Quo ~ z00 � Q2 O w J�o U co L1 Cn 0 z C� 0 z U) o N 0 0 U) wQ0) >- W � � J Q LL Q �_ U)�zU2cl — Woz Oo��o Oa� Q W W H w C� zL: d t:Z z O O Qwww� in w �wwwW � 2 > j Lu w U of z z F-om co0Y W z m mZ m CL Y W U) H of W 0 LL 0— LL U 0 LL 0 LL U z o 0 0 W 0 0 -LLJo LuLu ww 0 i5 D D » WW U)coOCQCQ alnQcncnC-5cncn O z N N M N N N N N N N W N< N N N N N N Q 04 CO N C) 04 It O p N N O O N — — N M O O — It Cy) 0 0 0 0 O O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Q w� crttKA YKVGF'IATATE OF WASHING PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MG CHECKED BY: KP SITE PLAN Al 00 ■ JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. © 2023 1 T 3 4 T 100' - 0" 21' - 9" �, 21' - 9" �, 16' - 2" �, 40' - 4" T 63'-8" 4'-8" 31'-8" 4'-03/8" 4'-85/8" 6'-51/4" 2'-73/4" 3'-10" 3'-4" 3'-2" 4'-2" 1'-7' 1'-6' 1 TYP. 2 A3.01 1 A4.01 A4.01 ------------- 05.14--- --- -- ------ 05.14 05.14 11.34 05.14 se6 3 4 ----------------- 1 -- -------------- ------I---- --� 2 -------------------- ------ -- --- -- - --- I -- 2 A3 A8.10 A8.10 10 A8.10 - TYP. A8.0 o I I I - -J 101 A I 09.36 09.36 - I � 09.36 � 9 r 09.36 Se6 Se6 TYP. 09.36 __ COMMERCIAL A8.03 FUTURE RETAIL 1 RETAIL I FUTURE RETAIL 3 M 13.03 Se6 Se6 Se6 UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT 101 -- 1 -- 1 -- 2 UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT 0) 05.14 560 SF 1745 SF 101B 6-0" OPEN TO STRUCTURE, REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR I EMERGENCY LIGHTING A4.o2 - � - - - - - - - - - I - - - I - - � - - � I I FUTURE RETAIL 2 - I - - - � - I - - - - - - - A4.o2 UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT 09.36 1 P 21'-9" 5'-9" 620 SF 10'-5" 4'-0" 8'-71/8" IT-107/8" 5'-10" 1'-75/8" Si3 5 2 11 A8.10)1� 09.36 A6.02 09.36 1 A8.10 Se6 09.36 AL- - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ I _ _ _ -- 1 112 FIRE RISER -Si3 MECH. 03.06 05.14 112 A.1 111 14 A FUTURE E o A8.10 si3 15 16 A88.10 - - - 01-13 - -Si31 � __ 1 "' A8.10 F.E. 11.30 A8.10 - - 09.36 I 14.01 100 i 1 STORA E 1 A 9 l A I -- LOBBY 19/ 2 8 Si6 I I 100 A3.01 A6.01 Si3 103G � SUPERVISOR I ELEV. I g21 __ 1 _A '1 I ELEC. OFFICE PARTS CAGE MACHINE RM.11 El _ _ __ 1 09.33 110 109 108 107 09.15 A 09.15 Si3 A 10.25 A Si3 Sib A I Sib -- 1 11.27 1 - I -- -- 1 - .1 Si3 /'` 1 10 A3.02 09.15 B A B __ 1 Si6 STORAGE Si3 ----- Si3 Si3 I -A .1 I A A6.01 1 1 ---------------------------- 110 -- 1 -- 1 -- 1 I = Si6 Si3 TAIR 0 I 6 A8.10 0 0 18 it F.E. - - 17 09.33 UNISEX R.R. I 104 12 Se6 Se6 A8.10 I 11.30 A8.10 A 104 Sib Si3 A5.21 8 01.13 1 09.14 .1 I Se6 - 4 -- .2 2 t A4.02 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I- I - - 5.21 20. -0 2 - - A4.02 G0.03 Se6 DOUBLE HT. CDSINGLE SINGLE HT. I 16 MAINTENANCE 11.21 Lo � MAINTENANCE I - BAY (2) 90' -01. co SHOP URINAL R.R. p 102 CLR. _ o Q 103 105 106 Si3 b H Q 0 Se6 D -- 2 z 1 Si6 b ° p w 1 -- 1 N 1/8"/1'-0" w� 1/8" / 1' - 0" 09.33 d o I CUSTODIAL it I 2 Si31 -STORAGE 0 I I 2 2 I A&10 SIM A8.10 SIM A8.10 SIM 103E t I 103C 103B q i000000 iooi0000000i000000 iooi0000000i0000000iooi0000000i0000000iooi0000000i0000000 ooi0000000i0000000i0000000iooi0000000i0000000iooi0000000ioo oio 00o i0000000ioo oi0000000i o0000 0 000 ooiooi0000000i0000000iooi0000000i0000000iooi0000000i0000000iooi0000000 0000000iooi0000 ooio 0o io i0000000i0000000iooi0000000i0000000i I I 10 0 7 A8.03 07.18 Se6 Se6 A8.10 TYP. 6'-0" 3'-9" 2'-3" 3'-6" 2'-6" -8' 4'-4" 10'-8" 13'-4" 12' 2 1 A4.01 2 A4.01 2 A3.02 72' - 0" 7 n M L!j N M N 0 N O M FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 01 3/16" = 1'-0" PROJECT NORTH a 0 N ifl N SHEET NOTES: A. REFER TO G0.01 FOR ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS AND GENERAL PROJECT NOTES. B. REFER TO G SERIES SHEETS FOR CODE & ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS. C. REFER TO A8 SERIES FOR SPECIFIC WALL ASSEMBLY INFORMATION D. REFER TO DOOR AND WINDOW MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS FOR ACTUAL ROUGH OPENING SIZES. E. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SHEAR WALL, HOLD DOWN LOCATIONS, AND BEAM SIZES. F. PROVIDE WALL GUARDS AT ALL EXPOSED GYPSUM BOARD OUTSIDE CORNERS IN PUBLIC AREAS. G. FOR FRAMED WALLS- LOCATE HINGE SIDE OF ALL DOORS 4-1/2" FROM PERPENDICULAR FRAMING U.N.O. H. FOR MASONRY WALLS- LOCATE HINGE SIDE OF DOOR 8" FROM PERPENDICULAR WALL U.N.O. I. FURNITURE, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT OWNER PROVIDED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED U.N.O. J. GENERAL NOTES ON THIS PAGE DO NOT EXCLUDE NOTES ELSEWHERE; THIS p DOCUMENT SET IS COMPLEMENTARY. NOTES ON OTHER SHEETS MAY HAVE BEARING/ APPLICATION TO WORK SHOWN ON THIS SHEET z z EGRESS NOTES & DIAGRAM a U a MEANS OF EGRESS STAIRWAY SIZING o PER 2018 WSBC SECTION 1005.3.1, SHALL BE CALCULATED BY MULTIPLYING THE OCCUPANT LOAD SERVED BY SUCH STAIRWAYS BY A MEANS OF EGRESS CAPACITY j FACTOR OF 0.3 INCHES PER OCCUPANT. MEANS OF EGRESS SIZING E PER 2018 WSBC SECTION 1005.3.2, SHALL BE CALCULATED BY MULTIPLYING THE OCCUPANT LOAD SERVED BY SUCH COMPONENT BY A MEANS OF EGRESS CAPACITY FACTOR OF 0.2 INCHES PER OCCUPANT. D SEPARATION OF EXITS PER 2018 WSBC SECTION 1007.1.1, SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 1/3 THE DIAGONAL DISTANCE. MAXIMUM COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL PER 2018 WSBC SECTION 1006, TABLE 1006.2.1 IN A BUILDING WITH AN AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM, FOR THE FOLLOWING USES ARE: M OCCUPANCY: 75'-0" WITH A MAX. OCCUPANT LOAD OF 49 B OCCUPANCY: 100'-0" WITH A MAX. OCCUPANT LOAD OF 49 S-1 OCCUPANCY: 100'-0" WITH A MAX. OCCUPANT LOAD OF 29 MAXIMUM EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE PER 2018 WSBC SECTION 1017, TABLE 1017.2 IN A BUILDING WITH AN AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM, SHALL NOT EXCEED THE FOLLOWING DISTANCES FOR THE FOLLOWING USES: M OCCUPANCY: 250'-0" B OCCUPANCY: 300'-0" S-1 OCCUPANCY: 250'-0" PER 2015 IBC SECTINS 1006 AND 1017 - ALL ROUTES EITHER HAVE AN IMMEDIATE ALTERNATIVE ROUTE FROM CENTER OF ROOM, OR MEASURE LESS THAN 75'-0" OF COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL, AND ARE LESS THAN 250'-0" TO AN EXIT. ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS PER 2018 WSBC SECTION 1009, WHERE MORE THAN 1 MEANS OF EGRESS ARE REQUIRED BY SECTION 1006.2 OR 1006.3 FROM ANY ACCESSIBLE SPACE, EACH ACCESSIBLE PORTION OF THE SPACE SHALL BE SERVED BY NOT LESS THAN TWO ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS. C 0 0 Lo p opU) N - U) o�w XW0� zWw aOQ pw� UL U OQ o : co co Co co V VVV U r Y%IV I /\ U.LU 1.2" REQ. EGRESS WIDTH 36" ACTUAL EGRESS WIDTH 20 OCCUPANT X 0.20" 4" REQ. EGRESS WIDTH 7011 A('TI IAI E('_[DEQQ \AllM-r LJ T� _ p o�U) oCf)w Xw� zcrw awQ OQ (D - � EGRESS LEGEND io X' (C.P.T.) } X' (T.P.T.) } DIRECTION OF EGRESS F.E.C. RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET F.E. FIRE EXTINGUISHER (A) KEYNOTES 01.13 LINE OF FLOOR ABOVE 03.01 INTERIOR PERIMETER EDGE OF CONCRETE, REFERENCE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 07.18 TRENCH DRAIN, REFERENCE CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, AND PLUMBING 09.14 STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD IN MAINTENANCE / STORAGE AREA. POLYCARBONATE CORNER GUARD IN RETAIL / OFFICE AREA. TYPICAL ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS 09.15 WALK OFF MAT PER ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE; DOOR WIDTH X 10 FOOT LONG 09.33 WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM WALL BOARD 4'-0" A.F.F. PERIMETER OF MAINTENANCE AREA 09.36 INTERIOR FINISH LAYER OF G.W.B. NOT INSTALLED. TYPICAL IN FUTURE RETAIL SPACE, WITH EXCEPTION OF ACOUSTIC RATED PARTITION, PER A8.01 10.25 STRUCTURAL COLUMNS TO BE ENCASED WITHIN WALL ASSEMBLY 11.21 10'X 35' VEHICLE CLEARANCE IN DOUBLE HEIGHT MAINTENANCE BAY 11.27 WALL MOUNTED BENCH, REFERENCE A8 SERIES FOR DETAILS 11.30 WALL MOUNTED CLASS A/B/C/ CLEAN AGENT FIRE EXTINGUISHER (ANSUL CLEANGUARD FE13 EXTINGUISHER WITH FE36 CLEAN AGENT). SEE MOUNTING DETAIL ON A8 SERIES UNDERGROUND FIBER OPTIC AND TELCOM SERVICE CONDUITS PER 11.34 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. PROVIDE A CHASE TO ROUTE TO SERVER ROOM 13.03 FUTURE RESTROOM. REFERENCE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR STUBS REQUIREMENTS 14.01 HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR; BASIS OF DESIGN: THYSSENKRUPP 'ENDURA' 2-STAGE SERIES, 4,000 CAPACITY, MAX. 150 FPM SPEED; ONE SPEED CENTER OPENING DOOR, DIAMOND PLATE INTERIOR WALLS TO 48" A.F.F. WITH LAMINATE PANELS ABOVE, ROUND STAINLESS STEEL HANDRAILS AT SIDE AND REAR WALLS, STAINLESS STEEL CONTROL PANEL JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM U) 0 Z 0 0 N C G U) Q 00 W LIJ�� Q LL � J Q� 0 �0�`) Q ~ z�0 C O LIJQ� J � 0 U co L1 V J 0 Z C� O z c) o N 0 Q00 J W Q 0) W p�Q OJT LL 0U M� �� Q </ Z _ �� w0Z a O 0 O 2 Q 0 W z O w U z z��Z a ILL o g H W w w� U > Ut=2aa> po(D �W mwzz zf- D O m Q p LL O Y W z m mZ m W U>0 Y w U) oloO W10� H U it z ILL, p o LL o- LL. U O LL. 1-0 Z LL. �CO=wwOfw p p W In1 w 0 DDof0o� O z M N N N N N N N CO w - o N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N Q Lo (O N Lo Lo O O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT rw� crttKA YKVGF'IA�KA STATE OF WASHINGTON PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MG CHECKED BY: KP FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 01 A2001 JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. © 2023 T4T 2 100' - 0" J, 21'-9" �, 21'-9" �, 16'-2" J, 40'-4" T 63'-8" 4'-8" 31'-8" 23'-4" 13'-11" 1 '-11" 12'-6" 1'-7" 3'-1" 9'-8" 22'-0" 4'-0" 4'-85/8" 1'-7' 4'-101/4" 3'-03/4" 71/4" 2'-73/4" 3'-10" 10' 3'-2" 1 3'-4" 7'-11" 3'-6" 2 A3.01 1 I 4.01 A4.01 Se6 Se6 Se6 1 05.14 __ • 1 -- .1 -- .1 11 se6 4 I A8.10 __ 1 A8.10 1 10 A8.10 SIM A8.10 I i4 12.03 1 - 12.03 S13 - - J 12.03 - A A Se6 I -- .1 iL A 16 12.03 A Si3 Si3 Si3 o OFFICE 6 Si3 OFFICE 5 __ 1 OFFICE 4 __ 1 OFFICE 3 __ 1 OFFICE 2 I 11.24 OFFICE 1 co 206 .1 205 204 203 202 11.20 8 A5.23 201 12.03 N N A 0 I 7 Si3 18' - 7 1 /4" F__1 SHEET NOTES: A. REFER TO G0.01 FOR ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS AND GENERAL PROJECT NOTES. B. REFER TO G SERIES SHEETS FOR CODE & ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS. C. REFER TO A8 SERIES FOR SPECIFIC WALL ASSEMBLY INFORMATION D. REFER TO DOOR AND WINDOW MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS FOR ACTUAL ROUGH OPENING SIZES. E. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SHEAR WALL, HOLD DOWN LOCATIONS, AND BEAM SIZES. F. PROVIDE WALL GUARDS AT ALL EXPOSED GYPSUM BOARD OUTSIDE CORNERS IN PUBLIC AREAS. G. FOR FRAMED WALLS- LOCATE HINGE SIDE OF ALL DOORS 4-1/2" FROM PERPENDICULAR FRAMING U.N.O. H. FOR MASONRY WALLS- LOCATE HINGE SIDE OF DOOR 8" FROM PERPENDICULAR WALL U.N.O. I. FURNITURE, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT OWNER PROVIDED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED U.N.O. J. GENERAL NOTES ON THIS PAGE DO NOT EXCLUDE NOTES ELSEWHERE; THIS p DOCUMENT SET IS COMPLEMENTARY. NOTES ON OTHER SHEETS MAY HAVE BEARING/ APPLICATION TO WORK SHOWN ON THIS SHEET a- EGRESS NOTES & DIAGRAM z z Q U MEANS OF EGRESS STAIRWAY SIZING CL PER 2018 WSBC SECTION 1005.3.1, SHALL BE CALCULATED BY MULTIPLYING THE o OCCUPANT LOAD SERVED BY SUCH STAIRWAYS BY A MEANS OF EGRESS CAPACITY FACTOR OF 0.3 INCHES PER OCCUPANT. i MEANS OF EGRESS SIZING PER 2018 WSBC SECTION 1005.3.2, SHALL BE CALCULATED BY MULTIPLYING THE E OCCUPANT LOAD SERVED BY SUCH COMPONENT BY A MEANS OF EGRESS CAPACITY FACTOR OF 0.2 INCHES PER OCCUPANT. N SEPARATION OF EXITS PER 2018 WSBC SECTION 1007.1.1, SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 1/3 THE DIAGONAL JD DISTANCE. MAXIMUM COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL PER 2018 WSBC SECTION 1006, TABLE 1006.2.1 IN A BUILDING WITH AN AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM, FOR THE FOLLOWING USES ARE: M OCCUPANCY: 75'-0" WITH A MAX. OCCUPANT LOAD OF 49 B OCCUPANCY: 100'-0" WITH A MAX. OCCUPANT LOAD OF 49 S-1 OCCUPANCY: 100'-0" WITH A MAX. OCCUPANT LOAD OF 29 MAXIMUM EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE PER 2018 WSBC SECTION 1017, TABLE 1017.2 IN A BUILDING WITH AN AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM, SHALL NOT EXCEED THE FOLLOWING DISTANCES FOR THE 15 1 o FOLLOWING USES: 20 - - - - 205 - 204 - - - - - - - - 203 202 - - - - - - - - - - - M OCCUPANCY: 250'-0" 1 11' - 6 3/8" 6'- 5 5/8" A A = A / A4.02 N B OCCUPANCY: 300'-0" 9 11.19 f-01 20 Si3 AUDIT CORRIDOR si31 L__ i31 20 Si3 A5.22I A5.23 26.04 11.31 A8.10 IM ARCHIVE 1 111 A5.22 07.12 in -- 1 12' - 1 3/8" 5 ROOM 211 09.16 F.E.C. 09Tr 16 w 209 9 A8.10 2096" MIN. CL - 219A = 2 ~ , J �212 SERVER O �.02 14 _ 200 - - - - --- ti - - - - - - 11.19- - - - - - 7' - 0'� - A A 11.18 WOMEN'S RR 1 A STORAGE I I 19 Si3 Si3 Si 20 Si6 14.01 ' Lo 218 B � -- .1 219 - - - i 81 S F -� I I _7 A5.21 i 221 A S2-2 A 11.25 17 I L Si3 - A - Si6 I I I I I I � I I I I I I -- rt-- -- 19 LOBBY - A6.01 STAIR OZ 19 .1 218B n 219B L,6 A3.01 A l A8.10 O C A A A I I 1 200 I I I I I I I I I I I I o LA I Si3 Si3 Si3 Si3- - - - - - 8 EQUIPMENT Si3 / I MEN'S R.'. 218A 1 10.25 PLATFORM / I A5.22 213 1 213 MEWS RR 0 I I I STAIR 01 A3 02 Se6 221 // M I 5 C 1 1 g 218A 17 I _ I I 9 / CO Si3 63 SF ' 00 I A A6.01 __ A8.05 A5.22 I I Sib / 8 1 A -- �\ - 21' - 6" G0.03 -Si6 I 20 O 18 05.05 A8.10 - - ---- LEA / 14 D )7� N C _ _ - - - - - - 217 Si3 A5.22 Si3 218 - - - 16 A � / -- .1 1 -- .1 9' - 3 3/4" 1 co co 06.05 Si6 L G0.04 I r / I 12 A A A v v 12.04 Se6 - I 15 Si3 Si3 Si3 'T Se6 WOMEN'S R.R 215 I G0.03 1 .1 1 p.1 i9 v CUSTODIALI o I o 6 _ 2 _ - - - - - - 215 I N - A - - - I - - - - - - - - A4.02 0 A810 El 218C in S13 -Se6 OPEN TO - 1 COMMISSION 1 ti BELOW w % C A N A 1 MTG ROOM 22 ti / A Si3 Si3 Si3 Se6 N � 218 Si6 __ r - - -- .9 23 A5.23 -- .1 / m A 00 21 / I Si3 I o / \ o BREAK ROOM 1 1 N Se6 / \ 216 12.04 24 A5.23 12.03 / \ r 12.04 / 06.05 12.03 r Ell A8.10 4 c� I 13 2 1 7 A8.10 A8.10 A8.10 Se6 Se6 4' - 8" SIM 8' - 0" 2'- 0" 11 1/2" 2 2 1 A4.01 A3.02 A4.01 43' - 6" �, 16'- 2" �, 40' - 4" DOUBLE HEIGHT MAINTENANCE BAYS 15 n m N M N O N O FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 02 1 3/16" = 1'-0" PROJECT NORTH S-1 OCCUPANCY: 250'-0" PER 2015 IBC SECTINS 1006 AND 1017 - ALL ROUTES EITHER HAVE AN IMMEDIATE ALTERNATIVE ROUTE FROM CENTER OF ROOM, OR MEASURE LESS THAN 75-0" OF COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL, AND ARE LESS THAN 250'-0" TO AN EXIT. ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS PER 2018 WSBC SECTION 1009, WHERE MORE THAN 1 MEANS OF EGRESS ARE REQUIRED BY SECTION 1006.2 OR 1006.3 FROM ANY ACCESSIBLE SPACE, EACH ACCESSIBLE PORTION OF THE SPACE SHALL BE SERVED BY NOT LESS THAN TWO ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS. C 24 OCCUPANT X 0.20" 25 OCCUPANT X 0.20" i " REQ. EGRESS WIDTH 5" REQ. EGRESS WIDTH r3T6,,ACTUAL EGRESS WIDTH 36" ACTUAL EGRESS WIDTH I 7" REQ. EGRESS WIDTH 36" ACTUAL EGRESS WIDTH 4 EGRESS LEGEND X' (C.P.T.) } X' (T.P.T.) } DIRECTION OF EGRESS F.E.C. RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET F.E. FIRE EXTINGUISHER KEYNOTES 05.05 STEEL COLUMN SUSPENDED FROM ABOVE, REFERENCE STRUCTURAL A 05.14 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL CANOPY, COLOR PER ELEVATIONS. REFERENCE A8 SERIES AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS 06.05 GC TO COORDINATE WITH OWNER ON TV PLACEMENT, AND PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING FOR WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT, TYPICAL 07.12 ROOF ACCESS LADDER, WALL MOUNTED. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS 09.16 POLYCARBONATED CORNER GUARD, PER DETAIL ON A8 SERIES TYPICAL ON ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS IN OFFICE 10.25 STRUCTURAL COLUMNS TO BE ENCASED WITHIN WALL ASSEMBLY 11.18 SERVER RACK. OWNER FURNISHED AND INSTALLED 11.19 SHELVING. OWNER FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED. 11.20 PRINTER /COPY / PLOTTER STATION. POWER SO RENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS URCE AND DATA DROP REQUIRED, REFE 11.24 POSTAGE MACHINE BY OWNER 11.25 SAFE. OWNER FURNISHED AND INSTALLED 11.31 RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS; REFER TO DETAIL FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT, ETC.; BASIS OF DESIGN: 22ga, COLD -ROLLED STEEL, PRE -FINISHED CABINET WITH FULL TEMPERED GLASS CABINET DOOR; COLOR: PER OWNER FROM MFR'S STANDARD SELECTION 12.03 WINDOW TREATMENT SYSTEM PER SPECIFICATIONS, TYP. IN ALL LEVEL 02 OFFICE AREAS 12.04 TV SCREEN WITH MOUNTING ARM. OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. POWER AND DATA DROP REQUIRED. REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. 14.01 HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR; BASIS OF DESIGN: THYSSENKRUPP `ENDURA' 2-STAGE SERIES, 4,000 CAPACITY, MAX. 150 FPM SPEED; ONE SPEED CENTER OPENING DOOR, DIAMOND PLATE INTERIOR WALLS TO 48" A.F.F. WITH LAMINATE PANELS ABOVE, ROUND STAINLESS STEEL HANDRAILS AT SIDE AND REAR WALLS, STAINLESS STEEL CONTROL PANEL 26.04 DOOR 200 LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH (ELECTRIC STRIKE OVERRIDE DURING BUSINESS HOURS) REFERENCE ELECTRICAL AND LOW VOLAGE DRAWINGS JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM U) 0 Z 0 0 N Q 00 W LIJ�� Q L � J Q 0 Q 0�`) ~ z�0 C O Lu Jcy)0 U co LIJ V ) 0 Z CD 0 z U7 o N 0 0 U LIJQ00 W OJT 0U M� Z �� Z 5<0 000 0 0- Q 0 W t= w zF_t:Z a z O O Qw2w0 in �www� 1-2aa> > w U cow Z Zw D O m Q o w Y W Z 00 00 Z En CL YW(D �� O H of W 0 LL o LL U o LL o LL v z o o o w o o _Lu(0=wwofww Ov5U000foo w U) co O U) CQ a o Q cn cn U cn cn O �t z - N N N N N N N W O O O O O O O - N N N N N N N a N N O O N It 0 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT rw� crttKA YKVGF'IA�KA STATE OF WASHINGTON PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MG CHECKED BY: KP FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 02 A2002 JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. © 2023 M 1 'all A4.02 n 00 N M N O N O 07. ( 1 2 3 4 5 100'-01, 2 A4.01 I I I 2 2 1 A4.01 A3.02 A4.01 40' - 4" PROJECT NORTH ROOF PLAN 1 3/16" = 1'-0" 2 A4.02 SHEET NOTES: SPECIFICATIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE TO ALL NOTES, U.N.O. • C E F G / r \ H K L. M N O P Q R S T. U V. W X. Y. REFER TO G0.01 FOR ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS AND GENERAL PROJECT NOTES. FOR TYPICAL ROOF ASSEMBLIES REFER TO A8 SERIES. ROOF COLOR TO BE SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURERS STANDARD SELECTION. FOR SINGLE PLY MEMBRANE ROOFS: 1. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS 36" WIDE WALKWAY PADS AT SERVICE SIDE OF ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND AT ALL ROOF HATCHES, WITH 2" SEPARATION BETWEEN PADS. 2. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE BY MANUFACTURER. INSTALL ROOFING MEMBRANE SHEETS PARALLEL WITH SLOPE 3. PROVIDE TAPERED INSULATION CRICKETS AT HIGH SIDE OF ALL MECH UNITS, AND AT ALL MISCELLANEOUS ROOF PENETRATIONS, BOXED VENTS, ETC. TO INSURE POSITIVE ROOF DRAINAGE. 4. ALL CRICKETS SHALL BE 1/ 2" PER FT MIN SLOPE TO DRAIN. ROOF PLAN SHOWS CRICKETS AND TAPERED INSULATION N.T.S. FOR GRAPHIC PURPOSES TO SHOW SLOPE AND LOCATION. VERIFY INSULATION OR FRAMING REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN SLOPE, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ALL VALLEYS SHALL HAVE A MIN. OF 3/8": 12" SLOPE U.N.O. ALL EXPOSED METAL FLASHING/ TRIM PIECES SHALL BE PREFINISHED GALVANIZED STEEL, U.N.O. PAINT EXPOSED METAL/ FLASHING/ TRIM AND MISCELLANEOUS. STEEL PIECES THAT ARE NOT PREFINISHED,. COLOR PER EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. PROVIDE PENETRATION FLASHING FOR ALL ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT, AND PIPING. FLASHING AND STRIPPING MATERIALS, AUXILIARY MEMBRANES, INSULATION AND ROOFING ACCESSORIES SHOULD REFER TO ROOFING SYSTEM MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS FOR STRIPPING, FLASHING, INSULATION, ACCESSORY COMPATIBILITY ROOFING MEMBRANE SYSTEM M.E.P. ROOF EQUIPMENT SHOWN FOR REFERENCE AND COORDINATION ONLY REFER TO M.E.P. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS FOR ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT SCOPE. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EQUIPMENT SUPPORT. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ROOF DRAIN LEADERS, DISCHARGE, AND/ OR CONNECTION TO STORM WATER SYSTEM. REFER TO DRAINAGE CALCULATIONS FOR GUTTER, D.S. SIZES AND PROFILES. CALCULATIONS BASED ON 100 YR. EVENT. ALL GUTTERS WHERE USED SHALL BE PREFINISHED, FULLY WELDED GALV. STEEL, SIZED PER DRAWINGS. TEST ALL GUTTERS AS SPECIFIED, COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT. GUTTER HANGERS WHERE USED SHALL BE GALV. STL. BENT PLATE BRACKETS WITH 1" GALV SPACERS AT 36" O.C. MAX, STAGGER WITH EACH OTHER AT 181, O.C. PROVIDE PREFINISHED GUTTER EXPANSION JOINTS PER MANUFACTURER. LOCATE SCUPPERS WHERE USED PER EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. MIN. 2x NOMINAL P.T. WOOD BLOCKING AT ROOF EDGES, RIDGES, ETC. PROVIDE BLOCKING PER DETAIL DIMENSIONS. REFERENCE ROOFING MANUFACTURER. RECOMMENDATIONS. STRUCTURAL SLOPES FOR GENERAL CONCEPT ONLY. EXACT T.O.S./ B.O.D. ELEVATIONS PER STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS WHERE ROOF SLOPE EXCEEDS 1/21, PER FOOT. MAINTAIN MIN. 25 FT. CLEAR BETWEEN EXHAUST FANS ,WASTE VENTS AND MAKE-UP AIR INTAKES. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE WITH STEEL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO SETTING UNITS. SUPPLY AND RETURN TO MECHANICAL UNITS TO BE CLEAR OF OBSTRUCTION AT ALL -TIMES. PROVIDE CORROSION RESISTANT INSECT SCREEN AT ALL VENTILATION. MAINTAIN MIN, 12" CLEAR BETWEEN ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS. PROTECT ALL PENETRATIONS FROM WEATHER UNTIL RELATED SYSTEM ARE COMPLETELY INSTALLED. PROVIDE CURBS AND SUPPORTS FOR ROOF TOP MECH EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO R.T.U.'S, CONDENSERS, AND FANS REFER STRUCTURAL AND M.E.P. DOCUMENTS. USE ROOF MANUFACTURERS STANDARD ROOF CURBS AND PENETRATION DETAILS FOR TYPICAL CONDITIONS. EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, WEIGHT AND ADDITIONAL INFO PER M.E.P. DOCUMENTS. COORDINATE FINAL SIZE WITH M.E.P. CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE SUPPORTS AND FLASHING AT GAS PIPING PER DRAWINGS. VENTING OF CONCEALED SPACES PER WALL SECTIONS AND DETAILS. GENERAL NOTES ON THIS PAGE DO NOT EXCLUDE NOTES ELSEWHERE; THIS DOCUMENT SET IS COMPLEMENTARY. NOTES ON OTHER SHEETS MAY HAVE BEARING/ APPLICATION TO WORK SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. KEYNOTES: 01.14 ROOF RIDGE 05.18 PRE -MANUFACTURED METAL SUNSHADE; TYPICAL AT L2 OFFICE STOREFRONT, WEST AND SOUTH ELEVATION 07.02 PRE -FINISHED DOWNSPOUTS AND GUTTERS PER S.M.A.C.N.A. RECOMMENDATIONS, SIZED PER ROOF DRAINAGE CALCULATIONS; CONNECT TO STORM DRAIN; COLOR PER EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 07.13 ROOF ACCESS HATCH PER PLANS, 30" x 36" (U.N.O.); THERMALLY BROKEN WITH INTEGRAL INSULATED CURB. REFERENCE SHEET A8.03 FOR ROOF HATCH AND LADDER DETAILS. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS 11.22 2000 SQ. FT. OF SOLAR ARRAY AREA, DEFFERED SUBMITTAL UNDER A SEPARATE CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM U) 0 Z 0 0 N 5 G 00 L.LJ � 0-)W � J Q L.L 0Q� 0 Q0�U) Q r) ~ C z00 Q O Lu J�0 G 0 co L1 V ) 0 Z C� O z c) o N 0 0 J LLJQ0) W p�Q OJT 0Z020 M� — W0z a� O 00 ��0 �Q0-�W H w C� z L: d Z z O O Qwww� in w �wwww t= 2 > j w U Z ZWm omoZ)u0 Y W Z m mZ m L U> Y W U) lo� 0�OW-of H of WL 0 L 0— ILL U 0 ILL 0 ILL z o o w o 0 LLJ(5=wwofww OinU»of» W w0� U) (00 U) U) alnacncn�cncn O Z N N M N N N N N N N W N N N N N N N Q LO O N LO LO It O p N 04 N O O N -- N M CO O � � C'� 0 0 0 F 0 O O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT rw� crttKA YKVGtiASKA STATE OF WASHINGTOM PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MG CHECKED BY: KP ROOF PLAN A2003 M JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. © 2023 M O 100' - 0" 21'-9" 21'-9" 16'-2" 40'-4" 63'-8" 4'-8" 31'-8" SHEET NOTES: A. ALL CEILINGS ARE AT 8'-0" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (A.F.F.) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. B. ELEVATIONS NOTED A.F.F. ARE TAKEN FROM THE FINISHED FLOOR IMMEDIATELY BELOW. C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR DEVELOP COORDINATED LAYOUT OF M.E.P. AND SPRINKLER SYSTEMS CROSSING AREAS NOTED "EXPOSED TO VIEW". SUBMIT PROPOSED LAYOUT TO ARCHITECT FOR WRITTEN APPROVAL PRIOR TO, FABRICATION AND/OR INSTALLATION OF ANY SYSTEM. D. GROUP CONDUIT AS POSSIBLE AND HOLD TIGHT TO STRUCTURE AT AREAS EXPOSED TO VIEW. SUBMIT PROPOSED LAYOUT TO ARCHITECT FOR WRITTEN APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION OF ANY SYSTEM. E. PAINT ALL UNFINISHED ITEMS EXPOSED TO VIEW PER FINISH SCHEDULE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ARCHITECT TO SELECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FINISHES FOR ALL FINISHED ITEMS. F. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL NECESSARY ABOVE -CEILING ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION IN COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL, STATE & FEDERAL BUILDING CODES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO HANGER BARS, TRANSFORMERS, AND UNIT HEATERS. G. TAPE, FLOAT, AND PRIME ALL GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES TO FINISH LEVEL 3 (LEVEL 4 WHERE PAINTING). FINISH SHALL MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES OR AS INDICATED ON FINISH SCHEDULE. CONFIRM COLORS & EXTENT OF APPLICATION W/ ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PAINTING. H. SOFFITS DIMENSIONED FROM FACE OF FINISH TO FACE OF FINISH U.N.O. LIGHTING DIMENSIONED FROM CENTER LINE TO CENTER LINE U.N.O. I. SEAL ALL GAPS, SEAMS, AND PENETRATIONS THROUGHOUT CEILINGS AT FIRE OR SOUND RATED ASSEMBLIES WITH APPROPRIATE RATED SEALANTS. AT NON -RATED ASSEMBLIES, SEAL ALL GAPS, CRACKS, AND PENETRATIONS SEALANT APPROPRIATE TO ASSEMBLY TYPE, LOCATION, AND VISIBILITY J. CONCEAL ALL LIGHTING CONDUITS, VERIFY DIMENSIONS BEFORE ORDERING MATERIALS AND PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK K. LAY CEILING GRID OUT FROM CENTER POINT OF ROOM, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. WHERE MAJORITY OF EDGE IS LESS THAN 1/2 TILE, SHIFT GRID 1/2 TILE TO REDUCE TILE WASTE. L. CEILING GRIDS SHALL BE SEISMICALLY RESTRAINED - REFERENCE DETAILS FOR MORE INFORMATION M. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE IC -RATED (INSULATION CONTACT), UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY BUILDING CODE, AND SHALL MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE RATING OF WALL/FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLY WHERE IT IS INSTALLED. N. ALL LIGHTING, M.E.P. FIXTURES, AND CEILING ACCESSORIES ON RCP'S FOR DIMENSIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. FIXTURE TYPES SHALL BE DICTATED BY M.E.P. DRAWINGS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. O. LIGHTING FIXTURES NOT THE FULL SIZE OF A CEILING PANEL SHALL BE CENTERED IN INDICATED PANEL. P. EGRESS LIGHTING SHALL BE BY CONTRACTOR - REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. Q. PROVIDE LENSES AT RECESSED FIXTURES WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. R. CENTER LIGHT FIXTURES WITHIN ROOM, CORRIDOR, AND/OR SOFFIT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROVIDED DIMENSIONS FROM FINISH FACE TO CENTERLINE OF FIXTURE, U.N.O. S. VERIFY W/ LOCAL FIRE MARSHALS APPROVAL OF ALL EXIT SIGNAGE LOCATIONS PRIOR TO ORDER OR INSTALL CONFIRM APPROVAL WITH ARCHITECT. T. REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL HVAC LOCATIONS. U. LOCATE CEILING ACCESS PANELS AS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, COORDINATE WITH M.E.P. CONTRACTOR. V. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE PROJECTOR MOUNTS SHALL BE LOCATED BETWEEN 10'-0" AND 13'-0" FROM THE WALL THEY ARE PROJECTING ONTO. W. GENERAL NOTES ON THIS PAGE DO NOT EXCLUDE NOTES ELSEWHERE; THIS DOCUMENT SET IS COMPLEMENTARY. NOTES ON OTHER SHEETS MAY HAVE BEARING/APPLICATION TO WORK SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. X. REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LIGHT FIXUTRES WITH BATTERY BACK UP AND EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTS. RCP LEGEND: ® 4" SQUARE LED WALL WASHER 4" SQUARE LED RECESSED DOWNLIGHT PENDANT; MIN. 5-0" A.F.F. HIGH BAY; MIN. 12'-0" A.F.F. AT SINGLE HEIGHT MAINTENANCE SHOP MIN. 22'-0" A.F.F AT DOUBLE HEIGHT MAINTENANCE SHOP 10' AND 8' PENDANT LINEAR STRIP FIXTURE (IN SAME PLANE AS CEILING IN COMMISSION MEETING ROOM) RECESSED LINEAR SLOT LIGHT; SIZE PER R.C.P. 4'-0" PENDANT LINEAR LIGHT 4'-0" CEILING MOUNTED LINEAR LIGHT 4 WALL PACK Q o WALL MOUNTED FIXTURE (ELEVATOR LOBBY, RESTROOMS) CONTINUOUS LINEAR DOWN LIGHT ALONG PERMIETER OF WOOD C :11 CEIING PANEL; IN SAME PLANE AS CEILING UNDERMOUNTED LED CABINET / SOFFIT TASK LIGHTING INSULATION PER FLOOR ASSEMBLY DETAIL, STICK PIN ON UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR BETWEEN MAINTENANCE AND OFFICE ABOVE. WHERE POSSIBLE ENSURE INSULATION PLANE IS NOT BROKEN; ANCHOR EQUIPMENT TO BOTTOM OF JOISTS. WOOD CEILING PANELS GYPSUM WALL BOARD CEILING. REFEREMCE A8 SERIES FOR DETAILS (MOISTURE RESIST. GWB IN RESTROOMS) 2'X2' ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE. REFEREMCE A8 SERIES FOR DETAILS DAYLIGHT ZONE - PRIMARY FOR SIDELIGHT; PER WSEC SECTION C405.2.4.2 DAYLIGHT ZONE - SECONDARY FOR SIDELIGHT; PER WSEC SECTION C405.2.4.2 51NULt H 1. ® EXIT SIGN MAINTENANCE I . ► I ® EXIT SIGN WITH DIRECTIONAL ARROWS SHOP 1 CEILING FAN 10' - 3" A.F.F. - REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS 2 OPEN TO 1 A4.01 2 STRUCTURE ABOVE A4.01 1 HOUR RATED OCCUPANCY SEPARATION - WHERE CEILING MOUNTED A3.02 EQUIPMENT PENETRATES SURFACE, ENSURE FIRE RATING IS MAINTAINED. PROJECT NORTH 1 CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 01 3/16" = 1'4' KEYNOTES: 05.14 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL CANOPY, COLOR PER ELEVATIONS. REFERENCE A8 SERIES AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS 09.17 CENTER CEILING GRID IN ROOM, AS INDICATED 11.26 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PLATFORM 23.07 CEILING FAN; SECURED TO STRUCTURE BELOW INSULATION. PROVIDE VIBRATION ISOLATION. REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS NJ I ill JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM U) 0 Z 0 0 N 5 G 00 LIJ�� W � J Q LL 0Q3: O 0 Q 0� U) o ~ C z�0 O LIJQ� J�0 U co L1 V J 0 Z CD 0 z U) o N 0 J U) W >_ Q 0) W p�Q OJT LL �ZU�0 M� ��: Q < - _ w0Z a 0 0 O ��o 2 0- Q 0- � W H w C� zL:tZ a z O O Qwww� in w �wwwW t=2aa> j w U afZ��om Z ooQm0 ow Y w Z m mZ m a Y w U) I- a' w 0 LL 0— LL U 0 LL 0 LL U Z o n o w 0 0 -LLJ(5=wwofww OinU»of» W w U) (0O aoQcncnUcncn O Z N N M N N N N N N N w N< N N N N N N Q 04 CO N C) 04 It O p N 04 N � O (0 O C) N — — It — N M O O — It Cy) 0 0 cl 0 O O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Qtf!! SKA TOM PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MG CHECKED BY: KP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 01 A201 JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. © 2023 SHEET NOTES: N rn w J It n O z Q U o_ 0 M M N O N O 1 2 3 4 5 100' - 0" 21'-9" 21'-9" 16'-2" 40'-4" 63'-8" 4'-8" 31'-8" co A. ALL CEILINGS ARE AT 8'-0" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (A.F.F.) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. B. ELEVATIONS NOTED A.F.F. ARE TAKEN FROM THE FINISHED FLOOR IMMEDIATELY BELOW. C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR DEVELOP COORDINATED LAYOUT OF M.E.P. AND SPRINKLER SYSTEMS CROSSING AREAS NOTED "EXPOSED TO VIEW". SUBMIT PROPOSED LAYOUT TO ARCHITECT FOR WRITTEN APPROVAL PRIOR TO, FABRICATION AND/OR INSTALLATION OF ANY SYSTEM. D. GROUP CONDUIT AS POSSIBLE AND HOLD TIGHT TO STRUCTURE AT AREAS EXPOSED TO VIEW. SUBMIT PROPOSED LAYOUT TO ARCHITECT FOR WRITTEN APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION OF ANY SYSTEM. E. PAINT ALL UNFINISHED ITEMS EXPOSED TO VIEW PER FINISH SCHEDULE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ARCHITECT TO SELECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FINISHES FOR ALL FINISHED ITEMS. F. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL NECESSARY ABOVE -CEILING ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION IN COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL, STATE & FEDERAL BUILDING CODES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO HANGER BARS, TRANSFORMERS, AND UNIT HEATERS. G. TAPE, FLOAT, AND PRIME ALL GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES TO FINISH LEVEL 3 (LEVEL 4 WHERE PAINTING). FINISH SHALL MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES OR AS INDICATED ON FINISH SCHEDULE. CONFIRM COLORS & EXTENT OF APPLICATION W/ ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PAINTING. H. SOFFITS DIMENSIONED FROM FACE OF FINISH TO FACE OF FINISH U.N.O. LIGHTING DIMENSIONED FROM CENTER LINE TO CENTER LINE U.N.O. I. SEAL ALL GAPS, SEAMS, AND PENETRATIONS THROUGHOUT CEILINGS AT FIRE OR SOUND RATED ASSEMBLIES WITH APPROPRIATE RATED SEALANTS. AT NON -RATED ASSEMBLIES, SEAL ALL GAPS, CRACKS, AND PENETRATIONS SEALANT APPROPRIATE TO ASSEMBLY TYPE, LOCATION, AND VISIBILITY J. CONCEAL ALL LIGHTING CONDUITS, VERIFY DIMENSIONS BEFORE ORDERING MATERIALS AND PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK o K. LAY CEILING GRID OUT FROM CENTER POINT OF ROOM, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ' WHERE MAJORITY OF EDGE IS LESS THAN 1/2 TILE, SHIFT GRID 1/2 TILE TO REDUCE N TILE WASTE. D L. CEILING GRIDS SHALL BE SEISMICALLY RESTRAINED -REFERENCE DETAILS FOR MORE INFORMATION M. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE IC -RATED (INSULATION CONTACT), UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY BUILDING CODE, AND SHALL MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE RATING OF WALL/FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLY WHERE IT IS INSTALLED. N. ALL LIGHTING, M.E.P. FIXTURES, AND CEILING ACCESSORIES ON RCP'S FOR DIMENSIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. FIXTURE TYPES SHALL BE DICTATED BY M.E.P. DRAWINGS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. O. LIGHTING FIXTURES NOT THE FULL SIZE OF A CEILING PANEL SHALL BE CENTERED IN INDICATED PANEL. P. EGRESS LIGHTING SHALL BE BY CONTRACTOR - REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. Q. PROVIDE LENSES AT RECESSED FIXTURES WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. o R. CENTER LIGHT FIXTURES WITHIN ROOM, CORRIDOR, AND/OR SOFFIT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROVIDED DIMENSIONS FROM FINISH FACE TO CENTERLINE OF FIXTURE, U.N.O. C' S. VERIFY W/ LOCAL FIRE MARSHALS APPROVAL OF ALL EXIT SIGNAGE LOCATIONS PRIOR TO ORDER OR INSTALL CONFIRM APPROVAL WITH ARCHITECT. T. REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL HVAC LOCATIONS. U. LOCATE CEILING ACCESS PANELS AS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, COORDINATE WITH M.E.P. CONTRACTOR. V. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE PROJECTOR MOUNTS SHALL BE LOCATED BETWEEN 10'-0" AND 13'-0" FROM THE WALL THEY ARE PROJECTING ONTO. W. GENERAL NOTES ON THIS PAGE DO NOT EXCLUDE NOTES ELSEWHERE; THIS DOCUMENT SET IS COMPLEMENTARY. NOTES ON OTHER SHEETS MAY HAVE BEARING/APPLICATION TO WORK SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. X. REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LIGHT FIXUTRES WITH BATTERY BACK UP AND EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTS. JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM U) 0 Z 0 0 N C G U) Q 00 W � � W � J Q L Q 0 0 Q 0� U) o ~ C z�0 Q O W J�0 U co L1 uc W 0 z CD RCP LEGEND: o 0 z c) N I' o 80 ® 4" SQUARE LED WALL WASHER W Q 00 0 J 4" SQUARE LED RECESSED DOWNLIGHT W 0 Q PENDANT; MIN. 5'-0" A.F.F. M� LL W Q 0 HIGH BAY; MIN. 12'-0" A.F.F. AT SINGLE HEIGHT MAINTENANCE SHOP MIN. 22'-0" A.F.F AT DOUBLE HEIGHT MAINTENANCE SHOP 0 lcl� U) 0 L 7 U C c0 6 10' AND 8' PENDANT LINEAR STRIP FIXTURE (IN SAME PLANE AS CEILING IN COMMISSION MEETING ROOM) w O Q O 0 RECESSED LINEAR SLOT LIGHT; SIZE PER R.C.P. O 0 / = 0 4'-0" PENDANT LINEAR LIGHT Q 0- W 4'-0" CEILING MOUNTED LINEAR LIGHT 4 WALL PACK Q WALL MOUNTED FIXTURE (ELEVATOR LOBBY, RESTROOMS) E : CONTINUOUS LINEAR DOWN LIGHT ALONG PERMIETER OF WOOD CEIING PANEL; IN SAME PLANE AS CEILING UNDERMOUNTED LED CABINET / SOFFIT TASK LIGHTING N INSULATION PER FLOOR ASSEMBLY DETAIL, STICK PIN ON UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR BETWEEN MAINTENANCE AND OFFICE ABOVE. WHERE POSSIBLE ENSURE INSULATION PLANE IS NOT BROKEN; ANCHOR EQUIPMENT TO BOTTOM OF JOISTS. WOOD CEILING PANELS GYPSUM WALL BOARD CEILING. REFEREMCE A8 SERIES FOR DETAILS (MOISTURE RESIST. GWB IN RESTROOMS) 2'X2' ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE. REFEREMCE A8 SERIES FOR DETAILS DAYLIGHT ZONE - PRIMARY FOR SIDELIGHT; PER WSEC SECTION C405.2.4.2 n „ AYLI H ZONE - SECONDARY FOR SIDELIGHT; PER WSEC SECTION DAYLIGHT C405. ® EXIT SIGN ®► EXIT SIGN WITH DIRECTIONAL ARROWS CEILING FAN 10' - 3" A.F.F. - REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS 2 2 1 1 HOUR RATED OCCUPANCY SEPARATION - WHERE CEILING MOUNTED A4.01 A3.02 A4.01 EQUIPMENT PENETRATES SURFACE, ENSURE FIRE RATING IS MAINTAINED. PROJECT NORTH CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 02 1 % 3/16" = 1'-0" KEYNOTES: 09.17 09.43 23.07 26.08 CENTER CEILING GRID IN ROOM, AS INDICATED ALIGN GRID WITH FACE OF WALL CEILING FAN; SECURED TO STRUCTURE BELOW INSULATION. PROVIDE VIBRATION ISOLATION. REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS CENTER LIGHTS IN CEILING GRID PER REFLECTED CEILING PLAN z O � Q w U z a t:Z LL z z O Qw0 � U.) ego t= w 2 w w > =p U > cl U m w Z Z� Lu 0 z F_ 0 � � � m Q Q�O w0 w z m 00Z m w a U>O0 Y w co O 0 ww I-_ of w 0 LL 0— LL U O I m H Z O LL Lw In � U' w w of w r w OcnU»of»OD cQ aoQciicii �ciiciiQU) 0 z N co It N N N N N N N N N N N N M N w O O O O O O O O O QLO p N 04 CO N � 04L0 O (0 O C) L0 N 0 O-- 0 co 0 N 0 M 0 CO 0 O — 0 It O CO O op O M O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Qtf!! SKA TOM PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MG CHECKED BY: KP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 02 A2012 JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. © 2023 M co 0 co co N O N 0 D 1 C B 2 A A4.02 A4.02 I I M o -e) cM C? Dc SOLAR PANEL 47' MAX. BLDG. HT. 44' - 0" 1 T.O.P. (H) I1 43'-9" T.O.P.(L) 41'-6" ROOF 39' - 4" B.O. STRUCT. ROOF 37' - 4" LEVEL 02 T_ 29' - 0" B.O. STRUCT. L 02 27' - 2 1 /2" 1 SHEET NOTES: A. REFER TO G0.01 FOR ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS AND GENERAL PROJECT NOTES. B. LOCATIONS OF DOORS AND WALLS PER PLAN. REFER TO SCHEDULES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. C. COORDINATE ALL CONTROL JOINT LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALL. D. GALVANIZE EXPOSED EXTERIOR STEEL MEMBERS, SIZE PER STRUCTURAL TOUCH-UP WELD BURNS WITH GALVANIZING PAINT PRIOR TO APPLYING FINISH. E. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SUBSILLS WITH END DAMS, WELDED JOINTS AT ALL ALUMINUM FRAMING SYSTEMS. F. AT JOINTS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR MATERIALS, PROVIDE CONTINUOUS MINIMUM 3/8" BACKER ROD AND SEALANT. G. SUBMIT ALL EXTERIOR MATERIAL SAMPLES IN SINGLE SUBMITTAL. MATERIALS SUBMITTED SEPARATELY SHALL BE REJECTED. H. MAINTAIN CODE REQUIRED SEPARATION BETWEEN ALL EXHAUST DISCHARGES AND OPERABLE OPENINGS OR PROPERTY LINE. I. MAINTAIN CODE REQUIRED SEPARATION BETWEEN ALL EXHAUST DISCHARGES AND MECHANICAL INTAKES. J. ALL EXTERIOR FINISHES SHALL TERMINATE AT AN INTERIOR CORNER U.N.O. K. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT, CONSULTANTS AS NECESSARY LOCATION AND HEIGHTS OF EXTERIOR LOUVERS, HORNS, LIGHT FIXTURES, FIRE ALARM DEVICES PRIOR TO INSTALL. L. COORDINATE WITH MANUFACTURER ALL VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL FIBER CEMENT PANELS JOINTS OR BATTENS PER EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. M. EXTERIOR SOFFITS FINISH IS TO MATCH FASCIA U.N.O. N. DAMPPROOFING TO BE TROWELED -ON U.N.O. IN SPECIFICATIONS. O. EXPOSED CONCRETE WALL, COLUMNS, AND BEAMS FINISH CARBORUNDUM-RUBBED AND PAINTED, COLOR SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. P. WITHIN MASONRY WALLS: 1. EXTEND STEEL LINTELS MINIMUM 8" PAST EACH SIDE OF OPENING. PAINT ALL EXPOSED SURFACES BLACK 2. PROJECT ROWLOCK/ SOLDIER BRICK ACCENT BANDS 5/8" FROM ADJACENT FINISH FACE OF FACADE. 3. MASONRY WEEP HOLES AT 24" O.C., TYP. U.N.O. PER SPECIFICATIONS. Q. GENERAL NOTES LISTED ON THIS PAGE ARE NOT INTENDED TO BE AT THE EXCLUSION OF NOTES LISTED ELSEWHERE; THIS DOCUMENT SET IS MEANT TO BE COMPLEMENTARY, AND NOTES LISTED ON OTHER SHEETS MAY HAVE BEARING/APPLICATION TO WORK SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. ALLOWABLE OPENING CALCULATION PER TABLE 705.8, WSBC ELEVATION ALLOWED PROPOSED OPENING PERCENTAGE CALCULATIONS NORTH NO LIMIT NA SOUTH NO LIMIT NA EAST NO LIMIT NA WEST 25% 700 / 2837 = 24.7% NJ I ill JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM U/ 0 Z O o N Q 00 LLJ � 0)W � J Q L✓L. Q O Q0�U) Q ~ C z00 Q O LLJ Jcy)0 0 co L1 LEVEL 01 14'-0" SOUTH ELEVATION 1 W 0 Z O CD Z FU U) LLJ Q N O 00 3/16" = 1' 0" W � OJT LL �Z020 m Q �_ Cn — W 0z O 0 oa� ��0 �Q 0- � W KEYNOTES: 05.14 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL CANOPY, COLOR PER ELEVATIONS. REFERENCE A8 SERIES AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS 05.18 PRE -MANUFACTURED METAL SUNSHADE; TYPICAL AT L2 OFFICE STOREFRONT, r2% 1 WEST AND SOUTH ELEVATION 1 A4.01 2 3 4 A4.01 5 07.02 PRE -FINISHED DOWNSPOUTS AND GUTTERS PER S.M.A.C.N.A. RECOMMENDATIONS, SIZED PER ROOF DRAINAGE CALCULATIONS; CONNECT TO STORM DRAIN; COLOR PER EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS SOLAR PANEL 07.15 PRE -FINISHED METAL COPING, TYP, COLOR PER ELEVATION MATERIAL TAG 10.18 BUILDING ADDRESS NUMBERS UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT; PER CITY OF 47' - 0" EDMONDS REQUIREMENTS; (MIN.) 12" TALL WITH 1/2" MINIMUM STROKE WIDTH ' ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND; REFER TO FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS ' _MAX. _BLDG._HT. OF APPROVAL AND REQUIREMENTS, VERIFY WITH FIRE MARSHAL PRIOR TO 44' - O" INSTALLATION T.O.P. (H) 11.23 ELECTRICAL METERING EQUIPMENT, REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. 43' - 9" 11.32 13'-0" TALL ME HANICAL EQUIPMENTS KEEN. REFER TO STRUCTURAL T.O. P. L DRAWINGS FOR ANCHORING 41'-6" 11.33 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PLATFORM. GC TO PROVIDE AND COORDINATE ROOF ATTACHMENT TO BUILDING STRUCTURE WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 39' - 4" SUPPORT BRACKETS TO BE EXTERIOR MOUNTED B.O. STRUCT. 23.01 G.C. TO COORDINATE H.V.A.C. LOUVERS IN STOREFRONT SYSTEM ROOF 23.06 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. 37' - 4" 26.05 LIGHT FIXTURE. REFERENCE ELECTRICAL 2) EAST ELEVATION LEVEL 02 n 29' - 0" B.O. STRUCT. L_ 02 27' - 2 1 /2" LEVEL 01 5 14'-0" MATERIAL LEGEND: f#1 PRODUCT: 1. METAL PANEL 2. BRICK 3. CONCRETE [Xl COLOR: A. REGAL BLUE (W35) B. SLATE GRAY (W38) C. LINEN WHITE (81) D. TAHOE BLUE (W71) E. CHESTNUT # X # X PRODUCT MANUFACTURER COLOR PROFILE f#1 PROFILE/FINISH: 1. 4" VERTICAL 2. 4" HORIZONTAL 3. SMOOTH FACE [Xl MANUFACTURER: A. METAL SALES B. MUTUAL MATERIALS H w C� z~tZ d z O "'zz g Q �wwLu w w w ow S2 t= 2 > Lu U m Ofzz po F- ooQU)mo Q� UJ Y w z m mZ m W U > Y w w 0 O 0— O O H of w LL LL U LL co LL U z o n o w 0 0 0 � (5=wwOfwww OinU»of»> Xf w cn cn O cn cn cn a o Q cn cn U cn D cn O z N �t N N N N N N N N w O LO� O O 04 O LO O LO O 't� O O CD QLO p N O N NLO O O LO N B O O O N 0 CM 0 CO 0 O � 0 � O O O 0 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Q w� crttKA YKVGF'IATATE OF WASHING PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MG CHECKED BY: KP EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A3002 M NOTE: ALL COLORS INDICATED ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. © 2023 SHEET NOTES: _o M M N 0 N O M E D <F A4.11 � I_ OFFICE 2 < 202 I I I I I COMMERCIA RETAIL 101 Q Q 2 A4.02 I I A 2 I MAX. BLDG. HT. 44' - 0 A4.11 N " T.O.P. H N N co 43'-911 I I T.O.P. (L) n 41'-6„ ROOF O 39' - 4" � B.O. STRUCT. I I ROOF , I I LEVEL 02 - - - - - 29'-0„ 0 "' B.O. STRUCT. L 02 07.17 I I 27' - 2 1/2" 23.07 I I o HT. I kNCE I ' I I _ _ _ LEVEL -- I � 14'-0" I l� PIT DEPTH 10'-0" BUILDING SECTION 1 3/16" = 1'-0" 1 2 E D A4.02 A 2 A4.11 1 MAX. BLDG. HT. KEYNOTES: A4.11 RC RC 44' - 0" T.O.P. H 05.19 FRAMING PER STRUCTURAL, TYPICAL. REFERENCE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 431 - 9" FOR SIZE AND LOCATION. EXPOSED STEEL TO BE FINISHED PER — SPECIFICATIONS g,� 05.20 42" HIGH STEEL PLATFORM GUARDRAIL PER SECTIONS, FULLY WELD ALL niL _ I N T.O.P. L CONNECTION AND GRIND SMOOTH, PAINT. REFERENCE A8 SERIES FOR - - - _ _ - _ 41' - 6" DETAILS N 07.17 INSULATION PER FLOOR ASSEMBLY DETAIL; STICK PIN ON UNDERSIDE OF i�l ROO F� FLOOR BETWEEN MAINTENANCE AND OFFICE ABOVE; WHERE POSSIBLE 39' - 4' ENSURE INSULATION PLANE IS NOT BROKEN; ANCHOR MEP AND FIRE 18 I I PROTECTION EQUIPMENT TO BOTTOM OF JOISTS - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 23.05 DUCTWORK TO RUN UNDER INSULATION. REFERENCE MECHANICAL A8 09 05.19------------------------------t----- I B.O. STRUCT. DRAWINGS ROOF 23.07 CEILING FAN; SECURED TO STRUCTURE BELOW INSULATION. PROVIDE ARCHIVE 13 EQUIPMENTS 23.07 I I 37' - 4" VIBRATION ISOLATION. REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS OFFICE 6 ROOM o5.2o A8.06 PLATFORM I I o 206 CA 209 221 LEVEL 02 29'-0" TI co I_ B.O. STRUCT. L 02 o5.19 - ------------- I I 27' - 2 1/2„ 23.05 I 23.07 I I I I ENV Lo DOUBLE HT. COMMERCIAL MAINTENANCE RETAIL MECH. BAY (2) LEVEL 01 14' - 0'� �----Li s ---� A8.05 PIT DEPTH 2� BUILDING SECTION 3/16" = 1'-0" JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM U) 0 Z O c:) N (ljQo�o � W W LL O o0�u) Q � ~ z�0 � o WQ2 J�o U co L1 0 Z C� O z U) o N 0 0 J U) W Q � W p�Q OJT LL �ZU20 Q < C/) — ��Oa� Woz O O � o �Q�ctW H W C� zL:tZ d z O 20 O Qw2 in i.- wwwc 0- IL j W Of U af ZZ O m� -Q Q wD Y W Z m mZ m U>(D Y W U) o W- of H W 0 LL 0- LL U 0 LL 0 LL U Z C, 0 0 W �(O=WWofWI.0 OinU»of» WW U)coOU)U) a In Q cn cn U cn cn o z N N N N N N N w o 0 0 0 0 0 0 N N N N N N N Q LO O N L0 L0 It O p N � N O O N -- N M CO O — It co 0 0 0— 0 O O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Qtf!! SKA TOM PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MG CHECKED BY: KP BUILDING SECTIONS A4001 JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. © 2023 U) w J_ H Q w Lo M M co N O N O w J_ H J Q C� w Lo � � � 2 A8.07 09.24 \ CH TIP D T__ \ MEN'S R.R. - 218A WEST 1/2" = 1'-0" 10" 2' - 0" 1'- 1 1/2" 26.05 I I L MIR 09.24 OPTD SD �j 2 I❑ I � I JA 10 1 3 A8.06 A8.07 A8.07 MEN'S R.R. - 218A EAST 1/2" = 1'-01, U) w J_ H J Q C3 w Lo 12 3'-8" WO M E N'S R.R. - 214 EAST 1/2" = 1'-0" m in I .. 10" `L 1'- 8" 1' - 5 1/2" 26.05 I I 2 09.24 L M I R A8.07 - I PTD SD S SCD w J_ ~ I Q c� w L I A8.07 A8.06 A8.07 1 WOMEN'S R.R. - 218B NORTH 1/2" = 1'-0" U) Lu J_ H J Q C3 Lu Lo i MEN'S R.R. - 213 WEST 1/2" = 1'-0" 09.20 2 09.35 �O7 09.24 ` CH \ \ SCD \ 3 A8.07 MEN'S R.R. - 213 EAST 1/2" = 1'-0" A EQ EQ 09.21 ' I / z z z z0 z0 z0 _ QU �w _ QU �w _ F_ QU 10�w (D 0� (D (D \ I \\ z ` \ Z— U z— U z— U U w �/ O Lu�/ O w ry CORRIDOR - EAST 1/2" = 1'-0" U 0 U) Lu J_ H J Q C� Lu Lo SHEET NOTES: A. ALL INTERIOR ELEVATION DIMENSIONS FROM FINISHED FACE, U.N.O. B. PROVIDE 2" GROMMETS AT EACH LOCATION OF OUTLET AND/ OR DATA JACK MOUNTED BELOW COUNTER (MIN. 3'-0" O.C.). VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. C. TAPE, SAND, AND PRIME ALL EXPOSED GYPSUM BOARD, TO MINIMUM FINISH LEVEL 3 (MIN. LEVEL 4 WHERE PAINTED). FINAL FINISH AS SHOWN ON SCHEDULE. D. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SEALANT AROUND ALL PENETRATIONS IN FLOOR, WALL, CEILING, OR ROOF ASSEMBLIES, APPROPRIATE TO THE RATING AND CONSTRUCTION OF ASSEMBLY. E. EXPOSED WALLS UNDER COUNTERS, CABINETS AND MILLWORK, OR BEHIND FIXTURES NOT AFFIXED TO STRUCTURE, TO RECEIVE WALL FINISH AS SCHEDULED FOR THE ADJACENT WALLS. F. COORDINATE MILLWORK/ CASEWORK LAYOUTS AS REQUIRED FOR CHASES, COLUMN WRAPS, ETC. G. VERIFY SIZES, CLEARANCES, AND UTILITY DEMANDS OF ALL OWNER -FURNISHED EQUIPMENT. VERIFY SIZES OF ALL EQUIPMENT TO BE HOUSED/ INTEGRATED INTO OR ADJACENT TO MILLWORK (SINKS, ETC.) PRIOR TO FABRICATION. INDICATE DIMENSIONS OF THESE EQUIPMENT AND REQUIRED CLEARANCES ON SUBMITTED SHOP DRAWINGS. H. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE AND LEGENDS FOR MATERIAL DESIGNATION AND INFORMATION. I. REFER TO G SHEETS FOR CODE REQUIRED TOILET ACCESSORY MOUNTING HEIGHTS. J. SHELVES IN BOOKCASES AND CABINETS SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. K. PROVIDE CONTROL JOINT(CJ's) MOULDING AS SHOWN AND AT ALL HEADS OF WINDOWS AND DOOR FRAMES. IF NO CJ IS INDICATED LOCATE JOINTS A MINIMUM OF 20'-0" O.C. PER GYPSUM ASSOCIATION. L. LEAVE EXPOSED STRUCTURE CLEAN AND BLEMISH FREE WITH FACTORY FINISH EXPOSED TO VIEW. M. PROVIDE A CARBORUNDUM-RUBBED FINISH ON ALL EXPOSED VERTICAL CONCRETE IN THE PROJECT U.N.O. PROTECT CONCRETE FROM DAMAGE. N. PROVIDE PAINTED 3/4" PLYWD., OVER TAPED AND FLOATED G.W.B. (FINISH LEVEL 2) ON ALL WALLS OF I.D.F. AND M.D.F. ROOMS, U.N.O. O. MIRROR LOCATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. P. GENERAL NOTES ON THIS PAGE DO NOT EXCLUDE NOTES ELSEWHERE; THIS DOCUMENT SET IS COMPLEMENTARY. NOTES ON OTHER SHEETS MAY HAVE BEARING/APPLICATION TO WORK SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. KEYNOTES: 09.18 WALL BASE PER ROOM AND FINISH SCHEDULE 09.20 INTERIOR PAINT, PER FINISH SCHEDULE 09.21 WOOD PANEL, PER FINISH SCHEDULE 09.24 INSTALL CT.3 ON VANITY WALLS. INSTALL CTA ON OTHER R.R. WALLS. PAINT PT.6 ABOVE TILE PER INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND FINISH SCHEDULE 09.35 COATHOOK (CH) MOUNTED AT 46" A.F.F, TYP. IN ALL RESTROOMS 09.40 RECESSED OPENING IN ACOUSTIC PANEL; PAINT EXPOSED WALL PT.5 26.05 LIGHT FIXTURE. REFERENCE ELECTRICAL oil ill JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM U) 0 Z O o Q N 00 W Lu� J Q L Q O Q 0�`) ~ C z00 O Lu J�0 2 U co uw v 0 Z (D O z U) o N 0 J U)>_ WQ0) W p�Q OJT LL �Z020 Q < C/) — W0z O 0 oa� ��0 �Q�ctW Z 0 w U ~ w ~U Lo LL z OW[O gdU) O � wLu a-> pU> Uo0Lu c7) Z Z wU 0 Z H 0 0 C) Z 0 w_ Q 0 w in co z ofQ�0 w� 00�=09HO LL IL U LL coZ LL o 0 w o o. In Lu w w w— w 0 Z 0 0 0 D U)W Lo LoQ 0 Z N CM �t N N N N N N N N N M N LU C O N O N O N O N O N O N Q Lo L0 It rn 0 0 pO � N — O — — O — � (fl CO Cy) O O O O O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Q w� crt�KA YKVGF'IATATE OF WASHING PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MC CHECKED BY: KP INTERIOR ELEVATIONS cM CORRIDOR - WEST 1/2" =1'-0" A5022 JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. © 2023 SHEET NOTES: M co N O N O M rI 3'-8" I II I II II I I II II I II II I I II + SX SX II I II II I II I II I I II nL - Jli LL°____=----t-_----===J Q I co 12.04 Lo 1 06.05 09.18 I COMMISSION MEETING ROOM - 218 EAST 21 1/2" =1'-0" 2'-9" i II � II II II II + II , i I II SEE DOOR SCHEDULE r 12.04 � 06.05 ` L 09.18 ' ` I 12 COMMISSION MEETING ROOM - 218 WEST EQ EQ 2 A4.02 \ EM F=------ ______ ____________� , II II I I I � I II I I I II I I II Ib-- _------ ---- - li �____________ � Q 12.04 I � � I I Lo06.05 ' 09.18 ' ) COMMISSION MEETING ROOM - 218 NORTH 2 1/2" = 1'-0" 7/8" 2'-6" 1'-0" 2'-6" ❑8❑ 6 I U U Q w coo oL L11 w N � I I 11.16 09.28 U o w I 09.28 w U) 11.04 o � I 11.12 A8.06 Q _"_16' 1'-3" 2'-6" 2'--0" 1'-6" '0 0` 0000000 0` 0 O BREAK ROOM - 216 SOUTH 24 1/2" = 1'-0" 11.06 11.28 2'- 9" 1-7/8" U U ~ w Q a W O w li W ❑-1 jz� CORRIDOR RECEPTION - FRONT 1/2" = 1'-0" 1 12.03 1 1 07.15 1 1 09.30 1 1 12'-1" 1 2'-0" 1 OFFICE 1 / RECEPTION - 201 NORTH 1/2" = 1'-0" E=! A. ALL INTERIOR ELEVATION DIMENSIONS FROM FINISHED FACE, U.N.O. B. PROVIDE 2" GROMMETS AT EACH LOCATION OF OUTLET AND/ OR DATA JACK MOUNTED BELOW COUNTER (MIN. 3'-0" O.C.). VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. C. TAPE, SAND, AND PRIME ALL EXPOSED GYPSUM BOARD, TO MINIMUM FINISH LEVEL 3 (MIN. LEVEL 4 WHERE PAINTED). FINAL FINISH AS SHOWN ON SCHEDULE. D. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SEALANT AROUND ALL PENETRATIONS IN FLOOR, WALL, CEILING, OR ROOF ASSEMBLIES, APPROPRIATE TO THE RATING AND CONSTRUCTION OF ASSEMBLY. E. EXPOSED WALLS UNDER COUNTERS, CABINETS AND MILLWORK, OR BEHIND FIXTURES NOT AFFIXED TO STRUCTURE, TO RECEIVE WALL FINISH AS SCHEDULED FOR THE ADJACENT WALLS. F. COORDINATE MILLWORK/ CASEWORK LAYOUTS AS REQUIRED FOR CHASES, COLUMN WRAPS, ETC. G. VERIFY SIZES, CLEARANCES, AND UTILITY DEMANDS OF ALL OWNER -FURNISHED EQUIPMENT. VERIFY SIZES OF ALL EQUIPMENT TO BE HOUSED/ INTEGRATED INTO OR ADJACENT TO MILLWORK (SINKS, ETC.) PRIOR TO FABRICATION. INDICATE DIMENSIONS OF THESE EQUIPMENT AND REQUIRED CLEARANCES ON SUBMITTED SHOP DRAWINGS. H. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE AND LEGENDS FOR MATERIAL DESIGNATION AND INFORMATION. I. REFER TO G SHEETS FOR CODE REQUIRED TOILET ACCESSORY MOUNTING HEIGHTS. J. SHELVES IN BOOKCASES AND CABINETS SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. K. PROVIDE CONTROL JOINT(CJ's) MOULDING AS SHOWN AND AT ALL HEADS OF WINDOWS AND DOOR FRAMES. IF NO CJ IS INDICATED LOCATE JOINTS A MINIMUM OF 20'-0" O.C. PER GYPSUM ASSOCIATION. L. LEAVE EXPOSED STRUCTURE CLEAN AND BLEMISH FREE WITH FACTORY FINISH EXPOSED TO VIEW. M. PROVIDE A CARBORUNDUM-RUBBED FINISH ON ALL EXPOSED VERTICAL CONCRETE IN THE PROJECT U.N.O. PROTECT CONCRETE FROM DAMAGE. N. PROVIDE PAINTED 3/4" PLYWD., OVER TAPED AND FLOATED G.W.B. (FINISH LEVEL 2) ON ALL WALLS OF I.D.F. AND M.D.F. ROOMS, U.N.O. O. MIRROR LOCATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. P. GENERAL NOTES ON THIS PAGE DO NOT EXCLUDE NOTES ELSEWHERE; THIS DOCUMENT SET IS COMPLEMENTARY. NOTES ON OTHER SHEETS MAY HAVE BEARING/APPLICATION TO WORK SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. KEYNOTES: 06.05 GC TO COORDINATE WITH OWNER ON TV PLACEMENT, AND PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING FOR WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT, TYPICAL 07.15 PRE -FINISHED METAL COPING, TYP, COLOR PER ELEVATION MATERIAL TAG 09.18 WALL BASE PER ROOM AND FINISH SCHEDULE 09.27 ACOUSTIC WALL COVERING, REFERENCE FINISH SCHEDULE. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS 09.28 SOLID SURFACE PER FINISH SCEHDULE. 09.29 BLACKENED STEEL PLATE PER FINISH SCHEDULE. 09.30 PAINTED CASEWORK CABINETS AND DRAWERS WITH GLOSSY FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE. 09.31 WOOD VENEER (WD-1) ON ALL EXPOSED SIDES PER FINISH SCHEDULE. 09.32 6" WOOD CROWN/BASE WITH 1/4" REVEAL, REFERENCE FINISH SCHEDULE. 09.38 PAINT ADJACENT WALL AND ALL SIDES OF THE SOFFIT PTA 09.39 PORT OF EDMONDS LOGO LASER CUT INTO STEEL PLATE 09.40 RECESSED OPENING IN ACOUSTIC PANEL; PAINT EXPOSED WALL PT.5 11.04 BUILT-IN MICROWAVE. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS. OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED 11.06 REFRIGERATOR. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS. OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED 11.12 RANGE. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED, REFERENCE MECHANICAL/PLUMBING DRAWINGS 11.16 RANGE HOOD. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED, REFERENCE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 11.24 POSTAGE MACHINE BY OWNER 11.28 DISHWASHER. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED, REF. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL 12.03 WINDOW TREATMENT SYSTEM PER SPECIFICATIONS, TYP. IN ALL LEVEL 02 OFFICE AREAS 12.04 TV SCREEN WITH MOUNTING ARM. OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. POWER AND DATA DROP REQUIRED. REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. 2'-0" 4'-3" 1 3' - 0" 1 5' - 2" I Sim. OFFICE 1 / RECEPTION - 201 SOUTH "'!j1 /2" = 1'-0" 6'-0" JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM Cn 0 Z 0 0 N C G U) Q � W J Q L Q O 0 Q 0� U) o ~ C � z�0 O w_Q2 J�0 U co uw V J 0 Z CD 0 z U) o N 0 U) w Q 0) 0 w J Q 0ZU20 z _ 5<0 O 0 °�o �Q0-�w H w C� d O O Qw��0 in �www� t=�aa> j of Lu w U m Z Zw Q O U)m Q O w Y W>W z M MZ pp CL U Y > W U) O H of W 0 LL 0- LL U 0 LL 0 LL U z 0 0 O W 0 0 LuCO=wwoww OinU»of» w0� U) co O U) U) d 0 Q cn cn U cn cn O z N N M N N N N N N N W N N N N N N N Q Lo O N L0 L0 It O p N � N O O N -- � N M CO O t M 0 0 0 0 O O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Q w� crttKA YKVGF'IATATE OF WASHING PROJECT NO.: PROJECT MGR. DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 20184 MC SR KP INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A5023 JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. © 2023 EXTERIOR STOREFRONT SYSTEM `pAm-N INTERIOR STOREFRONT SYSTEM EQ M V M N O N O M 6'-0" 2'-0" 4'-0" 13'-0" T T T T T T T T S11 S12 JA EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ 3'-0" S2 12'-8" 3'-3" `� 3' - 1 " `� 3'-1" t 3' - 3" 091- Y \ / I T \ / SEI DOOR SCHEDULE L 2 L:u*1 S13 EQ 3'-6" w r} C) z_ T T T T T A- EQ r EQ EQ 9'-9" EQ J w ilfp o� J � w Z Q a. N LEVEL 02 n 29'-0" WINDOW TYPES 1;mflY FIXED ALUMINUM WINDOW 0 ih a 0 "v wo J - U Z_ d O N o LEVEL 01 0 w O �U) U) U) �Q Q 0 0 � ry w w a- n L w LEVEL 01� 14'-0" SCHEDULES SHEET NOTES: A. ALL WINDOWS TO HAVE A NFRC 100 AND 200 LABELED AND CERTIFIED RATING PER SEC C303.1.3 B. STOREFRONT U-VALUES PER SEC TABLE C402.4. RETAIL TENANT HEATING SYSTEM TYPE TBD. C. NFRC LABEL CERTIFICATES FOR STOREFRONT GLAZING AND OTHER SITE -FABRICATED FENESTRATION ARE REQUIRED TO BE AVAILABLE TO INSPECTORS ON SITE BEFORE ANY PORTION OF THE ASSEMBLY IS INSTALLED. D. SAFETY GLAZING IN WINDOWS: SAFETY GLAZING IN WINDOWS IS REQUIRED IF THE INDIVIDUAL PANEL MEETS ALL OF THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 1. EXPOSED AREA OF THE INDIVIDUAL PANEL IS GREATER THAN 9 SQUARE FEET. 2. THE BOTTOM EDGE OF THE GLAZING IS LESS THAN 18 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR. 3. THE TOP EDGE OF THE GLAZING IS MORE THAN 36 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. 4. THERE IS A WALKING SURFACE WITHIN 36 INCHES, MEASURED HORIZONTALLY, FROM THE GLAZING. 5. EXCEPTIONS: • DECORATIVE GLAZING. • WHERE A HORIZONTAL RAIL CAPABLE OF RESISTING 50 POUNDS PER LINEAL FOOT OF FORCE WITHOUT MAKING CONTACT WITH THE GLASS IS INSTALLED ON THE ACCESSIBLE SIDE OF THE GLAZING 34-38 INCHES ABOVE THE WALKING SURFACE. E. WHERE SAFETY GLAZING IS REQUIRED EACH PANE MUST BE PROVIDED WITH A MANUFACTURER'S LABEL DEFINING THE TYPE OF GLASS AND SAFETY GLAZING STANDARD TO WHICH IT COMPLIES. THE LABEL MUST BE PERMANENTLY ETCHED, FIRED, OR EMBOSSED ON THE GLASS OR BE A TYPE THAT ONCE APPLIED CANNOT BE REMOVED WITHOUT BEING DESTROYED. F. GLAZING USED IN DOORS AND GLAZING LOCATED WITHIN A 24-INCH ARC OF THE NEAREST VERTICAL EDGE OF A DOOR AND UP TO 60 INCHES ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AND AREAS SUBJECT TO HUMAN IMPACT OR OTHER HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS SHALL HAVE APPROVED SAFETY GLAZING MATERIAL AS DEFINED BY THE 2018 IBC. G. WHERE TWO OR MORE GLAZING DESIGNATIONS ARE GIVEN, REFERENCE THE BUILDING ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS OF PARTICULAR GLAZING TYPES. STOREFRONT SCHEDULE FRAME GLAZING GENERAL MARK COUNT DESCRIPTION MATERIALT FINISH RATING U-VALUE SHGC COMMENTS S1 8 FIXED EXTERIOR PER MFR. ANODIZE ALUMINUM 0 0.38 0.4 S2 3 FIXED EXTERIOR PER MFR. ANODIZE ALUMINUM 0 0.38 0.4 S3 1 FIXED EXTERIOR PER MFR. ANODIZE ALUMINUM 0 0.38 0.4 S4 4 FIXED EXTERIOR PER MFR. ANODIZE ALUMINUM 0 0.38 0.4 ACOUSTIC PERFORMING GLAZING. STC MIN. 39* S51 2 FIXED EXTERIOR PER MFR. ANODIZE ALUMINUM 0 0.38 0.4 S52 2 FIXED EXTERIOR PER MFR. ANODIZE ALUMINUM 0 0.38 0.4 S61 4 FIXED EXTERIOR PER MFR. ANODIZE ALUMINUM 0 0.38 0.4 S62 4 FIXED EXTERIOR PER MFR. ANODIZE ALUMINUM 0 0.38 0.4 S71 1 FIXED EXTERIOR PER MFR. ANODIZE ALUMINUM 0 0.38 0.4 00 S72 1 FIXED EXTERIOR PER MFR. ANODIZE ALUMINUM 0 0.38 0.4 C° S81 1 FIXED EXTERIOR PER MFR. ANODIZE ALUMINUM 0 0.38 0.4 zo S82 1 FIXED EXTERIOR PER MFR. ANODIZE ALUMINUM 0 0.38 0.4 SI1 2 FIXED INTERIOR PER MFR. ANODIZE ALUMINUM 0 0.38 0.4 S12 1 FIXED INTERIOR PER MFR. ANODIZE ALUMINUM 0 0.38 0.4 S13 1 FIXED INTERIOR PER MFR. ANODIZE ALUMINUM 0 0.38 0.4 S14 1 FIXED INTERIOR PER MFR. ANODIZE ALUMINUM 0 0.38 0.4 SX 3 FIXED EXTERIOR PER MFR. ANODIZE ALUMINUM 0 0.38 0.4 ACOUSTIC PERFORMING GLAZING. STC MIN. 39* LEVEL 02 29' - 0" V r 6'-11" EQ L EQ EQ \ / \ / 0 - T \ / SEE! OOR SC F4E ULE T ' 00 \ / \ T LO CN LEVEL 02 09L 29'--Owl 1 Grand total: 40 MARK I COUNT DESCRIPTION W1 12 FIXED EXTERIOR Grand total: 2 STOREFRONT KEY T TEMPERED GLASS WINDOW SCHEDULE FRAME GLAZING MATERIAL FINISH RATING U-VALUE I SHGC PER MFR. IANODIZE ALUMINUM 0 0.38 10.4 GENERAL AREA COMMENTS 18 SF JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM U/ 0 Z 0 0 N C G (� Q � L Q IL pQ3: J 0 00�U) Q-0 ~ zp0 O LQ2 Jcy,p U co L1 0 Z C� O Z U) o N 0 0 J U) LQ0) >_ w p�Q O J 0ZU2p M� Lpz O C)��p Oa� �QLctL H w C� z L: d z O O Qw0 in �www(7) t=�aa> j w U m Of Z Z� o 0mooQow U) Y w z 00 00 Z m Y wrj) H of w 0 LL 0- LL U 0 LL 0 LL U Z o n o w 0 0 -LLJC5= LEI LEI Ofww OinU»of» Ww COOCOCO a o Q cn cn U cn cn O z N N M N N N N N N N uJ O O O O O O O 04 LO U) It 0 Q Cn CO N LO Cn It O p N 04 N � O ( O N- - � - m N Cy) O O - � M 0 0 0 0 O O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT rw� crttKA YKVGF'IA�KA STATE OF WASHINGTON PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MC CHECKED BY: KP STOREFRONT/ WINDOW SCHEDULE A7001 JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. © 2023 4 r M v M N O N O M MARK LEVEL 01 DOOR ROOM I WIDTH HEIGHT THICKNESS PANEL DOOR SCHEDULE FRAME ENERGY MATERIAL FINISH TYPE MATERIAL FINISH U-VALUE SHGC FIRE RATING HARDWARE COMMENTS 100 LOBBY 6'- 0" 7' - 8" 0'- 1 3/4" GF ALUMINUM PRE -FINISHED SF ALUMINUM PRE.FINISHED 0.38 0.4 - 13 101A COMMERCIAL RETAIL 6'- 0" 7' - 8" 0' - 1 3/4" GF ALUMINUM PRE -FINISHED SF ALUMINUM PRE.FINISHED 0.38 0.4 - - 13 101 B COMMERCIAL RETAIL 6'- 0" 7'- 8" 0'- 1 3/4" GF ALUMINUM PRE -FINISHED SF ALUMINUM PRE.FINISHED 0.38 0.4 13 103A MAINT. SHOP 3'- 0" 7'- 0" 0'- 1 3/4" F HM PAINT S HM PAINT 0.00 - 11 103B MAINT. SHOP 12'- 0" 12'- 0" 0' - 1 3/4" OS STEEL PAINT PER MFR. STEEL PAINT 0.00 0 - 00 POWER ACTUATED, INSULATED, OH DOOR WITH CHAIN - HOIST BACK UP. PROVIDE OH DOOR WITH BOTTOM ASTRAGAL 103C MAINT. SHOP 12'- 0" 12'- 0" 0'- 1 3/4" OS STEEL PAINT PER MFR. STEEL PAINT 0.00 0 - 00 POWER ACTUATED, INSULATED, OH DOOR WITH CHAIN - HOIST BACK UP. PROVIDE OH DOOR WITH BOTTOM ASTRAGAL 103D MAINT. SHOP 16' - 0" 22' - 0" 0'- 1 3/4" OS STEEL PAINT PER MFR. PER MFR. STEEL PAINT PAINT 0.00 0.00 0 0 - - 00 00 POWER ACTUATED, INSULATED, OH DOOR WITH CHAIN - HOIST BACK UP. PROVIDE OH DOOR WITH BOTTOM ASTRAGAL POWER ACTUATED, INSULATED, OH DOOR WITH CHAIN - HOIST BACK UP. PROVIDE OH DOOR WITH BOTTOM ASTRAGAL 103E MAINT. SHOP 12' - 0" 12'- 0" 0'- 1 3/4" OS STEEL PAINT STEEL 103F SOUTH STAIR 3'- 0" 7'- 0" 0'- 1 3/4" F HM PAINT S HM PAINT 0.00 - 12 103G MAINT. SHOP 3'- 0" 6'- 8" 0' - 1 3/4" F HM PAINT S HM PAINT 0.00 - 14 HEAD CONDITION SIM. TO 1/A8.04 103H MAINT. SHOP 3'- 0" 7'- 0" 0' - 1 3/4" F HM PAINT S HM PAINT 0.00 - 03 104 UNISEX R.R. 3'- 0" 7'- 0" 0'- 1 3/4" F HM PAINT S HM PAINT 0.00 - 01A PROVIDE SIGNAGE PER SPECIFICATIONS 105 URINAL R.R. 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 0'- 1 3/4" F HM PAINT S HM PAINT 0.00 - 01 PROVIDE SIGNAGE PER SPECIFICATIONS 106 CUSTODIAL STORAGE 4' - 0" 7' - 0" 0'- 1 3/4" F HM PAINT S HM PAINT 0.00 0 16 107 ELEV. MACH. 4'- 0" 7' - 0" 0'- 1 3/4" F HM PAINT S HM PAINT 0.00 - 03W 108 PARTS CAGE 3'- 0" 7' - 0" 0'- 1 3/4" F HM PAINT S HM PAINT 0.00 - 14A 109 SUPERVISOR OFFICE 3'- 0" 7'- 0" 0'- 1 3/4" F HM PAINT S HM PAINT 0.00 - 02G 110 ELEC 3'- 0" 7'- 0" 0'- 1 3/4" F HM PAINT S HM PAINT 0.00 - 03A 111 MECH 3'- 0" 6'- 8" 0'- 1 3/4" F HM PAINT S HM PAINT 0.00 - 10 112 FIRE RISER 3'- 0" 7'- 0" 0'- 1 3/4" F HM PAINT S HM PAINT 0.00 - 11 S2-1 SOUTH STAIR 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 0'- 1 3/4" F HM PAINT S HM PAINT 0.00 - 11 LEVEL 02 200 LOBBY 3'- 0" 7'- 10" 0'- 1 3/4" GF SCWD STAIN SF ALUMINUM PRE.FINISHED 0.30 - 09T 202 OFFICE 2 3'- 0" 7'- 10" 0'- 1 3/4" F SCWD STAIN SF ALUMINUM PRE.FINISHED 0.00 - 02T 203 OFFICE 3 3'- 0" 7'- 10" 0'- 1 3/4" F SCWD STAIN SF ALUMINUM PRE.FINISHED 0.00 - 02T 204 OFFICE 4 3'- 0" 7'- 10" 0'- 1 3/4" F SCWD STAIN SF ALUMINUM PRE.FINISHED 0.00 - 02T 205 OFFICE 5 3' - 0" 7' - 10" 0'- 1 3/4" F SCWD STAIN SF ALUMINUM PRE.FINISHED 0.00 - 02T 206 OFFICE 6 3' - 0" 7' - 10" 0'- 1 3/4" F SCWD STAIN SF ALUMINUM PRE.FINISHED 0.00 - 02T 209 ARCHIVE 3'- 0" 7' - 10" 0'- 1 3/4" F SCWD STAIN SF ALUMINUM PRE.FINISHED 0.00 - 03T 211 AUDIT 5'- 0" 7'- 10" 0'- 1 3/8" GF SCWD STAIN SF ALUMINUM PRE.FINISHED 0.00 - 04 212 SERVER 3'- 0" 7'- 10" 0'- 1 3/4" F SCWD STAIN SF ALUMINUM PRE.FINISHED 0.00 - 03T 213 MEN'S R.R. 3'- 0" 7'- 10" 0'- 1 3/4" F SCWD STAIN SF ALUMINUM PRE.FINISHED 0.00 - - - 01AT PROVIDE SIGNAGE PER SPECIFICATIONS PROVIDE SIGNAGE PER SPECIFICATIONS 214 WOMEN'S R.R. 3'- 0" 3'- 0" 7'- 10" 7'- 10" 0'- 1 3/4" 0'- 1 3/4" F F SCWD SCWD STAIN STAIN SF SF ALUMINUM ALUMINUM PRE.FINISHED PRE.FINISHED 0.00 0.00 01AT 215 CUSTODIAL 14AT 216 BREAK R. 3' - 0" 7'- 10" 0'- 1 3/4" GF SCWD STAIN SF ALUMINUM PRE.FINISHED 0.30 - 07T 217 M SSION G R. - 0' 7- 1 0- 1 / F SC TAI F ALUMIN M RE.F N S D 0.30 4 8 CLEA I RA D GL ZING T T S C F CA I NS O D-H MARKING. APPEARANCE TO MATCH OTHER INTERIOR GLAZING. BASIS OF DESIGN: SAFTIFIRST 218 COMMISSION MTG R. 3'- 0" 7'- 10" 0'- 1 3/4" F SCWD STAIN SF ALUMINUM PRE.FINISHED 0.00 45 15T 218A MEN'S R.R. 3'- 0" 7'- 10" 0'- 1 3/4" F SCWD STAIN SF ALUMINUM PRE.FINISHED 0.00 - 01AT PROVIDE SIGNAGE PER SPECIFICATIONS 218E WOMEN'S R.R. 3'- 0" 7'- 10" 0'- 1 3/4" F SCWD STAIN SF ALUMINUM PRE.FINISHED 0.00 45 17T PROVIDE SIGNAGE PER SPECIFICATIONS 218C AV CLOSET 2'- 6" 7'- 10" 0'- 1 3/4" FG SCWD STAIN SF ALUMINUM PRE.FINISHED 0.00 - 06T 219A STORAGE 3'- 0" 7'- 10" 0'- 1 3/4" F SCWD STAIN SF ALUMINUM PRE.FINISHED 0.00 - 03T 219B STORAGE 3' - 0" T -.1 0" 0'- 1 3/4" F SCWD STAIN SF ALUMINUM PRE.FINISHED 0.00 45 03T 221 EQUIPMENT PLATFORM 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - 1 3/4" F HM PAINT S HM PAINT 0.00 - 036 S2-2 SOUTH STAIR 3' - 0" 7' - 10" 0'- 1 3/4" F SCWD STAIN SF ALUMINUM PRE.FINISHED 0.00 - 05T I PROVIDE SIGNAGE PER SPECIFICATIONS W NOTES: W: WIDTH PER SCHEDULE H: HEIGHT PER SCHEDULE T.O. FINISH FLOOR n PANEL TYPES SHEET NOTES: A. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE REQUIRED UNDERCUT OF EACH SCHEDULED DOOR WITH SILL OR THRESHOLD DETAIL, FIRE RATING, AND ROOM MAKE-UP AIR REQUIREMENTS. B. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF SCHEDULED DOORS AND HARDWARE COMPLIANT WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE ADA, ANSI, AND BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS, ILLUSTRATED ON G-SHEET SERIES C. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE WITH THE DOOR HAND. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR DOOR SWING AND RELATIONSHIP TO FRAME. D. PROVIDE MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORS AS REQUIRED FOR ACCESSIBILITY COMPLIANCE PER FEDERAL AND STATE REQUIREMENTS, ILLUSTRATED ON G-SHEET SERIES. E. GLAZING USED IN DOORS AND GLAZING LOCATED WITHIN A 24-INCH ARC OF THE NEAREST VERTICAL EDGE OF A DOOR AND UP TO 60 INCHES ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AND AREAS SUBJECT TO HUMAN IMPACT OR OTHER HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS SHALL HAVE APPROVED SAFETY GLAZING MATERIAL AS DEFINED BY THE 2018 IBC. F. INSTALL TRANSOM AND RELITE GLAZING ON ROOM SIDE OF FRAME, TYPICAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. G. 1/4 INCH IN 2 INCHES DOOR BEVEL, U.N.O. BY HARDWARE TEMPLATE REQUIREMENTS. H. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL BE SHOP PRIMED AND FIELD PAINTED, TYPICAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. I. WHERE EGRESS DOORS ARE USED IN PAIRS, APPROVED AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE USED, PROVIDED THAT THE DOOR LEAF HAVING THE AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS HAS NO DOORKNOB OR SURFACE -MOUNTED HARDWARE. J. SIDELIGHT FRAMES AT HOLLOW METAL FRAMES: PROVIDE CLOSED TUBULAR MEMBERS WITH NO VISIBLE FACE SEAMS OR JOINTS, FABRICATED FROM SAME MATERIAL AS DOOR FRAME. FASTEN MEMBERS AT CROSSINGS AND TO JAMBS BY BUTT WELDING. K. PROVIDE COUNTERSUNK, FLAT- OR OVAL -HEAD EXPOSED SCREWS AND BOLTS FOR EXPOSED FASTENERS, TYPICAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. L. GROUT GUARDS AT HOLLOW METAL FRAMES: WELD GUARDS TO FRAME AT BACK OF HARDWARE MORTISES IN FRAMES SHALL BE GROUTED. M. FLOOR ANCHORS AT HOLLOW METAL FRAMES: WELD ANCHORS TO BOTTOMS OF JAMBS WITH AT LEAST FOUR SPOT WELDS PER ANCHOR; HOWEVER, FOR SLIP-ON GYPSUM FRAMES, PROVIDE ANCHOR CLIPS OR COUNTERSUNK HOLES AT BOTTOMS OF JAMBS. N. JAMB ANCHORS AT HOLLOW METAL FRAMES: PROVIDE NUMBER AND SPACING OF ANCHORS AS FOLLOWS: 1. STUD -WALL TYPE: LOCATE ANCHORS NOT MORE THAN 18-INCHES FROM TOP AND BOTTOM OF FRAME. SPACE ANCHORS NOT MORE THAN 32-INCHES O.C. AND AS FOLLOWS: • THREE ANCHORS PER JAMB UP TO 60-INCHES HIGH. • FOUR ANCHORS PER JAMB FROM 60 TO 90-INCHES HIGH. • FIVE ANCHORS PER JAMB FROM 90 TO 96-INCHES HIGH. • FIVE ANCHORS PER JAMB PLUS ONE ADDITIONAL ANCHOR PER JAMB FOR EACH 24-INCHES OR FRACTION THEREOF ABOVE 96-INCHES HIGH. 2. POST INSTALLED EXPANSION TYPE: LOCATE ANCHORS NOT MORE THAN 61NCHES FROM TOP AND BOTTOM OF FRAME. SPACE ANCHORS NOT MORE THAN 261NCHES ON CENTER. O. HEAD ANCHORS AT HOLLOW METAL FRAMES: PROVIDE TWO ANCHORS PER HEAD FOR FRAMES MORE THAN 42-INCHES WIDE. P. PROVIDE DOOR SILENCERS WHERE LIGHT / SOUND GASKETS OR WEATHER STRIPPING IS NOT OTHERWISE REQUIRED. DRILL STOPS TO RECEIVE DOOR SILENCERS AS FOLLOWS. KEEP HOLES CLEAR DURING CONSTRUCTION. 1. SINGLE -DOOR FRAMES: DRILL STOP IN STRIKE JAMB TO RECEIVE THREE DOOR SILENCERS. 2. DOUBLE -DOOR FRAMES: DRILL STOP IN HEAD JAMB TO RECEIVE TWO DOOR SILENCERS. Q. SINGLE SOURCE ALL DOORS AND FRAMES. ALL FIRE DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PERMANENTLY LABELED. R. ALL DOOR GLAZING IS TEMPERED PER IBC SECTION 2406.4.1 S. TOPS AND BOTTOMS OF ALL DOORS EXPOSED TO WEATHER SHALL BE PAINTED. T. MAGNETIC HOLD -OPEN DEVICES SHALL BE TIED TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. U. PROVIDE COMPLETE WEATHER STRIPPING AT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS. V. EXTERIOR GLAZING SHALL BE THERMAL INSULATING. W. EXTERIOR PERSONNEL DOORS SHALL BE INSULATED. X. DOOR HARDWARE, FINISHES AND MANUFACTURER BY OWNER. Y. WHERE DOOR CLOSERS ARE PROVIDED, THEY SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 90 DEGREES, THE TIME REQUIRED TO MOVE THE DOOR TO AN OPEN POSITION OF 12 DEGREES SHALL BE 5 SECONDS MINIMUM. DOOR SPRING HINGES SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM THE OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES, THE DOOR SHALL MOVE TO THE CLOSED POSITION IN 1.5 SECONDS. Z. DOORS WHERE HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS AND OTHER OPERABLE PARTS ARE PROVIDED SHALL HAVE A SHAPE THAT IS EASY TO GRASP WITH ONE HAND AND DOES NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST TO OPERATE. OPERABLE PARTS OF SUCH HARDWARE SHALL BE 34 INCHES MINIMUM AND 48 INCHES MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR. WHERE LOCKS ARE BEING PROVIDED ONLY FOR SECURITY PURPOSES AND NOT USED FOR NORMAL OPERATION, THEY WILL BE PERMITTED AT ANY LOCATION. AA. REFER TO 'WINDOW SCHEDULE' AND 'WINDOW TYPES' DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION CONCERNING GLAZING NOT SHOWN ON 'DOOR TYPES AND FRAMES' DRAWING. BB. WHERE TWO OR MORE GLAZING DESIGNATIONS ARE GIVEN, REFERENCE THE BUILDING ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS OF PARTICULAR GLAZING TYPES. CC. SECURITY -ACCESS CONTROLS FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR; ACCESS CONTROLS TO BE VERIFIED BY OWNER. DD. HARDWARE IS OWNER -SELECTED; CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED. EE. REFER TO DETAIL SHEETS FOR TYPICAL FLASHING CONFIGURATIONS. FF. ALL SMOKE DOORS TO BE CONNECTED TO BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. GG. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE TRIM PACKAGE AND COLORS WITH INTERIOR DESIGN DRAWINGS, FINISH SCHEDULE, AND DEVELOPMENT REVIEW APPROVALS FOR EXTERIOR COLORS. SAFETY GLAZING IN WINDOWS: A. SAFETY GLAZING IN WINDOWS IS REQUIRED IF THE INDIVIDUAL PANEL MEETS ALL OF THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 1. EXPOSED AREA OF THE INDIVIDUAL PANEL IS GREATER THAN 9 SQUARE FEET. 2. THE BOTTOM EDGE OF THE GLAZING IS LESS THAN 18 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR. 3. THE TOP EDGE OF THE GLAZING IS MORE THAN 36 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. 4. THERE IS A WALKING SURFACE WITHIN 36 INCHES, MEASURED HORIZONTALLY, FROM THE GLAZING. 5. EXCEPTIONS: • DECORATIVE GLAZING. • WHERE A HORIZONTAL RAIL CAPABLE OF RESISTING 50 POUNDS PER LINEAL FOOT OF FORCE WITHOUT MAKING CONTACT WITH THE GLASS IS INSTALLED ON THE ACCESSIBLE SIDE OF THE GLAZING 34-38 INCHES ABOVE THE WALKING SURFACE. B. WHERE SAFETY GLAZING IS REQUIRED EACH PANE MUST BE PROVIDED WITH A MANUFACTURER'S LABEL DEFINING THE TYPE OF GLASS AND SAFETY GLAZING STANDARD TO WHICH IT COMPLIES. THE LABEL MUST BE PERMANENTLY ETCHED, FIRED, OR EMBOSSED ON THE GLASS OR BE A TYPE THAT ONCE APPLIED CANNOT BE REMOVED WITHOUT BEING DESTROYED. ENERGY NOTES OPAQUE DOORS: SWINGING DOORS: (MAX.) U-0.37, FOAM INSULATED HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES SWINGING GLAZED STOREFRONT DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH GLAZING REQUIREMENTS BELOW NON -SWINGING DOORS: (MAX.) U-FACTOR 0.34, FOAM INSULATED HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES GLAZING: STOREFRONT GLAZING: (MAX.) U-0.38 (FIXED) & U-0.40 (OPERABLE) THERMALLY BROKEN ALUMIMUM FRAMES WITH DOUBLE GLAZING; SEE BELOW AND SCHEDULE FOR SHGC REQUIREMENTS. VISUAL TRANSMITTANCE = 0.6 T.O. FINISH FLOOR GLAZED ENTRANCE DOOR(S): (MAX.) U-0.60 S SF FRAME TYPES SHGC & PROJECTION FACTOR (PF) FOR ALL VERTICAL GLAZING: HOLLOW METAL STOREFRONT GLAZING ORIENTATION SOUTH/EAST/WEST NORTH PF < 0.2 SHGC MAX. 0.38 SHGC MAX. 0.51 FRAME FRAME 0.2 <_ PF < 0.5 SHGC MAX. 0.46 SHGC MAX. 0.56 PF >_ 0.5 SHGC MAX. 0.61 SHGC MAX. 0.61 5 JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM U) 0 Z 0 0 N 5 W W � J Q L Q 0 Q 0�`) ~ C z�0 Q O W J � 0 U co L1 V ) 0 Z C� O z c) o N 0 0 J U) W Q 0) W p�Q OJT 0ZU20 M� _ w0Z O O Oa� Q 0 W H w zL:tZ a zpz z O w� Q HWww� w U) 5;0 Y � 2 > wLLI � �co LL Z) Of < z E5 z - 0 - J 0 ILL O U) m J J Q 2 Lu ~ Y W z m m Z m IL 2 Y > W U 0 0 0- �� 0 0 co D H of W LL LL U LL LL U) z o± w w� w w coU U) mInQU) cncn0cncnLoLf O z N N N N N N N N M N W N NNNNNN < p LO N 04 O N N O L0L0 O N It -- O N 0 M 0 CO 0 O - 0 � O M O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Qtf!! SKA TON PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MG CHECKED BY: KP DOOR SCHEDULE A7002 JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. © 2023 WALL TAG LEGEND: w _rn M co N O N O SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS 1. FINISH PER SCHEDULE 2. CONCRETE W/ REINFORCING PER STRUCTURAL 3. DECKING PER STRUCTURAL. FINISH PER SCHEDULE 4. MIN. 1 1/4" SPRAY -APPLIED FIRE RESISTIVE MATERIAL 5. 2" MINERAL WOOL 6., R38 BATT INSULATION Z Z UL DESIGN #: D743 Z Z NOTE: FIRE RATING TO BE MAINTAINED WHERE CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT i PENETRATES SURFACE. 1 Z 1 2------- 4 _ 3 SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS 1. FINISH PER SCHEDULE 2. "ACOUSTIMAT" UNDERLAYMENT UNDER ALL HARD SURFACES 3. CONCRETE SLAB W/ REINFORCING PER STRUCTURAL 4. UNDER SLAB VAPOR RETARDER, PER GEOTECH REPORT 5. GRAVEL BASE PER GEOTECH REPORT 6. COMPACTED SOIL PER GEOTECH REPORT FS - CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS 1. FINISH PER SCHEDULE 2. CONCRETE W/ REINFORCING PER STRUCTURAL 3. DECKING PER STRUCTURAL. FINISH PER SCHEDULE FICA - CONC. ON METAL DECK SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS 1. FINISH PER SCHEDULE 2. CONCRETE W/ REINFORCING PER STRUCTURAL 3. DECKING PER STRUCTURAL. FINISH PER SCHEDULE 4. 2" MINERAL WOOL 5. R38 BATT INSULATION FC.3 -1 HR CONC. ON METAL DECK W/ INSULATIONS FC.2 - CONC. ON METAL DECK W/ INSULATION SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS 1. TPO ROOFING MATERIAL 2. 1/4" PROTECTION BOARD 3. R-38 CONTINUOUS RIGID INSULATION PER ENERGY ANALYSIS 4. VAPOR RETARDER 5. 1/4" PROTECTION BOARD 6. METAL DECK PER STRUCTURAL 7. BEARING WALLS OR FRAMING PER STRUCTURAL SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS 1. 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD PAINTED WITH P.V.A. PRIMER WHERE EXPOSED (U.N.0) 2. CLASS II VAPOR RETARDER 3. STEEL STUDS 4. BATT INSULATION PER ENERGY ANALYSIS 5. 5/8" GLASS MAT SUBSTRATE (WHERE STRUCTURAL REQUIRES SHEAR REPLACE WITH PLWD. SHEATHING) 6. W.R.B. / A.B. 7. CONTINUOUS RIGID INSULATION PER ENERGY ANALYSIS 8. 3/4" VERTICAL METAL FURRING STRIPS AT EA. STUD 9. PREFINISHED METAL SIDING PER EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS NOTE: MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD IN WET AREAS Se6-0.1 EXTERIOR NON -RATED WALL INTERIOR EXTERIOR SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS 1. 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD PAINTED WITH P.V.A. PRIMER WHERE EXPOSED (U.N.0) 2. CLASS II VAPOR RETARDER 3. STEEL STUDS 4. BATT INSULATION PER ENERGY ANALYSIS 5. 5/8" GLASS MAT SUBSTRATE (WHERE STRUCTURAL REQUIRES SHEAR REPLACE WITH PLWD. SHEATHING) 6. W.R.B. / A.B. 7. CONTINUOUS RIGID INSULATION PER ENERGY ANALYSIS 8. '2" AIR CAVITY 9. ADJUSTABLE BRICK TIE 10. BRICK VENEER, PER EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS NOTE: 1. MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD IN WET AREAS 2. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE BRICK IS ON A STANDARD MODULAR SPACING AND INTERIOR FACE OF FINISHES ALIGN. Se6-0.2_EXTERIOR NON -RATED WALL INTERIOR INTERIOR UL DESIGN #: U419 STC RATING: 45-49 GA FILE #: WP 1072 SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS 1. 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD PAINTED WITH P.V.A. PRIMER 2. STEEL STUDS 3. 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD PAINTED WITH P.V.A. PRIMER 4. BATT INSULATION PER ENERGY ANALYSIS Si3-1.1 3 5/8" STEEL STUD SIM. Si6-1.1 6" STEEL STUD (SHOWN) Si8-1.1 8" STEEL STUD SIM. Si3-1A, Si6-1A, Si8-1A: 50-54 NON -LOAD BEARING Si#-1.1 INTERIOR 1 HR-RATED PARTITION SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS 1. CONCRETE WALL CP8--.1 - CONCRETE WALL INTERIOR COLUMN SIDE SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS 1. 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD PAINTED WITH P.V.A. PRIMER (U.N.0) 2. STEEL STUDS Si2-0.1 2-1/2" FURRING CHANNEL Si2-0.1_INTERIOR COLUMN FURRING SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS 1. 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD PAINTED WITH P.V.A. PRIMER 2. STEEL STUDS 3. R-13 BATT INSULATION 4. 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD PAINTED WITH P.V.A. PRIMER (U.N.0) NOTE: MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD IN WET AREAS Si3-0.1 3-5/8" STEEL STUD (SHOWN) Si6-0.1 6" STEEL STUD Si8-0.1 8" STEEL STUD STC RATING: ALL LISTED 35-42 Si3-OA.1, Si4-OA.1 M, Si6-OA.1, Si8-OA.1 : 50-54 Si#--.1 INTERIOR NON -RATED PARTITION SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS 1. 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD PAINTED WITH P.V.A. PRIMER 2. 2 LAYERS OF 3 5/8" STEEL STUDS STAGGERED 16" O.C. 3. 2 LAYERS OF 3 1/2" FIBER GLASS INSULATION 4. 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD PAINTED WITH P.V.A. PRIMER (5/8" QUIETROCK ES TYPE X) INTERIOR STC RATING: 60-64 GA FILE NO. WP 0952 PABCO GYPSUM PROPRIETARY GYPSUM PANEL; 5/8" QUIETROCK ES TYPE X WALL HEAD CONFIGURATION (BLANK WHEN NOT USED) MATERIAL AND CORE THICKNESS LOCATION \ CP = CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE T = INTERIOR PARTITION CP8 = 8" e'= EXTERIOR WALL A Se4 S = STEEL STUD PARTITION S3 = 3-5/8" STEEL STUDS S6 = 6" STEEL STUDS rl S8 = 8" STEEL STUDS FIRE/ ACOUSTIC RATING FIRE RATING IN HOURS JMA WALL ASSEMBLY DASHED WHEN NOT USED IDENTIFICATION NUMBER SHEET NOTES: PARTITION TYPES A. REF. GENERAL INFORMATION SHEETS FOR GRAPHIC STANDARDS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS, POCHES, DIMENSIONING. B. WALL ASSEMBLIES ARE SHOWN AS PLAN VIEW U.N.O. C. EXTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLIES SHALL HAVE A CONTINUOUS BEAD OF SEALANT AT THE BASE AND HEAD AT INTERIOR SIDE OF ASSEMBLY. D. PARTITION TYPE INDICATIONS INDEPENDENT OF APPLIED FINISHES. REF. FINISH SCHEDULE AND/OR THE DESIGNATIONS ON THE PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING APPLIED FINISHES. E. WHERE PARTITION TYPE INDICATIONS ON FLOOR PLAN ARE INTERRUPTED BY DOOR OPENINGS, GLAZED PARTITIONS, ETC, PARTITION CONSTRUCTION ABOVE THE INTERRUPTION (AND WHERE APPLICABLE BELOW) MATCHES PARTITION IN WHICH THE INTERRUPTION OCCURRED, AND IN SAME PLANE. F. MASONRY AND STONE ASSEMBLIES ARE TO HAVE TIES, HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT PER STRUCTURAL. G. THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF EACH PARTITION TYPE AS INDICATED BY FIRE RATING REFERENCE APPLICABLE TO THE WORK OF THIS PROJECT. HOWEVER, ADDITIONAL AND/ OR MORE RESTRICTIVE REQUIREMENTS MAY BE INDICATED BY SPECIFICATION AND DRAWINGS. SUCH REQUIREMENTS ALSO APPLY AND GOVERN. REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO: 1. USE 16" O.C. MAX STUD SPACING, U.N.O. IN SPACING STATED BY REFERENCED APPROVAL OR TEST REPORT IS MAX SPACING. 2. WHERE COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING IS USED, USE STUD GAUGE INDICATED IN THE GENERAL FRAMING NOTES BELOW, IN SPECIFICATIONS BOOK (WHEN INCLUDED) OR PER STRUCTURAL. THE GAUGE STATED BY REFERENCED APPROVAL OR TEST REPORT SHALL ALWAYS BE MINIMUM GAUGE. 3. USE STANDARDS OF DEPTH INDICATED BY DRAWINGS. DEPTH STATED BY REFERENCED APPROVAL OR TEST REPORT IS MINIMUM DEPTH. H. INSTALL CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD OR WATER-RESISTANT GYP. BD. AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: 1. ALL WALL ENCLOSURES AT JANITOR SINKS. 2. AT WET LOCATIONS, SUCH AS SHOWER STALLS, TUBS WITH A SURROUND, OR BEHIND DRINKING FOUNTAINS. 3. WHERE CERAMIC TILE FINISHES ARE INDICATED. (REF. FINISH SCHEDULE, PLANS, AND/ OR INTERIOR ELEVATIONS.) 4. AT OTHER LOCATIONS, AS INDICATED BY THE SPECIFICATIONS (WHEN USED) OR PER FINISH SCHEDULE. I. SOUND TRANSMISSION REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO COMMON FLOOR & CEILING ASSEMBLIES, BETWEEN ALL ADJACENT CLASSROOMS OR DWELLING UNITS AND BETWEEN CLASSROOMS OR DWELLING UNITS AND ADJACENT PUBLIC SPACES SUCH AS HALLS, CORRIDORS, STAIRS AND SERVICE AREAS (2018 IBC 1206). J. PROVIDE SOUND ATTENUATING INSULATION FULL HEIGHT OF WALL AT ALL: LAUNDRY ROOM WALLS, TOILET ROOM WALLS, SLEEPING AREAS ADJACENT TO ANY TYPE OF SHAFT OR ANOTHER SLEEPING AREA. K. IN STC-RATED ASSEMBLIES STC 50 (45 IF FIELD TESTED) OR GREATER, ANY PENETRATIONS OR OPENINGS IN CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLIES FOR PIPING, ELECTRICAL DEVICES, RECESSED CABINETS, BATHTUBS, SOFFITS, OR HEATING, VENTILATING OR EXHAUST DUCTS SHALL BE SEALED, LINED, INSULATED OR OTHERWISE TREATED TO MAINTAIN THE STC RATING. THIS REQUIREMENT SHALL NOT APPLY TO DWELLING UNIT ENTRY DOORS, HOWEVER SUCH DOORS SHALL BE TIGHT FITTING TO FRAME AND SILL. L. SOUND -RATED ASSEMBLIES - SOUND CONTROL: SYSTEMS SHALL BE AIR -TIGHT. ITEMS THAT PENETRATE THE GYPSUM BOARD SHALL NOT BE LOCATED BACK-TO- BACK OR IN THE SAME STUD CAVITY. ANY OPENINGS FOR FIXTURES OR PIPES SHALL BE CUT TO THE PROPER SIZE AND SEALED. THE ENTIRE PERIMETER OF A SOUND -INSULATING SYSTEM SHALL BE MADE AIR TIGHT TO PREVENT SOUND FLANKING. FLEXIBLE SEALANT OR AN ACOUSTICAL GASKET SHALL BE USED TO SEAL BETWEEN THE STC-RATED SYSTEM AND ALL DISSIMILAR SURFACES AND ALSO BETWEEN THE SYSTEM AND SIMILAR SURFACES WHERE PERIMETER RELIEF IS REQUIRED. TAPING GYP. BD. AND WALL -CEILING INTERSECTIONS PROVIDES AN ADEQUATE AIR SEAL AT THESE LOCATIONS (ASTM E 497; GA MANUAL SECTION III). M. ALL GYP. BD. WHEREVER LOCATED SHALL BE TYPE X U.N.O. N. ALL GYP. BD. SHALL BE 5/8" U.N.O. WITHIN DETAILS OR ASSEMBLIES. O. ALL FIRE RATED WALLS SHALL HAVE A LEAKAGE RATING. P. ALL SHEATHING IN FIRE -RATED WALLS SHALL BE RATED. Q. ALL LUMBER IN FIRE -RATED WALLS SHALL BE FIRE -TREATED. R. NFPA 285 FIRE TESTING SHALL BE REQUIRED FOR FOAM/ CLADDING/ W.R.B./ A.B. IN ANY TYPE 1A CONSTRUCTION. S. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SHEAR WALL ATTACHMENT, LOCATIONS AND EDGE BLOCKING REQ'S. STRUCTURAL SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE DOE NOT SUPERSEDE FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES AND IS TO BE CLAD OUTSIDE OF THE FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY. T. REFERENCE ENERGY CODE ANALYSIS FOR THICKNESS OF BATT INSULATION. ANY WALL REQUIRING BATT INSULATION IS TO FULL EXTENTS OF THE CAVITY AND ALL PENETRATIONS INTO SUCH WALLS SHALL BE THERMALLY SEALED. STAGGER SEAMS 24" FROM EACH OTHER. INSTALL CONTINUOUS ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF FIRST GYPSUM BOARD LAYER IN ALL DOUBLE LAYER GYPSUM BOARD WALL CONSTRUCTION. INSTALL CONTINUOUS FIRE SEALANT AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF SECOND GYPSUM BOARD LAYER ONLY, WHEN USED TO MAINTAIN RATINGS. U. GENERAL NOTES LISTED ON THIS PAGE ARE NOT INTENDED TO BE AT THE EXCLUSION OF NOTES LISTED ELSEWHERE; THIS DOCUMENT SET IS MEANT TO BE COMPLEMENTARY, AND NOTES LISTED ON OTHER SHEETS MAY HAVE BEARING/ APPLICATION TO WORK SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. MARKING OF CONCEALED FIRE RATED WALLS PER BUILDING CODE -MARKING AND IDENTIFICATION WHERE THERE IS AN ACCESSIBLE CONCEALED FLOOR; FLOOR -CEILING OR ATTIC SPACE, FIRE WALLS, FIRE BARRIERS, FIRE PARTITIONS, SMOKE BARRIERS, AND SMOKE PARTITIONS, OR ANY OTHER WALL REQUIRED TO HAVE PROTECTED OPENINGS OR PENETRATIONS SHALL BE EFFECTIVELY AND PERMANENTLY IDENTIFIED WITH SIGNS OR STENCILING IN THE CONCEALED SPACE. SUCH IDENTIFICATION SHALL: A. BE LOCATED WITHIN 15 FEET (4572 MM) OF THE END OF EACH WALL AND AT INTERVALS NOT EXCEEDING 30 FEET (9144 MM) MEASURED HORIZONTALLY ALONG THE WALL OR PARTITION. B. INCLUDE LETTERING NOT LESS THAN 3 INCHES (76 MM) IN HEIGHT WITH A MINIMUM 3/8-INCH (9.5 MM) STROKE IN A CONTRASTING COLOR INCORPORATING THE SUGGESTED WORDING "FIRE AND/OR SMOKE BARRIER - PROTECT ALL OPENINGS", OR OTHER EQUAL APPROVED WORDING. STEEL FRAMING: A. ALL NON -LOAD BEARING METAL WALL FRAMING SHALL BE 20 GAUGE, U.N.O. B. PROVIDE 20 GAUGE METAL STUD WALL FRAMING FOR WALL THAT EXCEED THE HEIGHT LIMITATIONS PER BELOW: 1. 2-1/2" METAL STUDS: 10'-9" 2. 3-5/8" METAL STUDS: 14'-0" 3. 4" METAL STUDS: 15'-0" 4. 6-8" METAL STUDS: 20'-0" C. ADDITIONALLY PROVIDE, 2-GAUGE DOUBLE METAL STUD WALL FRAMING AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: 1. DOUBLE STUD JAMB ASSEMBLIES AT OPENINGS. 2. FIRST STUD IN THE PARTITION BEYOND THE DOUBLE STUD JAMB ASSEMBLY. LOCATE STUD 6" FROM THE DOUBLE STUD ASSEMBLY. 3. STUDS TO WHICH CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD ARE INSTALLED FOR WET AREAS. 4. STUDS TO WHICH WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT, IS TO BE INSTALLED. 5. STUD INFILL AND SILL TRACK BELOW WINDOW OPENINGS. 6. STUDS INSTALLED FOR OPENING HEADS BETWEEN DOUBLE STUD JAMB ASSEMBLIES. JACKSON MAIN ARCH ITECTU RE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM U) 0 Z O 0 o N G 00 LJJ w � J Q U- 0 Q O 0 Q �_ U) o ~ C C) z O w Jc0 U co w U) 0 Z (D 0 Z U) o o 0 J U) w >_ Q o 00 w p�Q 0 J �ZU2� M� Q < Z _ �2iOa� w O0 0 � O w w z C� zLLZ a O O �z Qw220 wwwD > � 2Ewa> w U m x z z o LL U) 0 Z co o o 0 w z m m z m 0 Y w U) H X w 0 LL 0- w U 0 IL 0 IL �Z 000Lu00 0 FnU» Z)D Xw cncQOcncn 0- 0 O z N N N N N N N w N N N N N N N Q o(.0 N Lo is It o p N N O O N -- N N 0 co 0 CO 0- O - 0 � O co O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT rwl r-f%lroh t-KULrlASKA STATE OF WASHINGTON PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MG CHECKED BY: KP WALL, FLOOR AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES M RC - SINGLE PLY MEMBRANE ROOF Si6-A.1 INT. ACOUSTIC RATED PARTITION A8001 JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. © 2023 G n N ri v co N O N O • DIMENSION POINT (LOCATE BENEATH DOOR LEAF, WHERE OCCURS AT DOOR OPENING) SURFACE MOUNTED WALK -OFF MAT PER FINISH SCHEDULE METALREDUCER (SIMILAR TO SCHLUTER RENO-TK) STONE TILE, CERAMIC TILE, PORCELAIN TILE, OR QUARRY TILE (THINSET) WALK OFF MAT TO HARD TILE 12" = 1'-0" • DIMENSION POINT (LOCATE BENEATH DOOR LEAF, WHERE OCCURS AT DOOR OPENING) METAL REDUCER (SIMILAR TO SCHLUTER RENO-U) STONE TILE, CERAMIC TILE, PORCELAIN TILE, OR 1 MAX QUARRY TILE (THINSET) N 14 - ' a CONCRETE TO HARD TILE 12" = 1'-0" • DIMENSION POINT (LOCATE BENEATH DOOR LEAF, WHERE OCCURS AT DOOR OPENING) GLUE -DOWN CARPET OR GLUE -DOWN MAT METALREDUCER (SIMILAR TO SCHLUTER RENO-TK) STONE TILE, CERAMIC TILE, PORCELAIN TILE, OR QUARRY TILE (THINSET) 11 111 1/ I f II ( l l I 1 111 1/ I( II ( l l I I HIM - -. CARPET TO HARD TILE I DIMENSION POINT (LOCATE BENEATH DOOR LEAF, WHERE OCCURS AT DOOR OPENING) VINYL ALUMINUM SCHIENE SCHLUTER TRANSITION I CARPET TILE CONCRETE TO CARPET DOORJAMB ELEVATOR DOOR JAMB BEYOND REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR ACCEPTABLE FASTENER TYPE DOOR SILL uvvrc n�r►v ELEVATOR DOOR 3" = 1'-0" STRIKE COLUMN TIE BRACKET WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLAN TRANSOM COLUMN ASSEMBLY BY ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER • ELEVATOR DOOR SET DOOR SILL AND TRACK BY ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER T.O. SLAB TYPICAL METAL TOE GUARD/FASCIA BY ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLANS AND ASSEMBLY SHEET WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLANS AND ASSEMBLY SHEET HEADER PER STRUCTURAL ELEVATOR TRANSOM BY ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER UNFACED INSULATION SURROUNDING BOX CAULK AROUND OPENING IN GWB W/ ACOUSTICAL SEALANT PUTTY PAK PER SPECIFICATIONS WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLANS NOTE: ISOLATE ALL RECESSED ELECTRICAL BOXES ON BOTH SIDES OF SOUND RATED WALLS W/ PUTTY PAD ELECT. OUTLET AT ACOUSTIC RATED WALL 12" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" WALL PER ASSEMBLY PLAN ALUMINUM DOOR FRAME DOOR MATERIAL AND FINISH PER DOOR SCHEDULE CONTINOUS SEALANT, FULL PERIMETER OF WINDOW ALUMINUM WINDOW FRAME, CENTER ON STUD. TEMPERED GLASS WHEN WITHIN 24", IN ANY DIRECTION, OF A DOOR PER 2018 IBC 2406.4.2 DOOR JAMB AT OFFICE DOORS ALUMINUM FRAME PER FRAME PROFILE DOOR PER SCHEDULE METAL POCKETS WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLAN ;, n POCKET DOOR AT METAL STUD JAMB v J 3" =1'-0" ry w a vi w ry WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLAN METAL EDGE BEAD AT CORNERS, TYP. CONTINUOUS SEALANT ALUMINUM WINDOW FRAME, CENTER ON STUD. TEMPERED GLASS WHEN WITHIN 24", IN ANY DIRECTION, OF A DOOR PER 2018 IBC 2406.4.2 SHIM AS REQUIRED WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLAN *JAMB SIMILAR TO HEAD STOREFRONT SILL / HEAD, INT. STOREFRONT BASE, INT. 3" = 1'-0" GLAZING PER SCHEDULE GLASS STOP CONTINUOUS GLAZING BEAD TIMELY FRAME SYSTEM PER SCHEDULE ACOUSTIC PANEL JOINT 3" WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLAN ACOUSTIC PANEL ACOUSTIC PANEL THRESHOLD TRIM PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION WALL MBLY PER PLAN " M.D.F. W/A 41 WD-1 r-PLIED. SECURE TO dV/ Z-CLIPS OR PROVIDE _ I ERNATIVE FASTENING _ p DETAIL FOR CONSIDERATION OD PANEL THRESHOLD TRIM MANUFACTURER'S .6TRUCTION JIB DOOR W/ CONCEALED DOOR CLOSER AND INVISIBLE DOOR HINGE - FINISH AND TEXTURE TO MATCH WOOD PANEL JIB DOOR HEAD AT METAL STUD 6 3" = 1'-0" ACOUST SEAL CONTINUOUS PRESSURE - TREATED 2x BASE PLATE WITH ANCHOR BOLTS AT 6'-0" O.C. SET IN EXPDXY GROUT PER STRUCTURAL WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLAN ACOUSTICAL SEALANT FULL PERIMETER OF DOOR, BOTH SIDES OF DOOR H.M. FRAME -PAINT PER DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR MATERIAL AND FINISH PER SCHEDULE 115/16' 21/4" 19/16' PER WALL ASSEMBLY H.M DOOR HEAD AT ACOUSTIC WALL 3" = 1'-0" WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLAN WALL BASE PER FINISH SCHEDULE POWER DRIVEN X-U 27 P8 S15 HILTI FASTENER, 24" O.C. EMBED 1/4" RETAIN 1/4"-1/2" GAP BETWEEN GWB AND CONCRETE SLAB TO FILL CONTINUOUS BEAD OF ACOUSTICAL SEALANT EACH SIDE OF WALL FLOOR FINISH, REFERENCE FINISH SCHEDULE 44, WALL BASE AT ACOUSTIC RATED PARTITION 3" = 1'-0" WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLAN SEALANT FULL PERIMETER OF DOOR, BOTH SIDES OF DOOR H.M. FRAME - PAINT PER DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR MATERIAL AND FINISH PER SCHEDULE 9/16' 21/4" 115/16' PER WALL ASSEMBLY H.M DOOR HEAD AT METAL STUD, INT. 3" WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLAN SUSPENDED CEILING PER REFLECTED CEILING PLAN CEILING HEIGHT PER R.C.P. I I N L 2" EDGE MOLDING TYP TO MATCH SUSP CLG SYSTEM. SEALANT FULL PERIMETER OF DOOR, BOTH SIDES OF DOOR ALUMINUM FRAME - PER DOOR SCHEDULE 4 FIRE SMOKE SEAL FOR FIRE 1 9/16' 2 1/4" 1 15/16" RATED DOORS PER SCHEDULE PER WALL ASSEMBLY DOOR MATERIAL AND FINISH PER DOOR SCHEDULE ALUMINUM DOOR HEAD AT CEILING 3" = 1'-0" WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLAN ALUMINUM FRAME PER FRAME PROFILE _DOOR OPENING HEIGHT REMOVABLE FACIA DOOR PER SCHEDULE POCKET DOOR AT METAL STUD HEAD 3" = 1'-0" ea,° 1 WAL L BASE 3" = 1'-0" WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLAN RUBBER WALL BASE, REF FINISH SCHEDULE POWER DRIVEN X-U 27 P8 S15 HILTI FASTENER, 24" O.C. EMBED 1/4" FLOOR FINISH, REFERENCE FINISH SCHEDULE JACKSON MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM V ) 0 Z O � N 5 G 00 W W � � LjL � o _jQ Q 0 0 �_ U) ~ z�0 Co Q 0 Lu _j 0— U m 111 V ) 0 Z (D 0 Z c) o CNI o00 W Q o W 0 _j 0ZU20 M� Q < _ w0Z 0o Oa� 0 � Q 0 W z O w U z zL: a z �p o QLu gLn �I.uwwCo U j U C� C0 Lu 0 m w Z Z z f 0 m o o Q Q O w Y w z m mZ m IL Y w H U of Z w 0 0 u- 0— u- U O u- H Z O u- LuCO=ww�w�w p O W OcnU»��CD aoQciicii0ciiQai O z M It N N N N N N N N N N M N w N N N N N N N N Q p LO N 04 O N N O LO O LO N `* --- O O N 0 M 0 CO 0 O — 0 It O O 00 Ch 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT li rwI cMIMA MUUMASKA STATE OF WASHINGTON PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MG CHECKED BY: KP INTERIOR DETAILS A8005 JACKSON � MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. ©2023 M 73 w M N cYi M N O N 0 WALL PERPENDICULAR TO WALL PARAI FIRE RATED METAL WALL TOP DEFLECTION TRACK 14 N.T.S. WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLAN • - - as �4 � ,--•.- �.< 4 WALK OFF MAT TO CONCRETE FLOOR 12" = 1'-0" FILL ALL VOIDS WITH METAL DECK FIRE RATED FOAM CLOSURES CONCRETE RE: STRUCTURAL METAL DECK RE: STRUCTURAL EXPANSIVE INTUMESCENT FIRE BARRIER PER MANUF FASTENER PER MANUF. RECOMMENDATIONS FASTENER PER MANUF. RECOMMENDATIONS METAL STUD SLOTTED DEFLECTION TRACK (UP TO 3" MOVEMENT) CLARK/DIETRICH BLAZEFRAME (DSL 2) OR EQUIVALENT METAL STUD GYPSUM BOARD (MULTIPLE LAYERS AS REQ'D FOR RATING) CONCRETE RE: STRUCTURAL METAL DECK RE: STRUCTURAL EXPANSIVE INTUMESCENT FIRE BARRIER PER MANUF METAL DECK FLUTE COVER AS REQUIRED FOR PARALLEL APPLICATIONS FASTENER PER MANUF. RECOMMENDATIONS FASTENER PER MANUF. RECOMMENDATIONS METAL STUD SLOTTED DEFLECTION TRACK (UP TO 3" MOVEMENT) CLARK/DIETRICH BLAZEFRAME (DSL 2) OR EQUIVALENT METAL STUD GYPSUM BOARD (MULTIPLE LAYERS AS REQ'D FOR RATING) WOOD VENEER FINISH ON ALL EXPOSED SURFACES TO MATCH (WD-1) ON 3/4" PLYWOOD, 2" FRONT EASED EDGES. FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE STEEL TUBE, WELDED TO METAL PLATE. G.C. TO COORDINATE NECESSARY SUPPORT WOOD VENEER FINISH BOTH SIDES TO MATCH (WD-1). FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE RECEPTION AT ADA FINISH CEILIING 6" CROWN PER FIN" E 1 /4"x 1 /4" PI M/ N TO OF HANEL AND/OR WOOD PANEL 1 .oE PER FINISH SCHEDULE FINISH FLOOR BASE/CROWN AT COMMISSION ROOM Y = 1'-0" DIMENSION POINT (LOCATE BENEATH DOOR LEAF, WHERE OCCURS AT DOOR OPENING) SURFACE MOUNTED WALK -OFF MAT PER FINISH SCHEDULE ME TAL REDUCER (SIMILAR O TO SCHLUTER RENO-TK), iv SCREWED TO FLOOR - i a _ - _ - - - - -d. G a °- - - .a - - p - - GROMMET FOR POWER AND MICROPHONE N 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" THICK SOLID WOOD FRAME. FINISH ALL EXPOSED co SURFACES, PAINTED WOOD VENEER FINISH BLACK TO MATCH ON ALL EXPOSED (WD-2). FINISH PER _ SURFACES TO MAT FINISH SCHEDULE Eo (WD-1) ON 3/4" PLYWOOD EASEF - ifl WOOD VENEER FINISH ON ALL / \ ih �;EXPOSED SURFACES TO ) \ MATCH (WD-1) ON 3/4" \ PLYWOOD, 2" FRONT EASED \ EDGES. FINISH PER FINISH v / ~� SCHEDULE OPEN CAVITY \ / FOR POWER OPEN CAVITY FLOOR CORE \ / FOR POWER — — — — - ACCESS \ / 1 1/2" 1' - 5" 1 1/2" 3 �, 1' - 9" 5 3/4" COMMISSION ROOM LECTERN WOOD VENEER FINISH ALL EXPOSED SURFACES, PAINTED BLACK TO MATCH (WD-2). FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE )MMET FOR POWER AND ')PHONE 2'-0" 'R FINISH ON ALL -ACES TO N 3/4" 'NT EASED \ HER FINISH TUBE, WELDED TO METAL ATE. G.C. TO COORDINATE NECESSARY SUPPORT CONCEALED PANEL FOR POWER REMOVABLE PANEL W/ WOOD VENEER FINISH TO MATCH (WD-1). FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE FINI.qH FI (1(1R DESK AT COMMISSION ROOM 1"=1'0" GROMMET FOR POWER AND MICROPHONE 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" THICK SOLID WOOD FRAME. FINISH ALL EXPOSED SURFACES, PAINTED BLACK TO MATCH (WD-2). FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE _ DUPLEX 'co REPECTACLE WOOD VENEER FINISH ON ALL EXPOSED SURFACES TO MATCH (WD-1) ON 3/4" PLYWOOD, 2" FRONT EASED EDGES. FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE TOUCH LATCH DOORS WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLAN BACKSPLASH; PER FINISH SCHEDULE AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS BLACKEND STEEL PLATE CONTINUOUS BEAD OF SEALANT WITH COMPANY LOGO LASER 3CM SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP CUT INTO PLATE PER FINISH SCHEDULE N WOOD VENEER FINISH ON ALL EXPOSED SURFACES TO'Ir 1/2" REVEAL, PAINTED BLACK io MATCH (WD-1) ON 3/4" 1"X1" STEEL TUBE, WELDED TO PLYWOOD, 2" FRONT EASED ° Cn METAL PLATE M EDGES. FINISH PER FINISH o SCHEDULE N STEEL TUBE, WELDED TO 2 - 0' METAL PATE. G.C. TO 3/4" MARINE GRADE MDF W/PLAM COORDINATE NECESSARY C) ALL EXPOSED SIDES SUPPORT SUPPORT METAL SUPPORT BOLTED TO C° N TUBE STEEL N TUBE STEEL WELDED TO PLATE, WOOD VENEER FINISH ANCHORED TO SLAB. G.C. TO BOTH SIDES TO MATCH COORDINATE NECESSARY SUPPORT (WD-1). FINISH PER FINISH FOR NO DEFLECTION @ 450 LBS. SCHEDULE FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR RECEPTION AT DESK R.R. VANITY AT SINK 5 Di WALL BEYOND WALL PAINT PER FINISH SCHEDULE BLACKEND STEEL WALL TILE EDGE -PROTECTION TRANSACTION TOP PROFILE PER FINISH SCHEDULE CONCEALED FASTENERS TILE ADHESIVE PER SCHEDULE 8" DRAWER ON HEAVY DUTY 40 GLIDES WITH SOFT CLOSE STAINLESS STEEL CABINET 77-7/7-7/7711 PULL WOOD VENEER FINISH ON ALL EXPOSED SURFACES TO MATCH (WD-1) ON 3/4" PLYWOOD, 2" FRONT EASED o EDGES. FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE M STEEL TUBE, WELDED TO METAL PLATE. G.C. TO COORDINATE NECESSARY SUPPORT EPDXY GROUT WOOD VENEER FINISH BOTH SIDES TO MATCH (WD-1). TILE PER FINISH SCHEDULE FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE FINISH FLOOR RECEPTION AT TRANSACTION R.R. WALL TILE AT END CAP :6:: 1 ° = 1'-0" Z 1'-9" O > w w W a. 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 2'-0" 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" THICK SOLID WOOD FRAME. FINISH ALL EXPOSED SURFACES, PAINTED BLACK TO MATCH (WD-2). FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE WOOD VENEER FINISH ON ALL EXPOSED SURFACES TO MATCH (WD-1) ON 3/4" PLYWOOD, 2" FRONT EASED EDGES. FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE CONCEALED LEVELERS z O Q > w J w w EL FINISH FLOOR V 12 3/4" CASEWORK AT MAIL - 201 PLAM. ON 3/4" PLYWOOD; FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE ADJUSTABLE SHELVES, TYP. - WHITE MELAMINE FINISH ON 3/4" M.D.F. ON 1/4" HEAVY DUTY STAINLESS STEEL PINS 1/2" RECESSED STAINLESS STEEL SHELF STANDARD, TYP 1/4" MELAMINE PANEL ON 1x NAILERS WEST MARINE STAINLESS STEEL 4" YACHT CLEAT PULL MODEL #10829562, TYP. 2" MAIL SLOTS, TYP. PLAM. FINISH ON ALL EXPOSED SURFACES, ON 3/8" PLYWOOD; FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE PLAM. FINSH ALL EXPOSED SIDES ON 1" PLYWOOD COUNTERTOP, CONCEAL CRAFTPAPER ; FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE ADJUSTABLE SHELVES,TYP.- WHITE MELAMINE FINISH ON 3/4" M.D.F.; ON 1/4" HEAVY DUTY STAINLESS STEEL PINS 1/2" RECESSED SHELF STANDARDS, TYP. PLAM. ON 3/4" PLYWOOD; FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE 4" HIGH TOE KICK TILE ADHESIVE PER SCHEDULE EPDXY GROUT TILE PER FINISH SCHEDULE CONTINUOUS BEAD OF SEALANT FINISH FLOOR R.R. WALL TILE CONTINUOUS BEAD OF SEALANT SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP PER FINISH SCHEDULE DRAWER ON HEAVY DUTY GLIDES WITH SOFT CLOSE, TYP. WEST MARINE STAINLESS C'1 STEEL 4" YACHT CLEAT PULL w MODEL #10829562, TYP. ® PLAM. FINISH ON ALL EXPOSED (3 SURFACES ON 3/4" PLYWOOD, w CONCEAL CRAFTPAPER; 2" ® FRONT EASED EDGES. FINISH CC'1 PER FINISH SCHEDULE w 4" HIGH TOE KICK FINISH FLOOR CASEWORK AT DRAWER - 201 JACKSON MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM U) 0 Z 0 0 N C G (� Q 00 w Lij Q U 0� J Q 0 Q Q U) ~ z Co C) O w _j U) 0 Z CD 0 Z U) o 0 000 J w Q o w D p�Q C) J LLMa<v) �ZU _ 0 Z w )< Oo 0 � 0 w z O � Q w U z z ��z a U �z O QU) QLu > U ��wa> O C�Lu =w U EO x Z Z Z H_ 0 u— U) O 0 Z w Ohm»� �w Y w Z EO EO Z m [L Y W � O w X W 00—OHO lL lL U LL Z lL o o L o 7 o OcnUZ):DXZ)OD noTQT aoQT dM � N � N N N N N N N N N M N w O N O N O N O N O N O N O N O N Q Lo O N Lo Lo 4 O O p N 04 N � O � O N --- 00 N 0 M 0 CO 0 0 O 00 C) M O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT rw� crttKA YKVGF'IA�KA STATE OF WASHINGTON PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: SR CHECKED BY: KP INTERIOR DETAILS A8007 JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. © 2023 co EXTEND FRAMING TO ROOF FASTEN STRUT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE CEILING -MOUNTED LIGHTING, AND CEILING -MOUNTED AIR TERMINALS AND SERVICES: DECK WITH APPROVED OR ENGINEERED 1. ALL CEILING -MOUNTED LIGHTING FIXTURES, AND CEILING -MOUNTED AIR TEMINALS AND FASTENERS SERVICES SHALL BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO THE SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM. -HUNG LIGHTING FIXTURES, LIGHTING FIXTURES WEIGHING 56 LBS OR MORE, AND WALL TYPE PER PLAN 2. PENDANT Ism BRACING WIRES AIR TERMINALS AND SERVICES WEIGHING 56 LBS OR MORE SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM THE EI FOUR #12 (MINIMUM)WIRES SPLAYED STRUCTURE ABOVE. 3/4" 3/4" SUSPENDED CEILING PER 90-DEGREES FROM EACH OTHER, AT 3. EACH VERTICAL WIRE SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE CEILING SUSPENSION MEMBER TO THE c� REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AN ANGLE OF NOT EXCEEDING 45- SUPPORT ABOVE SUCH THAT THE WIRE LOOPS SHALL BE TIGHTLY WRAPPED AND SHARPLY DEGREES FROM THE PLANE OF THE BENT TO PREVENT ANY VERTICAL MOVEMEMNT OR ROTATION OF THE MEMBER WITHIN THE PAINT PER FINISH CEILING LOOPS. THE WIRE MUST BE WRAPPED AROUND ITSELF IN A MIN. OF THREE FULLL TURNS _0 SCHEDULE WITHIN A 3" LENGTH. CONNECTION DEVICES TO THE SUPPORTING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE 0° CEILING HEIGHT ,,, COMPRESSION STRUTS o PER PLAN 1. FOR CEILINGS GREATER THAN CAPABLE OF CARRYING NOT LESS THAN A 90-LB ALLOWABLE LOAD. 1000 SF, PROVIDE CISCA- JACKSO N MAIN T COMPLIANT, CODE -COMPLIANT E d 2" EDGE MOLDING TYP. TO BRACING WITH COMPRESSION A R C H I T E C T U R E Q MATCH SUSPENDED CEILING STRUT. 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH w a _ = SYSTEM 2. COMPRESSION STRUT MAY BE AT INTERMEDIATE -DUTY SEATTLE, WA 98104 O ° a a- USG DONN-BRAND SUSPENSION SYSTEMS w ° COMPRESSION STRUT OR ANY ONLY, ONE #12 HANGER t ACKS NMAI � WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLAN WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM OTHER APPROVED OR WIRE SHALL BE ATTACHED N ENGINEERED SYSTEM, USING TO A GRID MEMBER WITHIN LIGHT -GAGE FRAMING, 3" OF EACH CORNER OF - 2" CONCRETE 7,NOTE: ELECTRICAL CONDUIT OR COLD- EACH LIGHTING FIXTURE E ON PAN TREAD 1. ENTIRE A.C.P. CEILING SYSTEM ROLLED STEEL SECTIONS. SHALL BE INSTALLED PER BUILDING 3. A SINGLE 2-1/2x 1-1/4" 25 GAGE o CODE REQUIREMENTS. LIGHTING FIXTURES _ STEEL STRINGER, PER STUD (250S125-18) AS INDICATED, m STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS, 2. INSTANCES WHERE "SIM" OCCURS WILL SPAN UP TO 82" WEIGHING LESS THAN 56 E DEFERRED SUBMITTAL ARE PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING LBS, AND AIR TERMINALS = WHERE ACT CEILING GRID SYSTEM - FASTEN STRUT TO SUSPENSION AND SERVICES WEIGHING O IS NOT ON BOTH SIDES OF THE SYSTEM WITH APPROVED OR 20 TO 56 LBS, SHALL HAVE o WALL, BUT IS OPEN TO STRUCTURE ENGINEERED FASTENERS TWO 12 GAGE HANGERS = ABOVE. (SLACK WIRES ALLOWED) O O c O CONNECTING THE ITEM TO PAN STAIR SECTION WALL THROUGH SUSPENDED CEILING THE STRUCTURE ABOVE L �j WALL OR PARTITION SUPPORTING PERIMETER OF SUSPENSIONS SYSTEM. EXTEND FRAMING BLOCKING AT TOP OF WALL CONSTRUCTION MAY VARY - FRAMED CONSTRUCTION WITH GYPSUM TO ROOF DECK AS REQUIRED. SECURE WALL BOARD IS INDICATED. REF. PLANS FOR WALL ASSEMBLIES. NOTE: TO STRUCTURE ABOVE ATTACH (HEAVY-DUTY) CEILING GRID MEMBERS TO TWO ADJACENT 1. FURNISH HEAVY-DUTY CEILING GRID (SUSPENSION 1-1/2" 0 STEEL HANDRAIL. WALLS, AND ALLOW 3/4" CLEARANCE TO CEILING GRID MEMBERS ON THEIR SYSTEM) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C-635. Q OPPOSITE WALLS. ACCOMPLISH BY MEANS OF 7/8" WALL MOLDINGS ALL INTERMEDIATE -DUTY SYSTEMS MAY BE PROVIDED WHEN 7 AROUND WITH MANF.'S SEISMIC CLIPS ALL AROUND. REMODELING REQUIRES "MATCHING EXISTING" AND THE L PROVIDE HANGERS WITHIN 8" OF PERIMETER WALLS, ALL EXISTING SYSTEM IS INTERMEDIATE DUTY. O O 3/4" 3-5/8" METAL STUDS W/ (2) # 10 SIDES 2. INSTALL CEILING GRID IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM CV SCREWS TO EACH STUD & (2) C-636, INCLUDING PROVISIONS ON WIRE HANGERS, O #10 SCREWS TO EA. JOIST. ATTACHMENT OF WIRE HANGERS, SPACING OF WIRE Q 00 AT CEILINGS OF 1,000 SF OR HANGERS, CARRYING CHANNELS, SPLICES, ASSEMBLY Q GREATER DEVICES, AND CEILING FIXTURES. W W Q GYPSUM BOARD CEILING, 6" PROVIDE CISCA-COMPLIANT 3. INSTALL CEILING GRID IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 0 J SEISMIC BRACING WITH ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THIS DETAIL, WHICH IS A Q METAL STUD CEILING COMPRESSION STRUTS AT SUMMARY OF THE CISCA (ARCHITECTURAL) STANDARDS co p TREAD - 2" DEPTH JOISTS AT 12" O.C. FINISH FOR SEISMIC ZONES 3 AND 4 (DESIGN CATEGORIES D, E, O Q U) z 12'-0" EACH WAY. ATTACH TO Q CONCRETE -FILLED STEEL PER FINISH SCHEDULE. MAIN RUNNER, WITHIN 2" OF AND F). Q PAN, TYP. C = 4. INSTALL CEILING -MOUNTED ITEMS AND FIXTURES, G "- �� CROSS -RUNNER Z � _ < .,';;,.:_:"''-:•�.;. CLG HEIGHT � I � INTERSECTION. C INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES, MECHANICAL SERVICES, STEEL RISERS TYP. PER PLAN CABLE TRAYS, CONDUIT AND SIMILAR IN ACCORDANCE z O WITH CISCA STANDARDS FOR SEISMIC ZONES 3-4. THIS W WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLAN MAY INCLUDE INDEPENDENT SUPPORT FOR SOME O Q co STEEL STRINGERS CEILING -MOUNTED ITEMS. � U m W \ O 5. PROVIDE CISCA-COMPLIANT SEISMIC BRACING AND COMPRESSION STRUTS ONLY IN CEILINGS OF 1,000 SF OR xx 2" EDGE MOLDING TYP. GREATER (REFASCE 7-13.5.6.2.2 SECTION C) NOTE: TO MATCH SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS 6. IN CEILINGS WITHOUT LATERAL BRACING, PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION FROM SPRINKLER BRANCH LINES PAINT EXPOSED STEEL CEILING SYSTEM 8 MAXIMUM TO SPRINKLER HEADS, IN LIEU OF OVERSIZED SPRINKLER STRUCTURE, TYP. - SUSPENDED CEILING OPENINGS IN CEILING Q PER REFLECTED 2" MAXIMUM 7. IN CEILINGS GREATER THAN 2,500 SF, PROVIDE 2" WIDE Z ' CEILING PLAN MINIMUM CEILING JOINT AS INDICATED AND DETAILED ON V CEILING PLANS. C)$ PAN STAIR TREAD ACT &GWB CEILING ON EA. SIDE OF WALL 6 TYPICAL A.C.P. CEILING SYSTEM O Z U) o 0 � � 00 LIJ HANGER, 2" FROM INTERSECTION J � Q m CONCRETE W/ SLIP BRACING UP TO STRUCTURE Q 3: Q 11" MIN. ill CONCRETE TIGHT TURNS (1-1/2" LENGTHui RESISTANT SURFACE BLOCKING COMPRESSION STRUT TYPICAL) J SUSPENDED CEILING PER 8 MAX 1-1/2" O STEEL PIPE �' REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FROM INTERSECTION HANGER WIREIMUM Q Q O U) PERPENDICULAR (90°) TO � U C Q STUD TRACK. ATTACH TO CARRIER CHANNEL z G NOTE: X , 'A °° M WALL STUDS W Q z ALL METAL FINISHES Q i #8 x 1/2" WAFER HEAD - • - - 5 Q O CEILING HEIGHT - M PER ELEVATIONS TECH SCREW, 18" O.C. CLIP ANGLE PER R.C.P. CARRIER CHANNEL � O O � i Q CONTINUOUS EXTRUDED2" EDGE ROUNDED NOSING - ° / / FLEXIBLE PRIMARY SEAL GWB TRANSITION TO ACT MATCH MOLDING TYP CLG SYSTEM. ° SPLAY WIRES, 2" MAXIMUM i FROM INTERSECTION PARALLEL O CARRIER i BRACING UP TO STRUCTURE i CHANNEL i - \ BLOCKING PAINT ALL FEATURES VISIBLE ABV. FIN. CLG. MATTE BLACK, !Z _O i PER FINISH SCHEDULE i CEILING JOIST U \ _ SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET ABV. CEILING - SOFFIT FINISH, oo z z ~ ~ z Of WOOD CEILING PANELS, INSTALL \ 14 REF PLANS AND FINISH p O w O Q PER MANF. RECOMMENDATIONS. SCHEDULE w w w U REF. SPECIFICATIONS - w a > _ STEEL CHANNEL \SCREW STRINGER (PER 3° CEILING_HEIGHT TRACK ATTTWO JOISTS TO CARRIER CHANNEL w LL Z) Q o o z w m of z z z -Ak - CEILING JOIST o O J J MANUFACTURER) PER R.C.P. PERPENDICULAR WALLS HOLD O °� > > p 2 3/4" TRIM PER MANUFACTURER > CD O O - O w CLEAR 1/2" AT OTHER WALLS U w z m m z mof CONTINUOUS EXTRUDED ALUMINUM RETAINER GWB TRANSITION TO WOOD Y w O w STEEL CHANNEL INSTRUCTIONS �- z SUPPORTS(PER \ PANEL CEILING IN COMMISSION U Z wp w w U w - COMPRESSION POST TABLE FOR TUBING & METAL STUD JOIST FRAMED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING NOTES: z p p w p , SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM MEETING ROOM w MANUFACTURER) CONT. PERIMETER DOWN LIGHT USE 1/2" DIAMETER EMT FOR MAXIMUM LEGNTH 2'-6" 1. HANGER WIRES SHALL BE NO. 8 a GALVANIZED WIRE AT 4'-0" O.0 = w w 0 w g 0c50»Ofp0 9 PAN STAIR LANDING 5 SEISMIC JOINT AT SUSPENDED CEILING GWB CEILING TRANSITIONS USE Vv DIAMETER EMT FOR MAXIMUM LENGTH 4'-0" & MAXIMUM A FROM ENDS. IF CEILING IS NON -ACCESSIBLE, NO. o- w O D < USE 1" DIAMETER EMT FOR MAXIMUM LENGTH 5'-6" 12ga WIRE MAY BE USED. a In Q - � U D Q USE 1-1/2" DIAMETER EMT FOR MAXIMUM LENGTH 8'-6" 2. MAIN RUNNERS SHALL BE 3-5/8" x25ga STEEL CHANNELS AT 4'-0" p M USE 1-5/8" x25ga METAL STUDS FOR MAXIMUM LENGTH T-2" O.C., UNPUNCHED z BRACING UP TO STRUCTURE USE DOUBLE 1-5/8" x25ga METAL STUDS, MAX. LENGTH 16'-0" 3. CARRIER CHANNELS SHALL BE 1-1/2" x16ga COLD -ROLLED STEEL USE DOUBLE 2-1/2" x25ga METAL STUDS, MAX. LENGTH 17'-0" CHANNELS AT 4'-0" O.C. AND MAXIMUM 8" FROM PERIMETER w o 0 0 0 0 0 0 USE DOUBLE 3-1/2" x25ga METAL STUDS, MAX. LENGTH 22'-8" WALLS. CLIP ANGLE ATTACHMENT TO TWO PARALLEL WALLS. N N N N N N cal BLOCKING AT TOP OF WALL Q Lo co N Lo L O AS REQUIRED. SECURE WALL BLOCKING AT CEILING LINE 4. CLIP ANGLES SHALL BE 1-1/4x 1-1/4" x25ga GALVANIZED STEEL, p N N O O N N CC CO O 00 TO STRUCTURE ABOVE BUILDING CODE FULL DEPTH OF JOIST. ATTACH TO JOIST AND CARRIER CHANNEL o O O O O o 1-1/2"0 PIPE HANDRAIL 3-5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING WITH PER IBC 2018 CHAPTER 25 USING 2-EACH, #10 S.M.S. 5/8" GYP. BD. FINISH PER SCHEDULE 5. HANGERS SHOULD BE SADDLE -TIED AROUND MAIN RUNNERS TO 600T125-043 W/ (2) # 10 DEVELOP THE FULL STRENGTH OF THE HANGERS. SCREWS TO EACH STUD & (2) 6. CROSS -FURRING SHOULD BE SADDLE -TIED TO THE MAIN #10 SCREWS TO EA. JOIST. SUSPENDED CEILING PER RUNNER WITH ONE STRAND OF NO. 16ga OR TWO STRANDS OF 10219 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NO. 18ga TIE WIRE. REGISTERED 7. MAIN RUNNERS SHOULD BE SPLICED BY LAPPING AND ARCHITECT INTERLOCKING FLANGES 12" MINIMUM AND TYING NEAR EACH END WITH DOUBLE LOOPS OF NO. 16ga WIRE. M 8. CROSS -FURRING SHOULD BE SPLICED BY LAPPING AND rvur-MIMMf-KUUMASKA GYPSUM BOARD CEILING, 6" BLOCKING AT CEILING LINE INTERLOCKING THE PIECES 8" MINIMUM AND TYING NEAREACH STATE OF WASHINGTON CEILING HEIGHT END WITH DOUBLE LOOPS OF NO. 16ga WIRE. METAL STUD CEILING JOISTS PER R.C.P. _ AT 12" O.C. FINISH PER FINISH 9. PROVIDE SPLAY BRACING AND COMPRESSION STRUT AT 12'-0" SCHEDULE. 2" EDGE MOLDING TYP O.C. AND MAXIMUM U-0" FROM ENDS. 11" TO MATCH SUSP. CLG. 10. LIGHT FIXTURES AND HVAC DIFFUSERS SHALL HAVE \ SYSTEM. INDEPENDENT SUPPORTS. 4" CLOSURE PLATE, WELD 11. AT MASONRY AND CONCRETE WALLS -PROVIDE METAL'F' PROJECT NO.: 20184 AND GRIND SMOOTH ; `,, CLG HEIGHT ` _ _ POSED GYP. _ CASING BEAD AND SEALANT PROJECT MGR.:M \ 1 � PAINT EX C 1„ ti PER PLAN BD.PT 3-5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING 12. ALL GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE 5/8" TYPE 'X' UNLESS NOTED RISER CLOSURE PLATE, WITH 5/8" GYP. BD. FINISH PER OTHERWISE. DRAWN BY: MG \ 1-1 SECURE TO FLOOR _- SCHEDULE 13. AT WET AREAS, TOILET ROOMS, AND JANITOR'S CLOSETS, USE 5/8" TYPE 'X' EXTERI RGYPSUM SHEATHIN CHECKED BY. KP WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLAN ,- r CEILING HEIGHT 14. DO NOT TIE WIRE HANGERS THROUGH JOIST "KNOCK -OUTS.' _-- STRINGER BRACKET PER R.C.P. LL MITERED OUTSIDE CORNER \ T.O. CONCRETE FLOOR 1" M.D.F. W/A GRADE FACE W/ WD-1 VENEER INTERIOR DETAILS LD APPLIED. SECURE TO WALL W/ Z-CLIPS OR `•" PROVIDE ALTERNATIVE FASTENING DETAIL c) NOTE: ALL METAL FINISHES FOR CONSIDERATION CD 20 PAN STAIR BASE PER ELEVATIONS *��B CEILING DETAIL METAL FRAMED SOFFIT TRANSITION $ METAL FRAMED SOFFIT TEEL JOIST FRAMED CEILING1'-017 1/2" = 1'-0" M JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. © 2023 4 CORNER GUARD PER A8 SHEET SERIES. TYP. ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS \I E Si2 BUILDING STRUCTURE, REF. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS E Si2 B INTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLY PER FLOOR PLAN COLUMN FURR AT INTERIOR WALL 3 1' - 6 1/2" 1 CORNER GUARD PER A8 E SHEET SERIES, TYPICAL S12 ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS 0 1 N E CD Si2 0 1 -= -Nm MA- A EXTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLY PER FLOOR PLAN BUILDING STRUCTURE, REF. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS COLUMN FURR AT EXTERIOR WALL Q EXTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLY PER FLOOR PLAN ^UILDING STRUCTURE, )EF. STRUCTURAL )RAWINGS ;ORNER GUARD PER A8 ;HEET SERIES, TYPICAL ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS COLUMN FURR AT EXTERIOR WALL 5 1' - 6 3/8" CORNER GUARD PER A8 E SHEET SERIES, TYPICAL S12 ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS \ 0 1 E Si2 BUILDING STRUCTURE, REF. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS EXTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLY PER FLOOR PLAN COLUMN FURR AT EXTERIOR WALL 1/2" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" �`'� 1 /2" = 1'-0" �"� 1 /2" = 1'-0" Q CORNER GUARD PER A8 E SHEET SERIES, TYPICAL Sit ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS 0 1 E v Si2 00 0 1 E BUILDING STRUCTURE, Si2 REF. STRUCTURAL 0 1 DRAWINGS 1' - 6 1/2" COLUMN FURR AT INTERIOR WALL CORNER GUARD PER A8 SHEET SERIES, TYPICAL ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS BUILDING STRUCTURE, REF. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS COLUMN FURR AT INTERIOR WALL EXTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLY PER FLOOR P' ^ "' BUILDING STRUCTI REF.STRUCTL D RAW I C CORNER GUARD PE SHEET SERIES, TYP ALL OUTSIDE CORN Q COLUMN FURR AT EXTERIOR WALL 5 A Si6 E Si2 BUILDING STRUCTURE, REF. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS B Se6 2 EXTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLY PER FLOOR PLAN BUILDING STRUCTURE, REF. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS Se6 -- 1 Se6 -- .2 COLUMN FURR AT EXTERIOR WALL EXTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLY PER FLOOR PLAN —'NG STRUCTURE, TRUCTURAL NGS D N ♦ =R GUARD PER A8 Si2 SHEET SERIES, TYPICAL ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS 0 1 3' - 11 3/4" COLUMN FURR AT EXTERIOR WALL Q — BUILDING STRUCTURE, EXTERIOR WALL % REF. STRUCTURAL ASSEMBLY PER DRAWINGS FLOOR PLAN '51 1 1 111 1 Till==771 D E E Si2 Si2 N 0 1 0 1 CORNER GUARD PER A8 SHEET SERIES, TYPICAL ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS 10 1 /4" 10 1 /4" COLUMN FURR AT EXTERIOR WALL 1/2" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" O g E co Si2 0 1 CORNER GUARD PER A8 SHEET SERIES, TYPICAL E ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS Si2 BUILDING STRUCTURE, 0 1 REF. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 1' - 6 1/2" COLUMN FURR AT INTERIOR WALL w rn N co co N O N O BUILDING STRUCTURE, 1' - 6 1/2" REF. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS E Si2 0 1 CORNER GUARD PER A8 E SHEET SERIES, TYPICALI Si2 0 1 � ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS COLUMN FURR AT INTERIOR WALL EXTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLY PER FLOOR PLAN BUILDING STRUCTURE, REF. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS Sit 0 1 CORNER GUARD PER A8 SHEET SERIES, TYPICAL ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS T - 4 3/8" COLUMN FURR AT EXTERIOR WALL BUILDING STRUCTURE, REF. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 1' - 6" EXTERIOR WALL E ASSEMBLY PER Sit FLOOR PLAN 0 1 BUILDING STRUCTURE, E REF. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS N E E - E N E Si2 Si2 EXTERIOR WALL Si2 0 1 co S12 ASSEMBLY PER 0 1 0 1 0 1 FLOOR PLAN CD) A D E CORNER GUARD PER Si2 — CORNER GUARD A8 SHEET SERIES, PER A8 SHEET TYPICAL ALL SERIES, TYPICAL ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS 4'- 0 3/4" OUTSIDE CORNERS COLUMN FURR AT EXTERIOR WALL COLUMN FURR AT EXTERIOR WALL 1/2" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 4 O BUILDING STRUCTURE, REF. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS IA �--. 7 ----4 --(: C E C°F Si2 0 1 CORNER GUARD PER A8 SHEET E SERIES, TYPICAL Si2 ALL OUTSIDE 0 1 CORNERS 4'- 2 1/2" COLUMN FURR AT INTERIOR WALL 1 V-6" BUILDING STRUCTURE, REF. E STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS Si2 CORNER GUARD PER A8 SHEET 0 1 SERIES, TYPICAL ALL OUTSIDE EXTERIOR WALL CORNERS ASSEMBLY PER FLOOR PLAN E Si2 �I 0 1 N C COLUMN FURR AT EXTERIOR WALL EXTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLY PER FLOOR PLAN Q E D E Si2 0 1 1' - 6 3/8" COLUMN FURR AT EXTERIOR WALL c M E Si2 i r 0 JACKSON MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM U) 0 Z 0 0 N 5 0 w w�a' LL � o -1Q Q Q ~ z�0 C O ui Jcy)0 U c� 111 U) 0 Z (D 0 Z U) o 2 � 0 J �� wQ� o w D p�Q C) J �..� 0ZU�0 M W Q < F-- z 00 Oa� Q � �Qw w w C� z F a I_Z z0 z 0 Qwxx� U) �www� �2Ewa> j U o 0 CD x cox z z o 0 Z LL � U) co o o w z m m Z m 0- YWof�0ofof �00-00 Q' w lL lL U LL lL ��000w Oc5U»OfZ)D IYw coU)Ococo d o Q cn cn U L T) O It z 04 04 N N M N N N N N N N w N_ N_ N N N N N Q In Co N Lo Lo '�t O p N N O O N -- N M CD O ot M 0 0 0 O O O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT cf%IIMM t'KUUMASKA STATE OF WASHINGTOM PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MC CHECKED BY: KP COLUMN FURR DETAILS A801 JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. © 2023 M 1/2" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 7 D_ CD c? k'') IZT N CD N CD cY) sS r,e�w QMV CV,.v us Classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc to UL 1479 and CANUC-5115 System No. W-L-1054 ANSIIUL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings -1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 and F Ratings - 1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 and 3) 3) T Rating - 0 Hr FT Rating - 0 Hr L Rating at Ambient - Less Than 1 FH Ratings -1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 and CFM/sq ft 3) L Rating at 400 F - Less Than 1 CFM/sq FTH Rating - 0 Hr It L Rating at Ambient - Less Than 1 CFM/sq It L Ratin at 400 F - L Than 1 CFMlsq 1A ft FA 3 1. Wall Assembly - The 1 or 2 hr fire -rated gypsum wallboardlstud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300 or U400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs -Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumber spaced 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel studs to be min 2-1,2 in. (64 mm) wide and spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. When steel studs are used and the diem of opening exceeds the width of stud cavity, the opening shall be framed on all sides using lengths of steel stud installed between the vertical studs and screw -attached to the steel studs at each end. The framed opening in the wall shall be 4 to 6 in. (102 to 152 mm) wider and 4 to 6 in. (102 to 152 mm) higher than the diem of the penetrating item such that, when the penetrating item is installed in the opening, a 2 to 3 in. (51 to 76 mm) clearance is present between the penetrating item and the framing on all four sides. B. Gypsum Board' - 518 in, (16 mm) thick, 4 It (122 cm) wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum board type, thickness, number of layers, fastener type and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual U300 or U400 Series Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. Max diam of opening is 32-114 in. (819 mm) for steel stud walls. Max diem of opening is 14-1/2 in. (368 mm) for wood stud walls. The F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the fire rating of the wall assembly. LO 0 G Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I I ff�; MJ I Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti Firesto stems October 14,2ot5 p S Y Page: 1 of 2 System No. W-L-2078 00 N 3. Firestop Device* - Firestop Collar - Firestop collar shall be installed in accordance with the accompanying installation instructions. Collar to be installed and latched around the i and secured to both sides of the wall using the anchor hooks provided with the collar. Minimum two anchor pipe 9 P ( hooks for 1-112 and 2 in. 38 and 51 mm diem pipes, three anchor hooks for 3 and 4 in. 76 and 102 mm diem pipes, four anchor hooks for 6 in. ( ) PPe , ( ) PP . (152 mm) diem pipes, ten anchor hooks for 8 in. (203 mm) diem pipes and twelve anchor hooks for 10 in. (254 mm) diem pipes. The anchor hooks are to be secured to the surface of wall with 3/16 in. (4.8 mm) diem by 2.1/2 in. (64 mm) long steel toggle bolts along with washers. As an alternate for pipe sizes of nom 4 in, diem or less min No. b 1-1/2 in. 254 b 38 mm Ion drywall or laminate screws with min 3/4 in. 19 mm P P Y ( Y ) 9 My ( ) steel washers may be used. When the drywall or laminate screw is used, T Rating shall not exceed 1 hr. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC - CP 643 50/1.5"N, CP 643 63/2"N, CP 643 9013"N, CP 64311014"N, CP 643160I6"N, CP 644 200/8" andCP 644 250/10" Firestop Collars 4. Fill, Void or Cavity Material' -Sealant -(Not Shown) -Min 1/2 in. (13 mm) thickness of sealant applied within the annular space for nom 8 in. and 10 in. (203 and 254 mm) diem pipes, flush with each side of wall. Sealant in annular space is optional for max 6 in. (152 mm) diem pipes. A min 1/4 in. (6 mm) thickness of sealant is required within the annular space, flush with each side of wall, to attain the L Ratings for max 6 in. (152 mm) diem pipes. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC - FS-One Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. Hilti Firestop Systems & it U Classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. to UL 1479 Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. January 28, 2015 System No. W-L-3414 ANSI/UL1479 ASTM E814 ( ) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings - 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) F Ratings -1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) T Ratings - 0, 1/2, 1 and 2 Hr (See Item FT Ratings - 0, 1/2, 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 2) 2) L Rating at Ambient - Less than 1 FH Ratings -1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) CFM/Opening L Rating at 400 F - Less than 1 FTH Ratings - 0, '/2, 1 and'2 Hr (See Item CFM/Opening 2) L Rating at Ambient - Less than 1 1 CFM/Opening L Rating at 400 F - Less than 1 A 1B 21[ CFM/Opening 2 3 �A 3 Hilti Firestop Systems N SECTION A -A Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. October 14, 2015 2of2 J Page: 1 of 2 System No. W-L-1054 LO 0 3 2. Through -Penetrants - One metallic pipe, conduit or tubing to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space shall be min 0 in. to max 2-1/4 in. (57 mm). Pipe may be installed with continuous point contact. Pipe, conduit or tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. The following types and sizes of metallic pipes, conduits or tubing may be used: A. Steel Pipe - Nom 30 in. (762 mm) diem (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. B. Iron Pipe - Nom 30 in. (762 mm) diem (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe. C. Conduit - Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diem (or smaller) steel electrical metallic tubing or 6 in. (152 mm] . diem steel conduit. D. Copper Tubing - Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diem (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing. E. Copper Pipe - Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diem (or smaller) regular (or heavier) copper pipe. 3. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* - Sealant - Min 518 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall, At the point or continuous oonlect locations between pipe and wall, a min 112 in. (13 mm) diem bead of fill material shall be applied at the pipe wall interface on both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC - FS-One Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant ' Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. October 14, 2015 2of2 ,-IV No. W-L-2128 N F Rating -1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) Classified by T Rating - 0 Hr Underwriters Laboratories Inc. to UL 1479 1 �A 2 2 L.A 4 -Y - SECTION A -A 1. Wall Assembly -The 1 or 2 hr fire -rated sum wallboard/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the mannerspecified 9YP Y in the individual U300, U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs - Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumbers aced 16 in. 406 mm OC. Steel studs to be min 2-1/2 in. 64 mm wide ands aced max 24 in. 610 mm OC. B. Gypsum Board* - 5/8 in. (16 mm) thick, 4 ft (122 cm) wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum wallboard type, thickness, number of layers, fastener a and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design. Max diem of opening is 3-1/2 in. Y� IYP P 9 P 9 (89 mm). 2. Metallic Sleeve Optional - Nom 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) (or smaller) cylindrical sleeve fabricated from min 0.016 in. thick (28 gauge) galv sheet steel and havinga min 1-1/4 in. 32 mm la salon longitudinal seam. Length of sleeve to be installed flush with wall surfaces. ( ) P 9 9 9 3. Through Penetrants - One nonmetallic pipe installed within the firestop system.. Pipe may be installed at an angle not greater than 45 degrees from perpendicular. Pi to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. The space between pipe and periphery of opening shall be min P P Pe 9 Y PP Y P P P Pe P ry P 9 1/4 in. 6 mm to max 11/16 in. 17.5 mm . The following es and sizes of nonmetallic pipes may be used: ( ) ( ) 9 IYP P P Y A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe - Nom 2 in. (51 mm) diem (or smaller) Schedule 40 PVC pipe for use in closed (process or supply) or vented (drain, waste or vent) piping systems. B. Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Pipe - Nom 2 in. (51 mm) diem (or smaller) SDR13.5 CPVC pipe for use in closed (process or supply) piping systems. 4. Fill, Void or Cavity Materials* - Sealant - For 1 hr F Rating, min 5/8 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. For 2 hr F Rating, min 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) thickness of fill material applied within annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC - FS-ONE Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. I iiiiiiiiiiiiii� I I IIL-MMM Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti Firestop Systems January 26, 2015 System No. W-L-3414 M J 1. Wall Assembly -The 1 or 2 hr fire rated gypsum board/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified � in the individual U300, U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs - Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 in. (51 mm) by 4 in. (102 mm) lumber spaced 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel studs to be min 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) wide and spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. B. Gypsum Board* - 5/8 in. (16 mm) thick, 4 It (1219 cm) wide with square or tappered edges. The gypsum wallboard type, thickness, number of layers, fastener type and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design. Opening may be round, rectangular or irregular with a max diem or dimension of 1 in. (25 mm). The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed. 2. Cables - Single or tight bundle of cables to be installed within the opening. Aggregate cross -sectional area of cables in opening to have a visual fill of min 0% to max 100%. The annular space between the cable bundle and the periphery of the opening to be min 0 in. (point contact). Cables to be rigidly supported on both sides of the wall assembly. Any combination of the following types and sizes of cables may be used: A. Max 31C No. 8 AWG NM copper conductor cable (Romex) with PVC insulation and jacket. B. Max 71C-No.12 AWG copper conductor control cable with PVC or XLPE insulation and jacket. C. Max 100 pair No. 24 AWG (or smaller) copper conductor telecommunication cable with PVC or plenum rated insulation and jacketing. D. Max 4 pr No. 22 AWG (or smaller) Cat 5 or Cat 6 computer cables with PVC or plenum rated insulation and jacketing. E. Type RG/U coaxial cable with fluorinated ethylene or PVC insulation and jacketing having a max outside diameter of'% in. (13 mm). F. Max 24 fiber optic cable with polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or polyethylene (PE) jacket and insulation. G. Through Penetrating Product* - Max two copper conductor No. 18 AWG (or smaller) Power or Non -Power Limited Fire Alarm Cable with or without a jacket under a metal armor. AFC CABLE SYSTEMS INC H. Maximum 31C No. 10 AWG copper conductor metal -clad cable. The hourly T, FT and FTH Ratings of the firestop system are dependent on cable type and hourly wall rating as specified in Table below. Cable Type Hourly Wall Rating Hourly T, FT and FTH Rating None (Blank Opening) 1 and 2 1 and 2 A 1 and 2 1 and 2 B 1 0 2 112 C 1 0 2 1/2 D 1 and 2 1 and 2 E 1 and 2 1 and 2 F 1 and 2 1 and 2 G 1 and 2 1 and 2 H 1 and 2 1 and 2 3. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* -NomIJIJ mm alalm Dy J M I pu y Isc col one seam al radius. Paper- acker of disc to be removed and disc firmly pressed around the cable/cable bundle lapping nom 5 mm onto cables to completely cover opening and firmly pressed to lap onto the wall around periphery of opening. Disc seam to be firmly pressed and sealed tight, Disc to be installed at both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC - CFS-D 1" Firestop Cable Disc * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. = WE MJ Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. October 14, 2015 Page: 2 of 2 UssVUS System No. W-L-1389 C Classified by L;--- UnderivritersLaboraicire5. Inc. in UL 1479 and CANULC-s115QA II A 2 II II � I 3 2 II II I � 3 I I 1A A 1B SECTION A -A 1. Wall Assembly - The 1 or 2 hr fire -rated gypsum boardlstud wall assembly shall be constricted of the materials and in the manner described in the individual U400. V400 or W400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs - Wall framing shall consist of min 3-518 in. (92 mm) wide steel studs spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. B. Gypsum Board* - Thickness, type, number of layers and fasteners, as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design. Max height of opening is 3-V2 in. (89 mm). Max width of opening is 32 in. (813 mm). The hourly F, FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed. 2. Through Penetrants - Multiple pipes or conduits installed in single layer array within the firestop system. The annular space between the pipes and conduits and the edges of Ore opening shall be min 0 In. (0 mm, point contact) to max 1-318 in. (35 mm). The separation between pipes and conduits to be a min 0 in. (0 mm, point contact) to a max 1.1/4 in. (32 mm). Pipes and conduits to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. The following types and sizes of metallic pipes or conduits may be used: A. Steel Pipe - Nom 2 in. (51 mm) diem (or smaller) Schedule 5 (or heavier) steel pipe. B. Conduit - Nom 2 in. (51 ri diem (or smal ler) rigid steel conduit or steel electrical metallic tubing (EMT). 3. Fill Void or Cavity Materials* - Sealant- Min 518 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material installed to completely fill annular space between pipes, conduits and gypsum flush with each surface of wall. Min 112 In. (13 mm) diem bead of fill material applied to the through penelrantlwall interface at the pant contact locations on both sides of the wall. The 2 four F, FH Ratings apply only when FS-ONE Sealant is used. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC- Hilti CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant or FS-ONE Sealant, FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories. Inc. January 22, 2015 Hilti Firestop Systems ANSIlUL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings -1 and 2Hr (See Item land 3) F Ratings -1 and 2Hr (See Items 1 and 3) T Rating - 0 Hr FT Rating - 0 Hr FH Ratings - 1 and 2Hr (See Items 1 and 3) FTH Rating - 0 Hr 5S1P ��®� System No. W-L-3334 M M J Classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. to UL 1479 F`-i — 1A 4 40 0 -4-11 �F - ..; " - 1B 2 L.A 3 SECTION A -A 1. Wall Assembly - The 1, 2, 3 or 4 hr fire rated gypsum board/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner described within the individual U300, U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall incorporate the following construction features: A. Studs - Wall framing shall consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumber spaced max 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel studs to be min 2-1/2 in. (64 mm) wide and spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC for 1 and 2 hr wall assemblies. Steel Studs to be 3-5/8 in. (92 mm) for 3 and 4 hr wall assemblies. Steel studs to be min 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) wide when 3/4 in. (19 mm) thick gypsum board is used (see Item 1 B). B. Gypsum Board* - Nom 5/8 in. 16 mm thick sum board as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design. Alternate) for 1 and 2 YP ( ) 9YP P 9 Y� hr rated walls only, min one layer of nom 3/4 in. (19 mm) thick gypsum board on each side of wall as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design may be used. Opening in gypsum board to be max 2-1/2 in. (64 mm) diem for 2" device and max 4-1/2 in. (1 14 mm) diem for 4" device. The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are dependent upon the hourly rating of the wall in which it is installed. 2. Cables - Within the loading area for each firestop device, the cables may represent a 0 to 100 percent visual fill. Cables to be tightly bundled within the device and rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. Any combination of the following types of cables may be used: A. Max 100 pair No. 24 AWG (or smaller) copper conductor telecommunication cable with polyvinyl chloride (PVC) jacketing and insulation. B. Max 7/C No.12 AWG copper conductor control cable with PVC or XLPE jacket and insulation. C. Max 4/0 AWG Type RHH ground cable. D. Max 4 pr No. 22 AWG Cat 5 or Cat 6 computer cables. E. Max RG 61U coaxial cable with fluorinated ethylene insulation and jacketing. F. Fiber optic cable with polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or polyethylene (PE) jacket and insulation having a max diem of 1/2 in. (13 mm). Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of I . I = Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti FirestopSystems November20,2015 Page: 1 of 2 ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings - 1 2 3 and 4 Hr See Item 1 F Ratings - 1 2 3 and 4 Hr See Item 1 T Ratings - 0 1/2 1 1-1/2 2Hr See Items 2 and 3 FT Ratings - 0 1/2 1-1/2 and 2Hr See Items 2 and 3 L Rating At Ambient -See Item 2 FH Ratings - 1, 2, 3 and 4 Hr (See Item 1) L Ratings At 400 F -See Item 2 FTH Ratings - 0, 1/2, 1, 1-1/2, and 2Hr (See Items 2 and 3) L Rating At Ambient -See Item 2 L Ratings At 400 F -See Item 2 ��5� System No. W-L-5028 0 l( ) J Classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. to UL 1479 4 3 2 0 A� 4 1B 1A SECTION A -A 1. Wall Assembly - The 1 or 2 hr fire rated gypsum board/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300, U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs - Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumber spaced 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel studs to be min 2-1/2 in. (64 mm) wide and spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. B. Gypsum Board* - 5/8 in. (16 mm) thick, 4 ft (1.22 m) wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum board type, thickness, number of layers, fastener type and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design. Max diem of opening is 7-1/2 in. (191 mm). The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed. 2. Through Penetrants - One metallic pipe or tubing to be centered within the firestop system. Pipe or tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. The following types and sizes of metallic pipes or tubing may be used: A. Steel Pipe - Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diem (or smaller) Schedule 40 (or heavier) steel pipe. B. Copper Tubing - Nom 2 in. (51 mm) diem (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing. C. Copper Pipe - Nom 2 in. (51 mm) diem (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. = WE MJ Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti FirestopSystems January27,2015 Y Page: 1 of 2 ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings -1 and 2Hr (See Item 1) F Ratings - 1 and 2Hr (See Item 1) T Ratings - 0, 3/4 and 1 Hr (See Item FT Ratings - 0, a/.and 1 Hr (See Item 3) 3) L Rating At Ambient- Less Than 1 FH Ratings - 1 and 2Hr (See Item 1) CFM/sq ft L Rating At 400 F -Less Than 1 FTH Ratings - 0, 3/4 and 1 Hr (See CFM/sq ft Item 3) L Rating At Ambient -Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft L Ratin 40 F ess Than 1 CFM/sq ft 4 3 rj�G System No. W-L-2078 N F Ratings -1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) J classified �' T Ratings - D, 1 and 2 Hr (See Items 2 and 3) _ Undernriters Laboretor- -r. to UL 1479 L Rating At Ambient - 3 CFMlsq ft L Rating At 400 F - Less Than 1 CFMlsq ft SECTION A -A 1. Wall Assembly - The fire -rated gypsum boardlstud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300, U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL fire Resistance Directory and shall include the construction features noted below, A. Studs - Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumber spaced max 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel studs to be min 2-112 in. (64 mm) wide and spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. B. Gypsum Board* - Nom 518 in. (16 mm) thick gypsum board, as specked in the individual Wall and Partition Design. Max diem of opening is 11-1/2 in. (292 mm). The hourly F Rating of the firestop system is equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed. 2. Through -Penetrants -One nonmetallic pipe, conduit or tubing to be installed within the firestop system. The annular space between pipe and periphery of opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 1/2 in. (13 mm). Pipe or conduit to be rigidly supported on both sides of the wall assembly. The following types and sizes of nonmetallic pipes may be used: A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe - Nom 10 in. (254 mm) diem (or smaller) Schedule 40 solid -core or cellular core PVC pipe for use in closed (process or supply) or vented (drain, waste or vent) piping system. B. Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Pipe - Nom 10 in. (254 mm) diam (or smaller) SDR13.5 CPVC pipe for use in closed (process or supply) piping systems. C. Acrylonihile Butadiene Styrene (ABS) Pipe - Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diem (or smaller) Schedule 40 solid -core or cellular core ABS pipe for use in dosed (process or supply) or vented (drain, waste or vent) piping systems D. Flame Retardant Polypropylene (FRPP) Pipe - Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diem (or smaller) Schedule 40 FRPP pipe for use in closed (process or supply) or vented (drain, waste or vent) piping system. E. Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF) Pipe - Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diem (or smaller) PVDF pipe for use inclosed (processor supply) or vented (drain, waste or vent) piping system. When max 6 in. diem pipe is used, T Rating is equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall. When nom 8 in. or 10 in. (203 or 254 mm) diem pipe is used, T Rating is 0 hr. Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti Firestop Systems January 28, 2015 P[age 1 oft System No. W-L-3334 ..it M M G. Max 201C No. 22 AWG shielded printer cable with PVC jacket. H. Through -Penetrating Product* - Two copper conductors No.18 AWG (or smaller) Power or Non Power Limited Fire Alarm Cable with or without a jacket under a metal armor. AFC CABLE SYSTEMS INC I. Max. 1/4 in. (6 mm) diameter S-Video Cable consisting of 2 max 24 AWG 75 ohm coax or twisted pair cable with PE insulation and PVC jacket. J. Max 31C No 12 AWG MC Cable. K. Through Penetrating Product' - Any cables, Armored Cable+ or Metal Clad Cable+ currently Classified under the Through Penetrating Product category. See Through Penetrating Product (XHLY) category in the Fire Resistance Directory for names of manufacturers. When the hourly rating of the wall assembly is 1 hr, the T, FT and FTH Ratings are 0 hr. When the hourly rating of the wall assembly is 2 hr, the T, FT and FTH Ratings are 1 hr except that, when Item 2J or 2K is used, the T, FT and FTH Ratings are 1/2 hr. When the hourly rating of the wall assemblyis 3 or 4 hr, the T FT and FTH Ratings are 1-1/2 and 2 hr, respectively. 9 � L Ratings apply only when device flanges are used. L Ratings vary depending on whether the gasketing material (see Item 3) or the sealant (Item 4) is used. See Table below for L Ratings. Max Cable Cable L Rating, CFM/Sq Ft L Rating, CFM Type Fill Ambient 400"F Ambient 400"F Sealant Gasket Sealant Gasket Sealant Gasket Sealant Gasket 0 Less 1 0 Less 2 7 Less than Less Less than Less than 1 than 1 1 than 1 1 than 1 100% Item 2D only 4.9 4.9 1.3 3.5 Less than Less Less than Less 1 than 1I 1 than 1 .t@@W An cpbl 1 em 2 .in De ce nsists 62 rruga� eel tube 9/0 n inndrlpl is housinl,21 umescent erial dng9,.tiv ted innel instructions. As an option, the inner fabric seal may remain open except that, to attain the L Rating, the inner fabric seal shall be twisted to completely close off the opening within device. Device slid into wall such that endsproject an a ual distance from the approximate centerline of P Y P 9 q PP the wall assembly. The annular space between the device and theperipheryof the o opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact). Device provided with Y P P 9 (P ) flanges that are spun clockwise onto device threads, over gasketing material butting tightly to both sides of wall. As an alternate to gasket 3 ' material sealant Item 4 may be used. Device flanges are optional, except that when /. In. 19 mm sum board see Item 1 B Is used device ( ) Y 9 p( ) gypsum ( ) flanges shall be used and for 3 and 4 hr fire rating, device flanges shall be used. When the device flanges are not used, the T, FT and FTH Ratings for the firestop system are 0 hr. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS DIV OF HILTI INC - CP 653 and CP 653 BA 2"Seed Sleeve CP 653 and CP 653 BA 4"Seed Sleeve P P 4. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* - Sealant - As an alternate to gasket material (see Item 3), min 1/2 in. (13 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus between firestopdevice and wall flush with both surfaces of wall and an additional 114 in. 6 mm bead applied around ( ) PP periphery of device. When device flanges are used, gypsum drywall compound may be used in place of the fill material. Sealant is required when device flanges are not used (see Item 3). HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC - FS-ONE, FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant, or CP 606 Sealant * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. +Bearing the UL Listing Mark I,IIIIIIIIIIIII, I r mL7. M Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. November 20, 2015 System No. W-L-5028 2of2 co LO J 3. Tube Insulation - Plastics+- Min 1/2 in. (13 mm) to max 1 in. (25 mm) thick acrylonitrile butadiene/polyvinyl chloride (AB/PVC) flexible foam furnished in the form of tubing. An annular space of min 0 in. (point contact) to max 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) is required within the firestop system. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 1 hr when the 1 in. (25 mm) thick tube insulation is used and 3/4 hr when the 3/4 in. (19 mm) thick tube insulation is used. When tube insulation thickness is less than 3/4 in. (19 mm), the T, FT and FTH Ratings are 0 Hr. See Plastics+ (QMFZ2) category in the Recognized Component Directory for names of manufacturers. Any Recognized Component tube insulation material meeting the above specifications and having a UL 94 Flammability Classification of 94-5VA may be used. 4. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* - Sealant- Min 5/8 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. At the point contact location between pipe covering and gypsum board, a min 1/2 in. (13 mm) diem bead of fill material shall be applied at the pipe ooveringlgypsum board interface on both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC - FS-ONE Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. E-0 "J Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. January 27, 2015 Page: 2 of 2 SHEET NOTES: 1. REFER TO THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIRESTOPPING. a. 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING b. 0784 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING c. 07 84 43 JOINTS FIRESTOPPING d. 22 00 00 PLUMBING e. 23 00 00 HVAC f. 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL g. 27 05 37 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS FOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS, REFER TO QUALITY CONTROL PORTION OF THE SPECIFICATION. 2. DETAILS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL DETAILS. ALWAYS REFER TO THE LISTED SYSTEM DETAIL FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. IF FIELD CONDITIONS DO NOT MATCH REQUIREMENTS OF DETAILS, APPROVED ALTERNATE DETAILS SHALL BE UTILIZED. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS, FIELD CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS NEED TO BE VERIFIED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE DETAILS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: - FIRE RATING (F-RATING) - TEMPERATURE RATING (T-RATING) - LEAKAGE RATING (L-RATING) - WATER RATING (W-RATING) - ANNULAR SPACE - PERCENT FILL - MOVEMENT - TYPE AND THICKNESS OF FIRE -RATED CONSTRUCTION 3. IF ALTERNATE DETAILS MATCHING THE FIELD DESCRIPTION ARE NOT AVAILABLE, MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT DRAWINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ). CONTACT HILTI INC. FOR ALTERNATIVE SYSTEMS OR ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT (800-897-8000). DRAWINGS SHALL FOLLOW THE INTERNATIONAL FIRESTOP COUNCIL (IFC) GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATIONG FIRESTOP SYSTEMS ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS. 4. REFERENCES: - 2017 UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY COLUMES 1 & 2. - NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE - NFPA 70 -NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE - ALL GOVERNING LOCAL AND REGIONAL BUILDING CODES. 5. FIRESTOP SYSTEM INSTALLATION MUST MEET REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM E-814 (UL1479) TESTED ASSEMBLIES THAT PROVIDE A FIRE RATING EQUAL OR GREATER TO THAT OF CONSTRUCTION BEING GENERATED. 6. ALL RATED THROUGH -PENETRATION ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PROMINENTLY LABELED WITH A HILTI FIRESTOP LABEL EQUIPPED WITH A QR CODE WITH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: WARNING! -DO NOT DISTURB THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM - UL SYSTEM #' PRODUCT(S) USED - HOURLY RATING (F-RATING) - INSTALLATION DATE - CONTRACTOR'S NAME 7. FOR OUTLET BOXES REQUIRING PROTECTION, USE ONLY WALL OPENING PROTECTIVE MATERIALS, CATEGORY CLIV AS CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES, FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY (VOLUME 1). CURRENT AS OF NOVEMBER 19, 2017. SYSTEM DETAILS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. W-L-1054 METAL PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-1389 MULTIPLE METAL PIPES THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-2078 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-2128 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-3334 CABLE BUNDLE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-3414 CABLE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-5028 PLASTIC PIPE WITH AB/PVC INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-5029 METAL PIPE WITH GLASS FIBER OR CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7042 METAL DUCT (WITHOUT DAMPER) THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7155 METAL DUCT THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7156 METAL DUCT WITH GLASS FIBER INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-8079 MULTIPLE PENETRATIONS THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) CLIV-76 MEMBRANE PENETRATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR F-A-2025 IPLASTIC PIPE THROUGH CONCRETE FLOOR (2-HR) JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM U 0 Z 0 N 5 G Q 00 0 w�� W � J Q LL C) Q 0 Q0�Cn Q 0 I C G 0 Z Z Z < 0 O w JCO CO0 0— UcW U) 0 Z (D 0 Z c) o N Fnco J W Q W 5 p�Q 0 J U_ 0 M W Q </ 0L f ^- v - Z �--- U2 Itl Z M I..L 5 G � Q 0 00N7- 0 L.L 11, 2 0 0- Q 0- 'cl- LU Z O Z _ 0_ fin > E 0 W X C/) I11 L: g 0 by LU 0- Of O LL 0 W 0 U) U) O Z lit W co N o QN 0 o M 0 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT I�� 44�� rwt cr%IIVM VKLJUHASKA STATE OF WASHINGTON PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MC CHECKED BY: KP DETAILS A9mOO JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. © 2023 I-V System No. W-L-5029 0 J Classified by � Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. to UL 1479 4 -- 2 - Z] LA � 5 SECTION A -A 1. Wall Assembly — The 1, 2 or 3 hr fire -rated gypsum board/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300, U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs — Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumber spaced 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel studs to be min 2-1/2 in. (64 mm) wide for 1 and 2 hr F and FH rating and 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) wide for 3 hr F and FH rating and spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. B. Gypsum Board' — Min 518 in. (16 mm) thick with square or tapered edges. The gypsum board type, thickness, number of layers, fastener type and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design. Max diam of opening is 18-5/8 in. (473 mm). The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed. 2. Through Penetrants — One metallic pipe or tubing to be installed within the firestop system. Pipe or tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. The following types and sizes of metallic pipes or tubing may be used: A. Steel Pipe — Nom 12 in. (305 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. B. Iron Pipe — Nom 12 in. (305 mm) diam (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe. C. Copper Tubing — Nom 6 in. 152 mm diam or smaller T L or heavier copper tubing. When the hourly F or FH Rating of the firestop PP 9 ( ) ( ) Type ( ) PP 9 Y 9 P system is 3 hr, the nom diam of copper tube shall not exceed 4 in. (102 mm). D. Copper Pipe — Nom 6 in. 152 mm diam or smaller Regular or heavier copper pipe. When the hourly F or FH Rating of the firestop PP P ( ) ( ) 9 ( ) PP P P Y 9 P system is 3 hr, the nom diam of copper pipe shall not exceed 4 in. (102 mm). Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti FirestopSystems March30,2015 Y Page: 1 of 2 ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings —1, 2 and 3 Hr (See Items 1, 3 F Ratings — 1, 2 and 3 Hr (See Items 1, 3 and 4) and 4) T Ratings — 0, 1/2, 1 and 1-1/4 Hr (See FT Ratings — 0, 1/2, 1 and 1-1/4 Hr (See Item 3) Item 3) L Rating At Ambient — 4 CFM/Sq Ft FH Ratings —1, 2 and 3 Hr (See Items 1, 2 and 4) L Rating At 400 F —Less Than 1 CFM/Sq FTH Ratings — 0, 1/2, 1 and 1-1/4 Hr Ft (See Item 3) L Rating At Ambient — 4 CFM/Sq Ft �A L Rating A ass 1 CFM/Sq 3 Ft 3 System No. W-L-7155 2A1. Through-Pentrating Product* —As an alterate to Item 2. Fiber cement with galvanized steel facing, 3/8 in.(10 mm) thick composite metallic duct with a max cross -sectional area of 43.0 s ft 4 m2 and a max individual dimension of 78 3/4 in. 2 m). Duct to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system such that the annular space is min 0 in. (point contact to max 2 in. 51 mm . Duct to be Y Y P Y P (P ) ( ) rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. Refer to Ventilation Duct Assemblies in Vol. 2 of the Fire Resistance Directory. 9 Y PP Y ry DURASYSTEMS BARRIERS INC — Type DuraDuct HP. YP 2A2. Through-Pentrating Product* — As an alternate to Item 2. Fiber cement with galvanized steel facing,1/4 in. (6 mm) thick, with a max cross -sectional area of 1764 sq in. (1.14 m2), and a max individual dimension of 42 in. (1067 mm). Duct to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system such that the annular space is min 0 in. (point contact) to max 2 in. (51 mm). Duct to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly and installed in accordance. Refer to Ventilation Duct Assemblies in Vol. 2 of the Fire Resistance Directory. DURASYSTEMS BARRIERS INC — Type DuraDuct SD. 2A3. Through-Pentrating Product* — As an alternate to Item 2. Galvanized steel faced duct panel, with a max cross -sectional area of 2450 sq in. (1.58 m2), and a max individual dimension of 49-1/2 in. (1258 mm) Duct to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system such that the annular space is min 0 in. (point contact) to max 2 in. (51 mm). Duct to be rigidly supported on both sides wall assembly. Refer to Ventilation Duct Assemblies in Vol. 2 of the Fire Resistance Directory. DURASYSTEMS BARRIERS INC — Type DuraDuct GNX. 3 Firestop System — The firestop system shall consist of the following: A. Packing Material — (Optional, Not Shown) — Polyethylene backer rod, mineral wool batt insulation or fiberglass batt insulation friction fitted into annular space. Packing material to be recessed from both surfaces of wall to accommodate the required thickness of fill material. P 9 eq Al. Packing Material — Required as specified in Table below. Min 3-3/4 in. (95 mm) or 5 in. (1 27 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kglm3) mineral wool batt insulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form for 1 and 2 hr rated assemblies, respectively. Packing material to be recessed from both surfaces of wall to accommodate the required thickness of fill material. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* — Sealant — Min 5/8 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. Min 114 in. (6 mm) diam bead of fill material shall be applied at the point contact location between the steel duct and the gypsum board. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — CFS-S SIL GG Sealant, FS-ONE Sealant, FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant or CP606 Flexible Firestop Sealant C. Steel Retaining Angles — Min No. 16 gauge galv steel angles sized to lap steel duct a min of 2 in. (51 mm) and to lap wall surfaces a min of 1 in. (25 mm). When max duct dimension does not exceed 48 in. (122 cm) and duct area does not exceed 1300 in2 (8387 cm2), angles may be min No. 18 gauge galv steel. Angles attached to steel duct on both sides of wall with min No.10 by 1/2 in. (13 mm) long steel sheet metal screws located a max of 1 in. (25 mm) from each end of steel duct and spaced a max of 6 in. (152 mm) OC. Steel angles are optional for those sides of duct that do not exceed the dimension specified in Table below, dependent on packing material, sealant and annular space as specified. Angle Max (Item Duct Duct Packing 3C) imensio Thickness Annular Space Material Required 24 ga or 1/2 in. min to 1 in. Item 3A1 No 24 in. heavier max (610 (13 to 25 mm) mm) * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti FirestopSystems January27,2015 Y Page: 2 of 2 �`; / System No. W-L-8079 L3-: Classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. to UL 1479 4 A� 5A1 56 5A1 5A 1B 56 �— -- 2 q rZ 2 ".7e "*� 5B 56 A� b SECTION A -A System tested with a pressure differential of 2.5 Pa between the exposed and the unexposed surfaces with the higher pressure on the exposed side. 1. Wall Assembly — The 1 or 2 hr fire rated gypsum board/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300, U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs — Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or channel shaped steel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumber spaced max 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel studs to be min 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) wide and spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. When Item 5A1 is not used, additional framing members (not shown) shall be installed to frame the periphery of the wall opening. When the additional framing members are used to frame the opening, the hourly T, FT and FTH Ratings of the firestop system are 0 hr. B. Gypsum Board* — 5/8 in. (16 mm) thick with square or tapered edges. The gypsum board type, thickness, number of layers, fastener type and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual U300, U400 or V400 Wall and Partition Design. If the through penetrants are installed in a wood studigypsum board assembly, the max area of square, rectangular, or circular opening is 210 sq in. (1355 cm2) with max dimension of 14-1/2 in. (368 mm). If the through penetrants are installed in a steel stud/gypsum board assembly, max area of square, rectangular, or circular opening is 240 sq in. (1548 cm2) with max dimension of 20 in. (508 mm) wide. The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed. I I WE M Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti FirestopSystems April26,2017 Y Page: 1 of 3 CD ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) T Ratings — 0, 1/2, 3/4, 1-1/2 and 2 Hr (See FT Ratings — 0, 1/2, 3/4, 1-1/2 and 2 Hr (See Items 1, 2, 3 and 4) Items 1, 2, 3 and 4) FH Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) FTH Ratings — 0, 1/2, 3/4, 1-1/2 and 2 Hr (See Items 1, 2, 3 and 4) 2 D- N Cl) Cl) N CD N 0 Cl) System No. W-L-5029 3. Pipe Covering* —Nom 1, 1-1/2 or 2 in. (25, 38 or 51 mm) thick hollow cylindrical heavy density (min 3.5 pcf or 56 kglm3) glass fiber units jacketed on the outside with an all service jacket. Longitudinal joints sealed with metal fasteners or factory -applied self-sealing lap tape. Transverse joints secured with metal fasteners or with butt tape supplied with the product. For 1 and 2 hr F and FH Ratings, the annular space between insulated penetrant and periphery of opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 1-718 in. (48 mm). For 3 hr F and FH Ratings, the annular space shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 1-114 in. (32 mm). See Pipe and Equipment Covering —Materials (BRGU) category in the Building Material Directory for the names of manufacturers. Any pipe covering material meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index of 50 or less may be used. The hourly T, FT, FTH Ratings of the firestop system are 112 hr for 1 hr rated walls and 1 hr for 2 hr rated walls. For 3 hr rated walls, the hourly T, FT and FTH Ratings when steel and iron pipes are used are 1 hr. For 3 hr rated walls, the hourly T, FT and FTH Ratings when copper penetrants are used are 1-114 hr for 2 in. (51 mm) thick pipe covering and 0 hr for pipe covering thickness less than 2 in. (51 mm). 3A. Pipe Covering* — (Not Shown) — As an alternate to Item 3, max 2 in. (51 mm) thick cylindrical calcium silicate (min 14 pcf) units sized to the outside diam of the pipe or tube may be used. Pipe insulation secured with stainless steel bands or min 18 AWG stainless steel wire spaced max 12 in. (305 mm) OC. When the alternate pipe covering is used, the T and FT Rating shall be as specified in item 3 above. See Pipe and Equipment Covering —Materials (BRGU) category in the Building Materials Directory for names of manufacturers. Any pipe covering material meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index of 50 or less may be used. 4. Fill, Void or Cavity Material' —Sealant —For 1 and 2 hr F and FH Rating, min 518 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. For 3 hr F and FH Rating, min 1 in. (25 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. At the point contact location between pipe covering and gypsum board, a min 1l2 in. (13 mm) diam bead of fill material shall be applied at the pipe covering/gypsum board interface on both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-One Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant ' Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. March 30, 2015 L�: Classified rI ' a J 2of2 4&vSystem No. W-L-7156 by Underwriters Labo tories, Inc. to UL 1479 1A 4A 4C �A 4A 4B 3 3 4B — — — — 2 4C 1B A SECTION A -A 1. Wall Assembly —The 1 or 2 hr fire -rated gypsum board/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300, U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs — Wall framing shall consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumber spaced max 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel studs to be min 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) wide and spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. Additional framing members shall be used to completely frame around opening. B. Gypsum Board* —Min 518 in. (16 mm) thick, 4 ft (1.2 m) wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum board type, thickness, number of layers and orientation shall be as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design. Max size of opening is 210 sq in. (1355 cm2) with a max width of 14-112 in. (368 mm) for wood studs. Max size of opening is 76.2 sq ft. (7 m2) with a max width of 105-112 in. (2.7 m) for steel studs. The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall in which it is installed. 2. Steel Duct —Max 100 by 100 in. (2.5 by 2.5 m) steel duct to be installed within the framed opening. The duct shall be constructed and reinforced in accordance with SMACNA construction standards. Steel duct to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. I . I I != Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti Firestop Systems January 27, 2015 Page: 1 of 2Im T Rating ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) — 0 Hr FT Ratin 9 — 0 Hr FH Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) FTH Rating — 0 Hr to System No. W-L-8079 2. Through -Penetrant —One or more pipes, conduit or tubes to be installed within the opening. The total number of through -penetrants is dependent on the size of the opening and the types and sizes of the penetrants. Any combination of the penetrants described below maybe used provided that the following parameters relative to the annular spaces and the spacing between the through penetrants are maintained. The separation between the penetrants shall be min 1 in. (25 mm) to max 20 in. (508mm). The annular space between penetrants and the periphery of opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 20 in. (508 mm). Pipes, conduit or tubes to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. The following types and sizes of pipes, conduit or tubes may be used. A. Copper Tubing —Nom 3 in. (76 mm) diam (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tube. B. Copper Pipe —Nom 3 in. (76 mm) diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. C. Steel Pipe —Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. D. Iron Pipe —Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe. E. Conduit —Nom 3 in. (76 mm) diam (or smaller) electric metallic tubing (EMT) or rigid steel conduit. F. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe —Nom 2 in. (51 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 cellular or solid core PVC pipe for use in closed (process or supply) or vented (drain, waste, or vent) piping systems. G. Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Pipe —Nom 2 in. (51 mm) diam (or smaller) SDR 13.5 CPVC pipe for use in closed (processor supply) piping systems. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 0 Hr if bare pipe and tubing is used. 3. Pipe Insulation — One or more metallic penetrants (pipe or tubing) maybe insulated with the following types of pipe coverings: A. Pipe Covering' —Min 1 in. (25 mm) to max 2 in. (51 mm) thick hollow cylindrical heavy density min 3.5 pcf (56 kg/m3) glass fiber units jacketed on the outside with an all service jacket. Longitudinal joints sealed with metal fasteners or factory -applied self-sealing lap tape. Transverse joints secured with metal fasteners or with butt tape supplied with the product. See Pipe and Equipment Covering -Materials (BRGU) category in the Building Materials Directory for names of manufacturers. Any pipe covering material meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index of 50 or less may be used. B. Tube Insulation -Plastics+ — Min 1/2 in. (13 mm) to max 3l4 in. (19 mm) thick acrylonitrile butadienelpolyvinyl chloride (AB/PVC) flexible foam furnished in the form of tubing. See Plastics+ (OMFZ2) category in the Plastics Recognized Component Directory for names of manufacturers. Any Recognized Component tube insulation material meeting the above specifications and having a UL 94 Flammability Classification of 94-5VA may be used. The annular space between the insulated penetrants and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (0 mm, point contact) The separation between the insulated penetrants and the other penetrants shall be a min 1 in. (25 mm). The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 1-112 hour if Item 3B is used. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 2 hr if Item 3A is used. Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. April 26, 2017 r'Y� - r. i January Page: 2 of 3 (J "NW �S�o System No. W-L-7042 0 J Classified by Underw ters laboratories, Inc. to UL 1479 A A 2 3 16 SECTION A -A 1. Wall Assembly —The 1 or 2 hr fire rated wallboard/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300, U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features. A. Studs —Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumber spaced 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel studs to be min 2-112 in. (64 mm) wide and spaced 24 in. (610 mm) OC. B. Gypsum Board' —For 1 hr assembly, one layer of min 518 in. (16 mm) thick wallboard as required in the individual Wall and Partition Design. For 2 hr assembly, two layers of min 5/8 in. If mm) thick wallboard as required in the individual Wall and Partition Design. Max diam of opening is 14-112 in. (368 mm) for wood stud walls and 21-3/4 in. (552 mm) for steel stud walls. The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed. 2. Through Penetrant — Galy steel duct to be installed concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between the duct and periphery of opening shall be 0 in. (0 mm, point contact) and max 1-1/2 in. (64 mm) Duct to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. A. Spiral Wound HVAC Duct —Nom 20 in. (502 mm) diam (or smaller) No. 24 MSG (or heavier) galv steel spriral wound duct. B. Sheet Metal Duct —Nom 12 in. (305 mm) diam (or smaller) No. 28 MSG (or heavier) galv sheet steel duct. � 3. Fill, Void or Cavity Material'ealant — Min 518 in. (16 mm) and 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) thickness of fill material applied within annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall assembly for 1 or 2 hr rated walls, respectively. At the point contact location between duct and wallboard, a min 112 in. (13 mm) diam bead of sealant shall be applied at the wallboard/duct interface on both surfaces of wall assembly. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC —CP601S Elastomeric Firestop Sealant, FS-ONE Sealant, FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant or CP606 Flexible Firestop Sealant `Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for'urisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification such as Canada 1 ( ) respectively. I 11111111111111111111111111111 I I E-0 ;I Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti Firestop Systems 27, 2015 ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings - 1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 F Ratings - 1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 and 3) and 3) T Rating - 0 Hr FT Rating - 0 Hr FH Ratings - 1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 and 3) 3 FTH Rating - System No. W-L-7156 J Certification 3. Batts and Blankets' —Nom 1-112 or 2 in. (38 or 51 mm) thick glass fiber batt or blanket (min 3/4 pcf or 12 kglm3) jacketed on the outside with a foil-scrim-kraft facing. Longitudinal and transverse joints sealed with aluminum foil tape. During the installation of the fill material, the ballor blanket shall be compressed minimum 50%such that the annular space within the f restop system shall be min 1l2 in. (13 mm) to max 2 in. (51 mm). See Batts and Blankets (BKNV) category in the Building Materials Directory for names of manufacturers. Any bat or blanket meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index 50 or less may be used. 4. Firestop System —The firestop system shall consist of the following: A. Packing Material —Min 3-5/8 (92 mm) or 4-718 in. (124 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kglm3) mineral wool batt insulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form for 1 or 2 hr fire -rated walls, respectively. Packing material to be recessed from both surfaces of wall to accommodate the required thickness of fill material. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material' —Sealant —Min 518 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-ONE Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant C. Steel Retaining Angles —Min No. 16 gauge (0.059 in. or 1.5 mm) galv steel angles sized to lap steel duct a min of 2 in. 51 mm) and lap wall surfaces a min of 1 in. (25 mm). Angles attached to steel duct on both sides of wall with min No. 10 steel sheet metal screws spaced a max of 1 in. (25 mm) from each end of steel duct and spaced a max of 6 in. (152 mm) OC. When max duct dimension does not exceed 48 in. (122 cm) and duct area does not exceed 1300 in2 (8387 cm2), angles may be min No. 18 gauge galv steel. Angles attached to steel duct on both sides of wall with min No. 10 by 1l2 in. (13 mm) long steel sheet metal screws located a max of 1 in. (25 mm) from each end of steel duct and spaced a max of 6 in. (152 mm) OC. When max 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) thick insulation is used, steel angles are optional for those sides of duct that do not exceed the dimension specified in Table below, dependent on packing material and annular space as specified. I iiiiiiiiiiiiiIi I I ELM 10i I Angle Max (Item Duct Duct Packing 3C) imensio Thickness Annular Space Material Required 24 ga or 1/2 in. min to 1 in. Item 3A1 No 24 in. heavier max (610 (13 to 25 mm) mm) 'Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL (such as Canada), respectively. Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. January 27, 2015CD System No. W-L-8079 2of2 4. Cables —One max 3 in. (76 mm) diam bundle of cables installed within the opening and rigidly supported on both surfaces of wall. The annular space between the tightly -bundled cables and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 20 in. (508 mm). The separation between the cable bundle and the other penetrants shall be min 1 in. (25 mm) to max 20 in. (508 mm). Any combination of the following types and sizes of cables may be used: A. Max 25 pair No. 24 AWG telephone cable with polyvinyl chloride (PVC) insulation and jacket. B. Max 7/C No. 12 AWG copper conductor power and control cable with PVC or cross -linked polyethylene (XLPE) insulation and PVC jacket. C. Multiple fiber optical communication cable jacketed with PVC and having a max outside diam of 112 in. (13 mm). D. Max 3/C No. 8 AWG with bare aluminum ground, PVC insulated steel Metal -Clad+ Cable currently Classified under the Through Penetrating Product' (XHLY) category. E. Max 31C with round No. 8 AWG or smaller nonmetallic sheathed Romex cable with PVC insulation and jacket materials. F. RGIU coaxial cable with polyethylene (PE) insulation and polyvinyl chloride (PVC) jacket having a max outside diam of 1l2 in. (13 mm). G. Max 314 in. (19 mm) diam copper ground cable with or without PVC jacket. H. Max 1-114in. (32 mm) Diam single or multi conductor mineral -insulated copper -clad cable. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 1/4 hr if cables D, G and H are used. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 3l4 Hr for any other combination. 4A. Through Penetrants — (Not shown) -Max six nom 1 in. (25 mm) diam (or smaller) flexible steel conduits to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between the conduits and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to a max 3 in. (76 mm). Conduits to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 0 Hr if this penetrant is used. 4B. Through Penetrants — (Not Shown) - Max twelve nom 3/8 in. (10 mm) diam (or smaller) polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pneumatic tubing for use in closed (process or supply) piping systems. Tubing to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between the tubing and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to a max 1 in. (25 mm). Tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall. 5. Firestop System —The firestop system shall consist of the following: A. Packing Material — In 2 hr fire rated wall assemblies, min 4-3/4 in. (121 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kglm3) mineral wool ballinsulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. In 1 hr fire rated wall assemblies, min 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kg/m3) mineral wool ballinsulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. Packing material recessed from both surfaces of the wall to accommodate the required thickness of fill material. Al. Packing Material —Min 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kglm3) mineral wool batt insulation firmly packed as a backer around the perimeter of opening as a permanent form. When additional framing members are used to frame the opening (see Item 1A), this packing material is optional. Packing material can be used in combination with the additional framing members. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* —Sealant —Min 518 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. At the point contact location between through penetrants and gypsum board, a min 112 in. (13 mm) diam bead of fill material shall be applied at the gypsum board/through penetrant interface on both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-ONE Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant `Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. +Bearing the UL Listing Mark # Bearing the UL Recognized Component Mark Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. April 26, 2017 Page: 3 of 3 �`�S�F, System No. W-L-7155 r— J Classified by �' Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. to UL 1419NJ I iv I I I 3C 3B �I— -- L— --�-- II II II II II I� �I I11 II I� �I II II II 2 LA SECTION A -A 1B 1. Wall Assembly —The 1 or 2 hr fire -rated gypsum wallboard/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner described in the individual U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall or Partition Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs —Wall framing shall consist of min 3-112 in. (89 mm) wide steel channel studs spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. Additional steel studs shall be used to completely frame the opening. B. Gypsum Board* — 5/8 in. (16 mm) thick, 4 ft (1.22 m) wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum board type, thickness, number of layers, fastener type and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. Max area of opening is 73.7 sq ft (6.85 m2) with a max dimension of 104 in. (2.64 m). The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed. 2. Steel Duct —Max 100 in. by 100 in. (2.5 by 2.5 m) galv steel duct to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The duct shall be constructed and reinforced in accordance with SMACNA construction standards. The space between the steel duct and periphery of opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 2 in. (51 mm). Steel duct to be rigidly supported on both sides of the wall assembly. I . I I E 110 Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti Firestop Systems January27,2015 Page: 1 of 2 ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) T Ratings — 0 Hr FT Ratings — 0 Hr L Rating at Ambient —Less Than 1 FH Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) CFM/sq ft L Rating at 400 F —Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft FTH Ratings-0 Hr L Rating at Ambient —Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft L Rating at 400 F —Less Than 1 CFM/s A 3B 1A SHEET NOTES: 1. REFER TO THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIRESTOPPING. a. 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING b. 07 84 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING c. 07 84 43 JOINTS FIRESTOPPING d. 22 00 00 PLUMBING e. 23 00 00 HVAC f. 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL g. 27 05 37 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS FOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS, REFER TO QUALITY CONTROL PORTION OF THE SPECIFICATION. 2. DETAILS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL DETAILS. ALWAYS REFER TO THE LISTED SYSTEM DETAIL FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. IF FIELD CONDITIONS DO NOT MATCH REQUIREMENTS OF DETAILS, APPROVED ALTERNATE DETAILS SHALL BE UTILIZED. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS, FIELD CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS NEED TO BE VERIFIED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE DETAILS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: • FIRE RATING (F-RATING) • TEMPERATURE RATING (T-RATING) • LEAKAGE RATING (L-RATING) • WATER RATING (W-RATING) • ANNULAR SPACE • PERCENT FILL • MOVEMENT • TYPE AND THICKNESS OF FIRE -RATED CONSTRUCTION 3. IF ALTERNATE DETAILS MATCHING THE FIELD DESCRIPTION ARE NOT AVAILABLE, MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT DRAWINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ). CONTACT HILTI INC. FOR ALTERNATIVE SYSTEMS OR ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT (800-897-8000). DRAWINGS SHALL FOLLOW THE INTERNATIONAL FIRESTOP COUNCIL (IFC) GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATIONG FIRESTOP SYSTEMS ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS. 4. REFERENCES: • 2017 UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY COLUMES 1 & 2. • NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE • NFPA 70 -NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE • ALL GOVERNING LOCAL AND REGIONAL BUILDING CODES. 5. FIRESTOP SYSTEM INSTALLATION MUST MEET REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM E-814 (UL1479) TESTED ASSEMBLIES THAT PROVIDE A FIRE RATING EQUAL OR GREATER TO THAT OF CONSTRUCTION BEING GENERATED. 6. ALL RATED THROUGH PENETRATION ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PROMINENTLY LABELED WITH A HILTI FIRESTOP LABEL EQUIPPED WITH A QR CODE WITH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: • WARNING! -DO NOT DISTURB THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM • UL SYSTEM #' PRODUCT(S) USED • HOURLY RATING (F-RATING) • INSTALLATION DATE • CONTRACTOR'S NAME 7. FOR OUTLET BOXES REQUIRING PROTECTION, USE ONLY WALL OPENING PROTECTIVE MATERIALS, CATEGORY CLIV AS CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES, FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY (VOLUME 1). CURRENT AS OF NOVEMBER 19, 2017. SYSTEM DETAILS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. 00 Z W-L-1054 METAL PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-1389 MULTIPLE METAL PIPES THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-2078 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-2128 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-3334 CABLE BUNDLE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-3414 CABLE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-5028 PLASTIC PIPE WITH AB/PVC INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-5029 METAL PIPE WITH GLASS FIBER OR CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7042 METAL DUCT (WITHOUT DAMPER) THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7155 METAL DUCT THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7156 METAL DUCT WITH GLASS FIBER INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-8079 MULTIPLE PENETRATIONS THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) CLIV-76 MEMBRANE PENETRATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR F-A-2025 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH CONCRETE FLOOR (2-HR) Of W 't JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM V, , I V J 0 Z O O 5 N G W 3:0)W � J Q Q C G z zC)0 Irl O J � Q a_Uc�iW V J ZV O VJ O Fn C, J p3:Q W 5 oJ3: 0U Z20 Irl Q Z O 0- Q 0- ,1- W Z Z O 0 w w w g o w o_ O ILL W O Z M N W N Q o 0 M O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT trwr cRrlvA P'KVGh1ASKA STATE OF WASHINGTOM PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MC CHECKED BY: KP DETAILS A9001 JACKSON MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. ©2023 System No. W-L-7155 2A1. Through-Pentrating Product* —As an alterate to Item 2. Fiber cement with galvanized steel facing, 3/8 in.(10 mm) thick composite metallic duct with a max cross -sectional area of 43.0 s ft 4 m2 and a max individual dimension of 78 3/4 in. 2 m). Duct to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system such that the annular space is min 0 in. (point contact to max 2 in. 51 mm . Duct to be Y Y P Y P (P ) ( ) rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. Refer to Ventilation Duct Assemblies in Vol. 2 of the Fire Resistance Directory. 9 Y PP Y ry DURASYSTEMS BARRIERS INC — Type DuraDuct HP. YP 2A2. Through-Pentrating Product* — As an alternate to Item 2. Fiber cement with galvanized steel facing,1/4 in. (6 mm) thick, with a max cross -sectional area of 1764 sq in. (1.14 m2), and a max individual dimension of 42 in. (1067 mm). Duct to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system such that the annular space is min 0 in. (point contact) to max 2 in. (51 mm). Duct to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly and installed in accordance. Refer to Ventilation Duct Assemblies in Vol. 2 of the Fire Resistance Directory. DURASYSTEMS BARRIERS INC — Type DuraDuct SD. 2A3. Through-Pentrating Product* — As an alternate to Item 2. Galvanized steel faced duct panel, with a max cross -sectional area of 2450 sq in. (1.58 m2), and a max individual dimension of 49-1/2 in. (1258 mm) Duct to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system such that the annular space is min 0 in. (point contact) to max 2 in. (51 mm). Duct to be rigidly supported on both sides wall assembly. Refer to Ventilation Duct Assemblies in Vol. 2 of the Fire Resistance Directory. DURASYSTEMS BARRIERS INC — Type DuraDuct GNX. 3 Firestop System — The firestop system shall consist of the following: A. Packing Material — (Optional, Not Shown) — Polyethylene backer rod, mineral wool batt insulation or fiberglass batt insulation friction fitted into annular space. Packing material to be recessed from both surfaces of wall to accommodate the required thickness of fill material. P 9 eq Al. Packing Material — Required as specified in Table below. Min 3-3/4 in. (95 mm) or 5 in. (1 27 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kglm3) mineral wool batt insulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form for 1 and 2 hr rated assemblies, respectively. Packing material to be recessed from both surfaces of wall to accommodate the required thickness of fill material. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* — Sealant — Min 5/8 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. Min 114 in. (6 mm) diam bead of fill material shall be applied at the point contact location between the steel duct and the gypsum board. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — CFS-S SIL GG Sealant, FS-ONE Sealant, FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant or CP606 Flexible Firestop Sealant C. Steel Retaining Angles — Min No. 16 gauge galv steel angles sized to lap steel duct a min of 2 in. (51 mm) and to lap wall surfaces a min of 1 in. (25 mm). When max duct dimension does not exceed 48 in. (122 cm) and duct area does not exceed 1300 in2 (8387 cm2), angles may be min No. 18 gauge galv steel. Angles attached to steel duct on both sides of wall with min No.10 by 1/2 in. (13 mm) long steel sheet metal screws located a max of 1 in. (25 mm) from each end of steel duct and spaced a max of 6 in. (152 mm) OC. Steel angles are optional for those sides of duct that do not exceed the dimension specified in Table below, dependent on packing material, sealant and annular space as specified. Angle Max (Item Duct Duct Packing 3C) imensio Thickness Annular Space Material Required 24 ga or 1/2 in. min to 1 in. Item 3A1 No 24 in. heavier max (610 (13 to 25 mm) mm) * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti FirestopSystems January27,2015 Y Page: 2 of 2 �`; / System No. W-L-8079 L3-: Classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. to UL 1479 4 A� 5A1 56 5A1 5A 1B 56 �— -- 2 q rZ 2 ".7e "*� 5B 56 A� b SECTION A -A System tested with a pressure differential of 2.5 Pa between the exposed and the unexposed surfaces with the higher pressure on the exposed side. 1. Wall Assembly — The 1 or 2 hr fire rated gypsum board/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300, U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs — Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or channel shaped steel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumber spaced max 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel studs to be min 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) wide and spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. When Item 5A1 is not used, additional framing members (not shown) shall be installed to frame the periphery of the wall opening. When the additional framing members are used to frame the opening, the hourly T, FT and FTH Ratings of the firestop system are 0 hr. B. Gypsum Board* — 5/8 in. (16 mm) thick with square or tapered edges. The gypsum board type, thickness, number of layers, fastener type and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual U300, U400 or V400 Wall and Partition Design. If the through penetrants are installed in a wood studigypsum board assembly, the max area of square, rectangular, or circular opening is 210 sq in. (1355 cm2) with max dimension of 14-1/2 in. (368 mm). If the through penetrants are installed in a steel stud/gypsum board assembly, max area of square, rectangular, or circular opening is 240 sq in. (1548 cm2) with max dimension of 20 in. (508 mm) wide. The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed. I I WE M Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti FirestopSystems April26,2017 Y Page: 1 of 3 CD ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) T Ratings — 0, 1/2, 3/4, 1-1/2 and 2 Hr (See FT Ratings — 0, 1/2, 3/4, 1-1/2 and 2 Hr (See Items 1, 2, 3 and 4) Items 1, 2, 3 and 4) FH Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) FTH Ratings — 0, 1/2, 3/4, 1-1/2 and 2 Hr (See Items 1, 2, 3 and 4) 2 D- N Cl) Cl) N CD N 0 Cl) System No. W-L-5029 3. Pipe Covering* —Nom 1, 1-1/2 or 2 in. (25, 38 or 51 mm) thick hollow cylindrical heavy density (min 3.5 pcf or 56 kglm3) glass fiber units jacketed on the outside with an all service jacket. Longitudinal joints sealed with metal fasteners or factory -applied self-sealing lap tape. Transverse joints secured with metal fasteners or with butt tape supplied with the product. For 1 and 2 hr F and FH Ratings, the annular space between insulated penetrant and periphery of opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 1-718 in. (48 mm). For 3 hr F and FH Ratings, the annular space shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 1-114 in. (32 mm). See Pipe and Equipment Covering —Materials (BRGU) category in the Building Material Directory for the names of manufacturers. Any pipe covering material meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index of 50 or less may be used. The hourly T, FT, FTH Ratings of the firestop system are 112 hr for 1 hr rated walls and 1 hr for 2 hr rated walls. For 3 hr rated walls, the hourly T, FT and FTH Ratings when steel and iron pipes are used are 1 hr. For 3 hr rated walls, the hourly T, FT and FTH Ratings when copper penetrants are used are 1-114 hr for 2 in. (51 mm) thick pipe covering and 0 hr for pipe covering thickness less than 2 in. (51 mm). 3A. Pipe Covering* — (Not Shown) — As an alternate to Item 3, max 2 in. (51 mm) thick cylindrical calcium silicate (min 14 pcf) units sized to the outside diam of the pipe or tube may be used. Pipe insulation secured with stainless steel bands or min 18 AWG stainless steel wire spaced max 12 in. (305 mm) OC. When the alternate pipe covering is used, the T and FT Rating shall be as specified in item 3 above. See Pipe and Equipment Covering —Materials (BRGU) category in the Building Materials Directory for names of manufacturers. Any pipe covering material meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index of 50 or less may be used. 4. Fill, Void or Cavity Material' —Sealant —For 1 and 2 hr F and FH Rating, min 518 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. For 3 hr F and FH Rating, min 1 in. (25 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. At the point contact location between pipe covering and gypsum board, a min 1l2 in. (13 mm) diam bead of fill material shall be applied at the pipe covering/gypsum board interface on both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-One Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant ' Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. March 30, 2015 L�: Classified rI ' a J 2of2 4&vSystem No. W-L-7156 by Underwriters Labo tories, Inc. to UL 1479 1A 4A 4C �A 4A 4B 3 3 4B — — — — 2 4C 1B A SECTION A -A 1. Wall Assembly —The 1 or 2 hr fire -rated gypsum board/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300, U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs — Wall framing shall consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumber spaced max 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel studs to be min 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) wide and spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. Additional framing members shall be used to completely frame around opening. B. Gypsum Board* —Min 518 in. (16 mm) thick, 4 ft (1.2 m) wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum board type, thickness, number of layers and orientation shall be as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design. Max size of opening is 210 sq in. (1355 cm2) with a max width of 14-112 in. (368 mm) for wood studs. Max size of opening is 76.2 sq ft. (7 m2) with a max width of 105-112 in. (2.7 m) for steel studs. The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall in which it is installed. 2. Steel Duct —Max 100 by 100 in. (2.5 by 2.5 m) steel duct to be installed within the framed opening. The duct shall be constructed and reinforced in accordance with SMACNA construction standards. Steel duct to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. I . I I != Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti Firestop Systems January 27, 2015 Page: 1 of 2Im T Rating ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) — 0 Hr FT Ratin 9 — 0 Hr FH Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) FTH Rating — 0 Hr to System No. W-L-8079 2. Through -Penetrant —One or more pipes, conduit or tubes to be installed within the opening. The total number of through -penetrants is dependent on the size of the opening and the types and sizes of the penetrants. Any combination of the penetrants described below maybe used provided that the following parameters relative to the annular spaces and the spacing between the through penetrants are maintained. The separation between the penetrants shall be min 1 in. (25 mm) to max 20 in. (508mm). The annular space between penetrants and the periphery of opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 20 in. (508 mm). Pipes, conduit or tubes to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. The following types and sizes of pipes, conduit or tubes may be used. A. Copper Tubing —Nom 3 in. (76 mm) diam (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tube. B. Copper Pipe —Nom 3 in. (76 mm) diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. C. Steel Pipe —Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. D. Iron Pipe —Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe. E. Conduit —Nom 3 in. (76 mm) diam (or smaller) electric metallic tubing (EMT) or rigid steel conduit. F. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe —Nom 2 in. (51 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 cellular or solid core PVC pipe for use in closed (process or supply) or vented (drain, waste, or vent) piping systems. G. Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Pipe —Nom 2 in. (51 mm) diam (or smaller) SDR 13.5 CPVC pipe for use in closed (processor supply) piping systems. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 0 Hr if bare pipe and tubing is used. 3. Pipe Insulation — One or more metallic penetrants (pipe or tubing) maybe insulated with the following types of pipe coverings: A. Pipe Covering' —Min 1 in. (25 mm) to max 2 in. (51 mm) thick hollow cylindrical heavy density min 3.5 pcf (56 kg/m3) glass fiber units jacketed on the outside with an all service jacket. Longitudinal joints sealed with metal fasteners or factory -applied self-sealing lap tape. Transverse joints secured with metal fasteners or with butt tape supplied with the product. See Pipe and Equipment Covering -Materials (BRGU) category in the Building Materials Directory for names of manufacturers. Any pipe covering material meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index of 50 or less may be used. B. Tube Insulation -Plastics+ — Min 1/2 in. (13 mm) to max 3l4 in. (19 mm) thick acrylonitrile butadienelpolyvinyl chloride (AB/PVC) flexible foam furnished in the form of tubing. See Plastics+ (OMFZ2) category in the Plastics Recognized Component Directory for names of manufacturers. Any Recognized Component tube insulation material meeting the above specifications and having a UL 94 Flammability Classification of 94-5VA may be used. The annular space between the insulated penetrants and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (0 mm, point contact) The separation between the insulated penetrants and the other penetrants shall be a min 1 in. (25 mm). The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 1-112 hour if Item 3B is used. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 2 hr if Item 3A is used. Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. April 26, 2017 r'Y� - r. i January Page: 2 of 3 (J "NW �S�o System No. W-L-7042 0 J Classified by Underw ters laboratories, Inc. to UL 1479 A A 2 3 16 SECTION A -A 1. Wall Assembly —The 1 or 2 hr fire rated wallboard/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300, U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features. A. Studs —Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumber spaced 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel studs to be min 2-112 in. (64 mm) wide and spaced 24 in. (610 mm) OC. B. Gypsum Board' —For 1 hr assembly, one layer of min 518 in. (16 mm) thick wallboard as required in the individual Wall and Partition Design. For 2 hr assembly, two layers of min 5/8 in. If mm) thick wallboard as required in the individual Wall and Partition Design. Max diam of opening is 14-112 in. (368 mm) for wood stud walls and 21-3/4 in. (552 mm) for steel stud walls. The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed. 2. Through Penetrant — Galy steel duct to be installed concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between the duct and periphery of opening shall be 0 in. (0 mm, point contact) and max 1-1/2 in. (64 mm) Duct to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. A. Spiral Wound HVAC Duct —Nom 20 in. (502 mm) diam (or smaller) No. 24 MSG (or heavier) galv steel spriral wound duct. B. Sheet Metal Duct —Nom 12 in. (305 mm) diam (or smaller) No. 28 MSG (or heavier) galv sheet steel duct. � 3. Fill, Void or Cavity Material'ealant — Min 518 in. (16 mm) and 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) thickness of fill material applied within annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall assembly for 1 or 2 hr rated walls, respectively. At the point contact location between duct and wallboard, a min 112 in. (13 mm) diam bead of sealant shall be applied at the wallboard/duct interface on both surfaces of wall assembly. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC —CP601S Elastomeric Firestop Sealant, FS-ONE Sealant, FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant or CP606 Flexible Firestop Sealant `Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for'urisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification such as Canada 1 ( ) respectively. I 11111111111111111111111111111 I I E-0 ;I Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti Firestop Systems 27, 2015 ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings - 1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 F Ratings - 1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 and 3) and 3) T Rating - 0 Hr FT Rating - 0 Hr FH Ratings - 1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 and 3) 3 FTH Rating - System No. W-L-7156 J Certification 3. Batts and Blankets' —Nom 1-112 or 2 in. (38 or 51 mm) thick glass fiber batt or blanket (min 3/4 pcf or 12 kglm3) jacketed on the outside with a foil-scrim-kraft facing. Longitudinal and transverse joints sealed with aluminum foil tape. During the installation of the fill material, the ballor blanket shall be compressed minimum 50%such that the annular space within the f restop system shall be min 1l2 in. (13 mm) to max 2 in. (51 mm). See Batts and Blankets (BKNV) category in the Building Materials Directory for names of manufacturers. Any bat or blanket meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index 50 or less may be used. 4. Firestop System —The firestop system shall consist of the following: A. Packing Material —Min 3-5/8 (92 mm) or 4-718 in. (124 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kglm3) mineral wool batt insulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form for 1 or 2 hr fire -rated walls, respectively. Packing material to be recessed from both surfaces of wall to accommodate the required thickness of fill material. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material' —Sealant —Min 518 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-ONE Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant C. Steel Retaining Angles —Min No. 16 gauge (0.059 in. or 1.5 mm) galv steel angles sized to lap steel duct a min of 2 in. 51 mm) and lap wall surfaces a min of 1 in. (25 mm). Angles attached to steel duct on both sides of wall with min No. 10 steel sheet metal screws spaced a max of 1 in. (25 mm) from each end of steel duct and spaced a max of 6 in. (152 mm) OC. When max duct dimension does not exceed 48 in. (122 cm) and duct area does not exceed 1300 in2 (8387 cm2), angles may be min No. 18 gauge galv steel. Angles attached to steel duct on both sides of wall with min No. 10 by 1l2 in. (13 mm) long steel sheet metal screws located a max of 1 in. (25 mm) from each end of steel duct and spaced a max of 6 in. (152 mm) OC. When max 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) thick insulation is used, steel angles are optional for those sides of duct that do not exceed the dimension specified in Table below, dependent on packing material and annular space as specified. I iiiiiiiiiiiiiIi I I ELM 10i I Angle Max (Item Duct Duct Packing 3C) imensio Thickness Annular Space Material Required 24 ga or 1/2 in. min to 1 in. Item 3A1 No 24 in. heavier max (610 (13 to 25 mm) mm) 'Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL (such as Canada), respectively. Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. January 27, 2015CD System No. W-L-8079 2of2 4. Cables —One max 3 in. (76 mm) diam bundle of cables installed within the opening and rigidly supported on both surfaces of wall. The annular space between the tightly -bundled cables and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 20 in. (508 mm). The separation between the cable bundle and the other penetrants shall be min 1 in. (25 mm) to max 20 in. (508 mm). Any combination of the following types and sizes of cables may be used: A. Max 25 pair No. 24 AWG telephone cable with polyvinyl chloride (PVC) insulation and jacket. B. Max 7/C No. 12 AWG copper conductor power and control cable with PVC or cross -linked polyethylene (XLPE) insulation and PVC jacket. C. Multiple fiber optical communication cable jacketed with PVC and having a max outside diam of 112 in. (13 mm). D. Max 3/C No. 8 AWG with bare aluminum ground, PVC insulated steel Metal -Clad+ Cable currently Classified under the Through Penetrating Product' (XHLY) category. E. Max 31C with round No. 8 AWG or smaller nonmetallic sheathed Romex cable with PVC insulation and jacket materials. F. RGIU coaxial cable with polyethylene (PE) insulation and polyvinyl chloride (PVC) jacket having a max outside diam of 1l2 in. (13 mm). G. Max 314 in. (19 mm) diam copper ground cable with or without PVC jacket. H. Max 1-114in. (32 mm) Diam single or multi conductor mineral -insulated copper -clad cable. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 1/4 hr if cables D, G and H are used. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 3l4 Hr for any other combination. 4A. Through Penetrants — (Not shown) -Max six nom 1 in. (25 mm) diam (or smaller) flexible steel conduits to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between the conduits and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to a max 3 in. (76 mm). Conduits to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 0 Hr if this penetrant is used. 4B. Through Penetrants — (Not Shown) - Max twelve nom 3/8 in. (10 mm) diam (or smaller) polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pneumatic tubing for use in closed (process or supply) piping systems. Tubing to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between the tubing and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to a max 1 in. (25 mm). Tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall. 5. Firestop System —The firestop system shall consist of the following: A. Packing Material — In 2 hr fire rated wall assemblies, min 4-3/4 in. (121 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kglm3) mineral wool ballinsulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. In 1 hr fire rated wall assemblies, min 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kg/m3) mineral wool ballinsulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. Packing material recessed from both surfaces of the wall to accommodate the required thickness of fill material. Al. Packing Material —Min 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kglm3) mineral wool batt insulation firmly packed as a backer around the perimeter of opening as a permanent form. When additional framing members are used to frame the opening (see Item 1A), this packing material is optional. Packing material can be used in combination with the additional framing members. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* —Sealant —Min 518 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. At the point contact location between through penetrants and gypsum board, a min 112 in. (13 mm) diam bead of fill material shall be applied at the gypsum board/through penetrant interface on both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-ONE Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant `Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. +Bearing the UL Listing Mark # Bearing the UL Recognized Component Mark Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. April 26, 2017 Page: 3 of 3 �`�S�F, System No. W-L-7155 r— J Classified by �' Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. to UL 1419NJ I iv I I I 3C 3B �I— -- L— --�-- II II II II II I� �I I11 II I� �I II II II 2 LA SECTION A -A 1B 1. Wall Assembly —The 1 or 2 hr fire -rated gypsum wallboard/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner described in the individual U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall or Partition Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs —Wall framing shall consist of min 3-112 in. (89 mm) wide steel channel studs spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. Additional steel studs shall be used to completely frame the opening. B. Gypsum Board* — 5/8 in. (16 mm) thick, 4 ft (1.22 m) wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum board type, thickness, number of layers, fastener type and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. Max area of opening is 73.7 sq ft (6.85 m2) with a max dimension of 104 in. (2.64 m). The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed. 2. Steel Duct —Max 100 in. by 100 in. (2.5 by 2.5 m) galv steel duct to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The duct shall be constructed and reinforced in accordance with SMACNA construction standards. The space between the steel duct and periphery of opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 2 in. (51 mm). Steel duct to be rigidly supported on both sides of the wall assembly. I . I I E 110 Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti Firestop Systems January27,2015 Page: 1 of 2 ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) T Ratings — 0 Hr FT Ratings — 0 Hr L Rating at Ambient —Less Than 1 FH Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) CFM/sq ft L Rating at 400 F —Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft FTH Ratings-0 Hr L Rating at Ambient —Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft L Rating at 400 F —Less Than 1 CFM/s A 3B 1A SHEET NOTES: 1. REFER TO THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIRESTOPPING. a. 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING b. 07 84 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING c. 07 84 43 JOINTS FIRESTOPPING d. 22 00 00 PLUMBING e. 23 00 00 HVAC f. 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL g. 27 05 37 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS FOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS, REFER TO QUALITY CONTROL PORTION OF THE SPECIFICATION. 2. DETAILS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL DETAILS. ALWAYS REFER TO THE LISTED SYSTEM DETAIL FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. IF FIELD CONDITIONS DO NOT MATCH REQUIREMENTS OF DETAILS, APPROVED ALTERNATE DETAILS SHALL BE UTILIZED. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS, FIELD CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS NEED TO BE VERIFIED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE DETAILS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: • FIRE RATING (F-RATING) • TEMPERATURE RATING (T-RATING) • LEAKAGE RATING (L-RATING) • WATER RATING (W-RATING) • ANNULAR SPACE • PERCENT FILL • MOVEMENT • TYPE AND THICKNESS OF FIRE -RATED CONSTRUCTION 3. IF ALTERNATE DETAILS MATCHING THE FIELD DESCRIPTION ARE NOT AVAILABLE, MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT DRAWINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ). CONTACT HILTI INC. FOR ALTERNATIVE SYSTEMS OR ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT (800-897-8000). DRAWINGS SHALL FOLLOW THE INTERNATIONAL FIRESTOP COUNCIL (IFC) GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATIONG FIRESTOP SYSTEMS ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS. 4. REFERENCES: • 2017 UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY COLUMES 1 & 2. • NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE • NFPA 70 -NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE • ALL GOVERNING LOCAL AND REGIONAL BUILDING CODES. 5. FIRESTOP SYSTEM INSTALLATION MUST MEET REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM E-814 (UL1479) TESTED ASSEMBLIES THAT PROVIDE A FIRE RATING EQUAL OR GREATER TO THAT OF CONSTRUCTION BEING GENERATED. 6. ALL RATED THROUGH PENETRATION ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PROMINENTLY LABELED WITH A HILTI FIRESTOP LABEL EQUIPPED WITH A QR CODE WITH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: • WARNING! -DO NOT DISTURB THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM • UL SYSTEM #' PRODUCT(S) USED • HOURLY RATING (F-RATING) • INSTALLATION DATE • CONTRACTOR'S NAME 7. FOR OUTLET BOXES REQUIRING PROTECTION, USE ONLY WALL OPENING PROTECTIVE MATERIALS, CATEGORY CLIV AS CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES, FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY (VOLUME 1). CURRENT AS OF NOVEMBER 19, 2017. SYSTEM DETAILS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. 00 Z W-L-1054 METAL PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-1389 MULTIPLE METAL PIPES THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-2078 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-2128 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-3334 CABLE BUNDLE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-3414 CABLE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-5028 PLASTIC PIPE WITH AB/PVC INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-5029 METAL PIPE WITH GLASS FIBER OR CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7042 METAL DUCT (WITHOUT DAMPER) THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7155 METAL DUCT THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7156 METAL DUCT WITH GLASS FIBER INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-8079 MULTIPLE PENETRATIONS THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) CLIV-76 MEMBRANE PENETRATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR F-A-2025 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH CONCRETE FLOOR (2-HR) Of W 't JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM V, , I V J 0 Z O O 5 N G W 3:0)W � J Q Q C G z zC)0 Irl O J � Q a_Uc�iW V J ZV O VJ O Fn C, J p3:Q W 5 oJ3: 0U Z20 Irl Q Z O 0- Q 0- ,1- W Z Z O 0 w w w g o w o_ O ILL W O Z M N W N Q o 0 M O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT trwr cRrlvA P'KVGh1ASKA STATE OF WASHINGTOM PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MC CHECKED BY: KP DETAILS A9001 JACKSON MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. ©2023 * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti FirestopSystems January27,2015 Y Page: 2 of 2 �`; / System No. W-L-8079 L3-: Classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. to UL 1479 4 A� 5A1 56 5A1 5A 1B 56 �— -- 2 q rZ 2 ".7e "*� 5B 56 A� b SECTION A -A System tested with a pressure differential of 2.5 Pa between the exposed and the unexposed surfaces with the higher pressure on the exposed side. 1. Wall Assembly — The 1 or 2 hr fire rated gypsum board/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300, U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs — Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or channel shaped steel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumber spaced max 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel studs to be min 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) wide and spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. When Item 5A1 is not used, additional framing members (not shown) shall be installed to frame the periphery of the wall opening. When the additional framing members are used to frame the opening, the hourly T, FT and FTH Ratings of the firestop system are 0 hr. B. Gypsum Board* — 5/8 in. (16 mm) thick with square or tapered edges. The gypsum board type, thickness, number of layers, fastener type and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual U300, U400 or V400 Wall and Partition Design. If the through penetrants are installed in a wood studigypsum board assembly, the max area of square, rectangular, or circular opening is 210 sq in. (1355 cm2) with max dimension of 14-1/2 in. (368 mm). If the through penetrants are installed in a steel stud/gypsum board assembly, max area of square, rectangular, or circular opening is 240 sq in. (1548 cm2) with max dimension of 20 in. (508 mm) wide. The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed. I I WE M Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti FirestopSystems April26,2017 Y Page: 1 of 3 CD ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) T Ratings — 0, 1/2, 3/4, 1-1/2 and 2 Hr (See FT Ratings — 0, 1/2, 3/4, 1-1/2 and 2 Hr (See Items 1, 2, 3 and 4) Items 1, 2, 3 and 4) FH Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) FTH Ratings — 0, 1/2, 3/4, 1-1/2 and 2 Hr (See Items 1, 2, 3 and 4) 2 D- N Cl) Cl) N CD N 0 Cl) System No. W-L-5029 3. Pipe Covering* —Nom 1, 1-1/2 or 2 in. (25, 38 or 51 mm) thick hollow cylindrical heavy density (min 3.5 pcf or 56 kglm3) glass fiber units jacketed on the outside with an all service jacket. Longitudinal joints sealed with metal fasteners or factory -applied self-sealing lap tape. Transverse joints secured with metal fasteners or with butt tape supplied with the product. For 1 and 2 hr F and FH Ratings, the annular space between insulated penetrant and periphery of opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 1-718 in. (48 mm). For 3 hr F and FH Ratings, the annular space shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 1-114 in. (32 mm). See Pipe and Equipment Covering —Materials (BRGU) category in the Building Material Directory for the names of manufacturers. Any pipe covering material meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index of 50 or less may be used. The hourly T, FT, FTH Ratings of the firestop system are 112 hr for 1 hr rated walls and 1 hr for 2 hr rated walls. For 3 hr rated walls, the hourly T, FT and FTH Ratings when steel and iron pipes are used are 1 hr. For 3 hr rated walls, the hourly T, FT and FTH Ratings when copper penetrants are used are 1-114 hr for 2 in. (51 mm) thick pipe covering and 0 hr for pipe covering thickness less than 2 in. (51 mm). 3A. Pipe Covering* — (Not Shown) — As an alternate to Item 3, max 2 in. (51 mm) thick cylindrical calcium silicate (min 14 pcf) units sized to the outside diam of the pipe or tube may be used. Pipe insulation secured with stainless steel bands or min 18 AWG stainless steel wire spaced max 12 in. (305 mm) OC. When the alternate pipe covering is used, the T and FT Rating shall be as specified in item 3 above. See Pipe and Equipment Covering —Materials (BRGU) category in the Building Materials Directory for names of manufacturers. Any pipe covering material meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index of 50 or less may be used. 4. Fill, Void or Cavity Material' —Sealant —For 1 and 2 hr F and FH Rating, min 518 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. For 3 hr F and FH Rating, min 1 in. (25 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. At the point contact location between pipe covering and gypsum board, a min 1l2 in. (13 mm) diam bead of fill material shall be applied at the pipe covering/gypsum board interface on both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-One Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant ' Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. March 30, 2015 L�: Classified rI ' a J 2of2 4&vSystem No. W-L-7156 by Underwriters Labo tories, Inc. to UL 1479 1A 4A 4C �A 4A 4B 3 3 4B — — — — 2 4C 1B A SECTION A -A 1. Wall Assembly —The 1 or 2 hr fire -rated gypsum board/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300, U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs — Wall framing shall consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumber spaced max 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel studs to be min 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) wide and spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. Additional framing members shall be used to completely frame around opening. B. Gypsum Board* —Min 518 in. (16 mm) thick, 4 ft (1.2 m) wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum board type, thickness, number of layers and orientation shall be as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design. Max size of opening is 210 sq in. (1355 cm2) with a max width of 14-112 in. (368 mm) for wood studs. Max size of opening is 76.2 sq ft. (7 m2) with a max width of 105-112 in. (2.7 m) for steel studs. The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall in which it is installed. 2. Steel Duct —Max 100 by 100 in. (2.5 by 2.5 m) steel duct to be installed within the framed opening. The duct shall be constructed and reinforced in accordance with SMACNA construction standards. Steel duct to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. I . I I != Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti Firestop Systems January 27, 2015 Page: 1 of 2Im T Rating ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) — 0 Hr FT Ratin 9 — 0 Hr FH Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) FTH Rating — 0 Hr to System No. W-L-8079 2. Through -Penetrant —One or more pipes, conduit or tubes to be installed within the opening. The total number of through -penetrants is dependent on the size of the opening and the types and sizes of the penetrants. Any combination of the penetrants described below maybe used provided that the following parameters relative to the annular spaces and the spacing between the through penetrants are maintained. The separation between the penetrants shall be min 1 in. (25 mm) to max 20 in. (508mm). The annular space between penetrants and the periphery of opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 20 in. (508 mm). Pipes, conduit or tubes to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. The following types and sizes of pipes, conduit or tubes may be used. A. Copper Tubing —Nom 3 in. (76 mm) diam (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tube. B. Copper Pipe —Nom 3 in. (76 mm) diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. C. Steel Pipe —Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. D. Iron Pipe —Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe. E. Conduit —Nom 3 in. (76 mm) diam (or smaller) electric metallic tubing (EMT) or rigid steel conduit. F. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe —Nom 2 in. (51 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 cellular or solid core PVC pipe for use in closed (process or supply) or vented (drain, waste, or vent) piping systems. G. Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Pipe —Nom 2 in. (51 mm) diam (or smaller) SDR 13.5 CPVC pipe for use in closed (processor supply) piping systems. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 0 Hr if bare pipe and tubing is used. 3. Pipe Insulation — One or more metallic penetrants (pipe or tubing) maybe insulated with the following types of pipe coverings: A. Pipe Covering' —Min 1 in. (25 mm) to max 2 in. (51 mm) thick hollow cylindrical heavy density min 3.5 pcf (56 kg/m3) glass fiber units jacketed on the outside with an all service jacket. Longitudinal joints sealed with metal fasteners or factory -applied self-sealing lap tape. Transverse joints secured with metal fasteners or with butt tape supplied with the product. See Pipe and Equipment Covering -Materials (BRGU) category in the Building Materials Directory for names of manufacturers. Any pipe covering material meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index of 50 or less may be used. B. Tube Insulation -Plastics+ — Min 1/2 in. (13 mm) to max 3l4 in. (19 mm) thick acrylonitrile butadienelpolyvinyl chloride (AB/PVC) flexible foam furnished in the form of tubing. See Plastics+ (OMFZ2) category in the Plastics Recognized Component Directory for names of manufacturers. Any Recognized Component tube insulation material meeting the above specifications and having a UL 94 Flammability Classification of 94-5VA may be used. The annular space between the insulated penetrants and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (0 mm, point contact) The separation between the insulated penetrants and the other penetrants shall be a min 1 in. (25 mm). The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 1-112 hour if Item 3B is used. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 2 hr if Item 3A is used. Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. April 26, 2017 r'Y� - r. i January Page: 2 of 3 (J "NW �S�o System No. W-L-7042 0 J Classified by Underw ters laboratories, Inc. to UL 1479 A A 2 3 16 SECTION A -A 1. Wall Assembly —The 1 or 2 hr fire rated wallboard/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300, U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features. A. Studs —Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumber spaced 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel studs to be min 2-112 in. (64 mm) wide and spaced 24 in. (610 mm) OC. B. Gypsum Board' —For 1 hr assembly, one layer of min 518 in. (16 mm) thick wallboard as required in the individual Wall and Partition Design. For 2 hr assembly, two layers of min 5/8 in. If mm) thick wallboard as required in the individual Wall and Partition Design. Max diam of opening is 14-112 in. (368 mm) for wood stud walls and 21-3/4 in. (552 mm) for steel stud walls. The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed. 2. Through Penetrant — Galy steel duct to be installed concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between the duct and periphery of opening shall be 0 in. (0 mm, point contact) and max 1-1/2 in. (64 mm) Duct to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. A. Spiral Wound HVAC Duct —Nom 20 in. (502 mm) diam (or smaller) No. 24 MSG (or heavier) galv steel spriral wound duct. B. Sheet Metal Duct —Nom 12 in. (305 mm) diam (or smaller) No. 28 MSG (or heavier) galv sheet steel duct. � 3. Fill, Void or Cavity Material'ealant — Min 518 in. (16 mm) and 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) thickness of fill material applied within annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall assembly for 1 or 2 hr rated walls, respectively. At the point contact location between duct and wallboard, a min 112 in. (13 mm) diam bead of sealant shall be applied at the wallboard/duct interface on both surfaces of wall assembly. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC —CP601S Elastomeric Firestop Sealant, FS-ONE Sealant, FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant or CP606 Flexible Firestop Sealant `Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for'urisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification such as Canada 1 ( ) respectively. I 11111111111111111111111111111 I I E-0 ;I Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti Firestop Systems 27, 2015 ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings - 1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 F Ratings - 1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 and 3) and 3) T Rating - 0 Hr FT Rating - 0 Hr FH Ratings - 1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 and 3) 3 FTH Rating - System No. W-L-7156 J Certification 3. Batts and Blankets' —Nom 1-112 or 2 in. (38 or 51 mm) thick glass fiber batt or blanket (min 3/4 pcf or 12 kglm3) jacketed on the outside with a foil-scrim-kraft facing. Longitudinal and transverse joints sealed with aluminum foil tape. During the installation of the fill material, the ballor blanket shall be compressed minimum 50%such that the annular space within the f restop system shall be min 1l2 in. (13 mm) to max 2 in. (51 mm). See Batts and Blankets (BKNV) category in the Building Materials Directory for names of manufacturers. Any bat or blanket meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index 50 or less may be used. 4. Firestop System —The firestop system shall consist of the following: A. Packing Material —Min 3-5/8 (92 mm) or 4-718 in. (124 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kglm3) mineral wool batt insulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form for 1 or 2 hr fire -rated walls, respectively. Packing material to be recessed from both surfaces of wall to accommodate the required thickness of fill material. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material' —Sealant —Min 518 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-ONE Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant C. Steel Retaining Angles —Min No. 16 gauge (0.059 in. or 1.5 mm) galv steel angles sized to lap steel duct a min of 2 in. 51 mm) and lap wall surfaces a min of 1 in. (25 mm). Angles attached to steel duct on both sides of wall with min No. 10 steel sheet metal screws spaced a max of 1 in. (25 mm) from each end of steel duct and spaced a max of 6 in. (152 mm) OC. When max duct dimension does not exceed 48 in. (122 cm) and duct area does not exceed 1300 in2 (8387 cm2), angles may be min No. 18 gauge galv steel. Angles attached to steel duct on both sides of wall with min No. 10 by 1l2 in. (13 mm) long steel sheet metal screws located a max of 1 in. (25 mm) from each end of steel duct and spaced a max of 6 in. (152 mm) OC. When max 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) thick insulation is used, steel angles are optional for those sides of duct that do not exceed the dimension specified in Table below, dependent on packing material and annular space as specified. I iiiiiiiiiiiiiIi I I ELM 10i I Angle Max (Item Duct Duct Packing 3C) imensio Thickness Annular Space Material Required 24 ga or 1/2 in. min to 1 in. Item 3A1 No 24 in. heavier max (610 (13 to 25 mm) mm) 'Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL (such as Canada), respectively. Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. January 27, 2015CD System No. W-L-8079 2of2 4. Cables —One max 3 in. (76 mm) diam bundle of cables installed within the opening and rigidly supported on both surfaces of wall. The annular space between the tightly -bundled cables and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 20 in. (508 mm). The separation between the cable bundle and the other penetrants shall be min 1 in. (25 mm) to max 20 in. (508 mm). Any combination of the following types and sizes of cables may be used: A. Max 25 pair No. 24 AWG telephone cable with polyvinyl chloride (PVC) insulation and jacket. B. Max 7/C No. 12 AWG copper conductor power and control cable with PVC or cross -linked polyethylene (XLPE) insulation and PVC jacket. C. Multiple fiber optical communication cable jacketed with PVC and having a max outside diam of 112 in. (13 mm). D. Max 3/C No. 8 AWG with bare aluminum ground, PVC insulated steel Metal -Clad+ Cable currently Classified under the Through Penetrating Product' (XHLY) category. E. Max 31C with round No. 8 AWG or smaller nonmetallic sheathed Romex cable with PVC insulation and jacket materials. F. RGIU coaxial cable with polyethylene (PE) insulation and polyvinyl chloride (PVC) jacket having a max outside diam of 1l2 in. (13 mm). G. Max 314 in. (19 mm) diam copper ground cable with or without PVC jacket. H. Max 1-114in. (32 mm) Diam single or multi conductor mineral -insulated copper -clad cable. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 1/4 hr if cables D, G and H are used. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 3l4 Hr for any other combination. 4A. Through Penetrants — (Not shown) -Max six nom 1 in. (25 mm) diam (or smaller) flexible steel conduits to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between the conduits and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to a max 3 in. (76 mm). Conduits to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 0 Hr if this penetrant is used. 4B. Through Penetrants — (Not Shown) - Max twelve nom 3/8 in. (10 mm) diam (or smaller) polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pneumatic tubing for use in closed (process or supply) piping systems. Tubing to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between the tubing and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to a max 1 in. (25 mm). Tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall. 5. Firestop System —The firestop system shall consist of the following: A. Packing Material — In 2 hr fire rated wall assemblies, min 4-3/4 in. (121 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kglm3) mineral wool ballinsulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. In 1 hr fire rated wall assemblies, min 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kg/m3) mineral wool ballinsulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. Packing material recessed from both surfaces of the wall to accommodate the required thickness of fill material. Al. Packing Material —Min 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kglm3) mineral wool batt insulation firmly packed as a backer around the perimeter of opening as a permanent form. When additional framing members are used to frame the opening (see Item 1A), this packing material is optional. Packing material can be used in combination with the additional framing members. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* —Sealant —Min 518 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. At the point contact location between through penetrants and gypsum board, a min 112 in. (13 mm) diam bead of fill material shall be applied at the gypsum board/through penetrant interface on both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-ONE Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant `Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. +Bearing the UL Listing Mark # Bearing the UL Recognized Component Mark Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. April 26, 2017 Page: 3 of 3 �`�S�F, System No. W-L-7155 r— J Classified by �' Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. to UL 1419NJ I iv I I I 3C 3B �I— -- L— --�-- II II II II II I� �I I11 II I� �I II II II 2 LA SECTION A -A 1B 1. Wall Assembly —The 1 or 2 hr fire -rated gypsum wallboard/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner described in the individual U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall or Partition Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs —Wall framing shall consist of min 3-112 in. (89 mm) wide steel channel studs spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. Additional steel studs shall be used to completely frame the opening. B. Gypsum Board* — 5/8 in. (16 mm) thick, 4 ft (1.22 m) wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum board type, thickness, number of layers, fastener type and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. Max area of opening is 73.7 sq ft (6.85 m2) with a max dimension of 104 in. (2.64 m). The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed. 2. Steel Duct —Max 100 in. by 100 in. (2.5 by 2.5 m) galv steel duct to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The duct shall be constructed and reinforced in accordance with SMACNA construction standards. The space between the steel duct and periphery of opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 2 in. (51 mm). Steel duct to be rigidly supported on both sides of the wall assembly. I . I I E 110 Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti Firestop Systems January27,2015 Page: 1 of 2 ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) T Ratings — 0 Hr FT Ratings — 0 Hr L Rating at Ambient —Less Than 1 FH Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) CFM/sq ft L Rating at 400 F —Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft FTH Ratings-0 Hr L Rating at Ambient —Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft L Rating at 400 F —Less Than 1 CFM/s A 3B 1A SHEET NOTES: 1. REFER TO THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIRESTOPPING. a. 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING b. 07 84 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING c. 07 84 43 JOINTS FIRESTOPPING d. 22 00 00 PLUMBING e. 23 00 00 HVAC f. 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL g. 27 05 37 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS FOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS, REFER TO QUALITY CONTROL PORTION OF THE SPECIFICATION. 2. DETAILS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL DETAILS. ALWAYS REFER TO THE LISTED SYSTEM DETAIL FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. IF FIELD CONDITIONS DO NOT MATCH REQUIREMENTS OF DETAILS, APPROVED ALTERNATE DETAILS SHALL BE UTILIZED. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS, FIELD CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS NEED TO BE VERIFIED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE DETAILS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: • FIRE RATING (F-RATING) • TEMPERATURE RATING (T-RATING) • LEAKAGE RATING (L-RATING) • WATER RATING (W-RATING) • ANNULAR SPACE • PERCENT FILL • MOVEMENT • TYPE AND THICKNESS OF FIRE -RATED CONSTRUCTION 3. IF ALTERNATE DETAILS MATCHING THE FIELD DESCRIPTION ARE NOT AVAILABLE, MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT DRAWINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ). CONTACT HILTI INC. FOR ALTERNATIVE SYSTEMS OR ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT (800-897-8000). DRAWINGS SHALL FOLLOW THE INTERNATIONAL FIRESTOP COUNCIL (IFC) GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATIONG FIRESTOP SYSTEMS ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS. 4. REFERENCES: • 2017 UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY COLUMES 1 & 2. • NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE • NFPA 70 -NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE • ALL GOVERNING LOCAL AND REGIONAL BUILDING CODES. 5. FIRESTOP SYSTEM INSTALLATION MUST MEET REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM E-814 (UL1479) TESTED ASSEMBLIES THAT PROVIDE A FIRE RATING EQUAL OR GREATER TO THAT OF CONSTRUCTION BEING GENERATED. 6. ALL RATED THROUGH PENETRATION ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PROMINENTLY LABELED WITH A HILTI FIRESTOP LABEL EQUIPPED WITH A QR CODE WITH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: • WARNING! -DO NOT DISTURB THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM • UL SYSTEM #' PRODUCT(S) USED • HOURLY RATING (F-RATING) • INSTALLATION DATE • CONTRACTOR'S NAME 7. FOR OUTLET BOXES REQUIRING PROTECTION, USE ONLY WALL OPENING PROTECTIVE MATERIALS, CATEGORY CLIV AS CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES, FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY (VOLUME 1). CURRENT AS OF NOVEMBER 19, 2017. SYSTEM DETAILS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. 00 Z W-L-1054 METAL PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-1389 MULTIPLE METAL PIPES THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-2078 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-2128 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-3334 CABLE BUNDLE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-3414 CABLE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-5028 PLASTIC PIPE WITH AB/PVC INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-5029 METAL PIPE WITH GLASS FIBER OR CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7042 METAL DUCT (WITHOUT DAMPER) THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7155 METAL DUCT THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7156 METAL DUCT WITH GLASS FIBER INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-8079 MULTIPLE PENETRATIONS THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) CLIV-76 MEMBRANE PENETRATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR F-A-2025 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH CONCRETE FLOOR (2-HR) Of W 't JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM V, , I V J 0 Z O O 5 N G W 3:0)W � J Q Q C G z zC)0 Irl O J � Q a_Uc�iW V J ZV O VJ O Fn C, J p3:Q W 5 oJ3: 0U Z20 Irl Q Z O 0- Q 0- ,1- W Z Z O 0 w w w g o w o_ O ILL W O Z M N W N Q o 0 M O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT trwr cRrlvA P'KVGh1ASKA STATE OF WASHINGTOM PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MC CHECKED BY: KP DETAILS A9001 JACKSON MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. ©2023 2 D- N Cl) Cl) N CD N 0 Cl) System No. W-L-5029 3. Pipe Covering* —Nom 1, 1-1/2 or 2 in. (25, 38 or 51 mm) thick hollow cylindrical heavy density (min 3.5 pcf or 56 kglm3) glass fiber units jacketed on the outside with an all service jacket. Longitudinal joints sealed with metal fasteners or factory -applied self-sealing lap tape. Transverse joints secured with metal fasteners or with butt tape supplied with the product. For 1 and 2 hr F and FH Ratings, the annular space between insulated penetrant and periphery of opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 1-718 in. (48 mm). For 3 hr F and FH Ratings, the annular space shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 1-114 in. (32 mm). See Pipe and Equipment Covering —Materials (BRGU) category in the Building Material Directory for the names of manufacturers. Any pipe covering material meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index of 50 or less may be used. The hourly T, FT, FTH Ratings of the firestop system are 112 hr for 1 hr rated walls and 1 hr for 2 hr rated walls. For 3 hr rated walls, the hourly T, FT and FTH Ratings when steel and iron pipes are used are 1 hr. For 3 hr rated walls, the hourly T, FT and FTH Ratings when copper penetrants are used are 1-114 hr for 2 in. (51 mm) thick pipe covering and 0 hr for pipe covering thickness less than 2 in. (51 mm). 3A. Pipe Covering* — (Not Shown) — As an alternate to Item 3, max 2 in. (51 mm) thick cylindrical calcium silicate (min 14 pcf) units sized to the outside diam of the pipe or tube may be used. Pipe insulation secured with stainless steel bands or min 18 AWG stainless steel wire spaced max 12 in. (305 mm) OC. When the alternate pipe covering is used, the T and FT Rating shall be as specified in item 3 above. See Pipe and Equipment Covering —Materials (BRGU) category in the Building Materials Directory for names of manufacturers. Any pipe covering material meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index of 50 or less may be used. 4. Fill, Void or Cavity Material' —Sealant —For 1 and 2 hr F and FH Rating, min 518 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. For 3 hr F and FH Rating, min 1 in. (25 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. At the point contact location between pipe covering and gypsum board, a min 1l2 in. (13 mm) diam bead of fill material shall be applied at the pipe covering/gypsum board interface on both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-One Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant ' Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. March 30, 2015 L�: Classified rI ' a J 2of2 4&vSystem No. W-L-7156 by Underwriters Labo tories, Inc. to UL 1479 1A 4A 4C �A 4A 4B 3 3 4B — — — — 2 4C 1B A SECTION A -A 1. Wall Assembly —The 1 or 2 hr fire -rated gypsum board/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300, U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs — Wall framing shall consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumber spaced max 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel studs to be min 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) wide and spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. Additional framing members shall be used to completely frame around opening. B. Gypsum Board* —Min 518 in. (16 mm) thick, 4 ft (1.2 m) wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum board type, thickness, number of layers and orientation shall be as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design. Max size of opening is 210 sq in. (1355 cm2) with a max width of 14-112 in. (368 mm) for wood studs. Max size of opening is 76.2 sq ft. (7 m2) with a max width of 105-112 in. (2.7 m) for steel studs. The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall in which it is installed. 2. Steel Duct —Max 100 by 100 in. (2.5 by 2.5 m) steel duct to be installed within the framed opening. The duct shall be constructed and reinforced in accordance with SMACNA construction standards. Steel duct to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. I . I I != Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti Firestop Systems January 27, 2015 Page: 1 of 2Im T Rating ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) — 0 Hr FT Ratin 9 — 0 Hr FH Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) FTH Rating — 0 Hr to System No. W-L-8079 2. Through -Penetrant —One or more pipes, conduit or tubes to be installed within the opening. The total number of through -penetrants is dependent on the size of the opening and the types and sizes of the penetrants. Any combination of the penetrants described below maybe used provided that the following parameters relative to the annular spaces and the spacing between the through penetrants are maintained. The separation between the penetrants shall be min 1 in. (25 mm) to max 20 in. (508mm). The annular space between penetrants and the periphery of opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 20 in. (508 mm). Pipes, conduit or tubes to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. The following types and sizes of pipes, conduit or tubes may be used. A. Copper Tubing —Nom 3 in. (76 mm) diam (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tube. B. Copper Pipe —Nom 3 in. (76 mm) diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. C. Steel Pipe —Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. D. Iron Pipe —Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe. E. Conduit —Nom 3 in. (76 mm) diam (or smaller) electric metallic tubing (EMT) or rigid steel conduit. F. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe —Nom 2 in. (51 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 cellular or solid core PVC pipe for use in closed (process or supply) or vented (drain, waste, or vent) piping systems. G. Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Pipe —Nom 2 in. (51 mm) diam (or smaller) SDR 13.5 CPVC pipe for use in closed (processor supply) piping systems. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 0 Hr if bare pipe and tubing is used. 3. Pipe Insulation — One or more metallic penetrants (pipe or tubing) maybe insulated with the following types of pipe coverings: A. Pipe Covering' —Min 1 in. (25 mm) to max 2 in. (51 mm) thick hollow cylindrical heavy density min 3.5 pcf (56 kg/m3) glass fiber units jacketed on the outside with an all service jacket. Longitudinal joints sealed with metal fasteners or factory -applied self-sealing lap tape. Transverse joints secured with metal fasteners or with butt tape supplied with the product. See Pipe and Equipment Covering -Materials (BRGU) category in the Building Materials Directory for names of manufacturers. Any pipe covering material meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index of 50 or less may be used. B. Tube Insulation -Plastics+ — Min 1/2 in. (13 mm) to max 3l4 in. (19 mm) thick acrylonitrile butadienelpolyvinyl chloride (AB/PVC) flexible foam furnished in the form of tubing. See Plastics+ (OMFZ2) category in the Plastics Recognized Component Directory for names of manufacturers. Any Recognized Component tube insulation material meeting the above specifications and having a UL 94 Flammability Classification of 94-5VA may be used. The annular space between the insulated penetrants and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (0 mm, point contact) The separation between the insulated penetrants and the other penetrants shall be a min 1 in. (25 mm). The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 1-112 hour if Item 3B is used. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 2 hr if Item 3A is used. Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. April 26, 2017 r'Y� - r. i January Page: 2 of 3 (J "NW �S�o System No. W-L-7042 0 J Classified by Underw ters laboratories, Inc. to UL 1479 A A 2 3 16 SECTION A -A 1. Wall Assembly —The 1 or 2 hr fire rated wallboard/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300, U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features. A. Studs —Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumber spaced 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel studs to be min 2-112 in. (64 mm) wide and spaced 24 in. (610 mm) OC. B. Gypsum Board' —For 1 hr assembly, one layer of min 518 in. (16 mm) thick wallboard as required in the individual Wall and Partition Design. For 2 hr assembly, two layers of min 5/8 in. If mm) thick wallboard as required in the individual Wall and Partition Design. Max diam of opening is 14-112 in. (368 mm) for wood stud walls and 21-3/4 in. (552 mm) for steel stud walls. The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed. 2. Through Penetrant — Galy steel duct to be installed concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between the duct and periphery of opening shall be 0 in. (0 mm, point contact) and max 1-1/2 in. (64 mm) Duct to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. A. Spiral Wound HVAC Duct —Nom 20 in. (502 mm) diam (or smaller) No. 24 MSG (or heavier) galv steel spriral wound duct. B. Sheet Metal Duct —Nom 12 in. (305 mm) diam (or smaller) No. 28 MSG (or heavier) galv sheet steel duct. � 3. Fill, Void or Cavity Material'ealant — Min 518 in. (16 mm) and 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) thickness of fill material applied within annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall assembly for 1 or 2 hr rated walls, respectively. At the point contact location between duct and wallboard, a min 112 in. (13 mm) diam bead of sealant shall be applied at the wallboard/duct interface on both surfaces of wall assembly. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC —CP601S Elastomeric Firestop Sealant, FS-ONE Sealant, FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant or CP606 Flexible Firestop Sealant `Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for'urisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification such as Canada 1 ( ) respectively. I 11111111111111111111111111111 I I E-0 ;I Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti Firestop Systems 27, 2015 ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings - 1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 F Ratings - 1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 and 3) and 3) T Rating - 0 Hr FT Rating - 0 Hr FH Ratings - 1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 and 3) 3 FTH Rating - System No. W-L-7156 J Certification 3. Batts and Blankets' —Nom 1-112 or 2 in. (38 or 51 mm) thick glass fiber batt or blanket (min 3/4 pcf or 12 kglm3) jacketed on the outside with a foil-scrim-kraft facing. Longitudinal and transverse joints sealed with aluminum foil tape. During the installation of the fill material, the ballor blanket shall be compressed minimum 50%such that the annular space within the f restop system shall be min 1l2 in. (13 mm) to max 2 in. (51 mm). See Batts and Blankets (BKNV) category in the Building Materials Directory for names of manufacturers. Any bat or blanket meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index 50 or less may be used. 4. Firestop System —The firestop system shall consist of the following: A. Packing Material —Min 3-5/8 (92 mm) or 4-718 in. (124 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kglm3) mineral wool batt insulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form for 1 or 2 hr fire -rated walls, respectively. Packing material to be recessed from both surfaces of wall to accommodate the required thickness of fill material. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material' —Sealant —Min 518 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-ONE Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant C. Steel Retaining Angles —Min No. 16 gauge (0.059 in. or 1.5 mm) galv steel angles sized to lap steel duct a min of 2 in. 51 mm) and lap wall surfaces a min of 1 in. (25 mm). Angles attached to steel duct on both sides of wall with min No. 10 steel sheet metal screws spaced a max of 1 in. (25 mm) from each end of steel duct and spaced a max of 6 in. (152 mm) OC. When max duct dimension does not exceed 48 in. (122 cm) and duct area does not exceed 1300 in2 (8387 cm2), angles may be min No. 18 gauge galv steel. Angles attached to steel duct on both sides of wall with min No. 10 by 1l2 in. (13 mm) long steel sheet metal screws located a max of 1 in. (25 mm) from each end of steel duct and spaced a max of 6 in. (152 mm) OC. When max 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) thick insulation is used, steel angles are optional for those sides of duct that do not exceed the dimension specified in Table below, dependent on packing material and annular space as specified. I iiiiiiiiiiiiiIi I I ELM 10i I Angle Max (Item Duct Duct Packing 3C) imensio Thickness Annular Space Material Required 24 ga or 1/2 in. min to 1 in. Item 3A1 No 24 in. heavier max (610 (13 to 25 mm) mm) 'Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL (such as Canada), respectively. Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. January 27, 2015CD System No. W-L-8079 2of2 4. Cables —One max 3 in. (76 mm) diam bundle of cables installed within the opening and rigidly supported on both surfaces of wall. The annular space between the tightly -bundled cables and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 20 in. (508 mm). The separation between the cable bundle and the other penetrants shall be min 1 in. (25 mm) to max 20 in. (508 mm). Any combination of the following types and sizes of cables may be used: A. Max 25 pair No. 24 AWG telephone cable with polyvinyl chloride (PVC) insulation and jacket. B. Max 7/C No. 12 AWG copper conductor power and control cable with PVC or cross -linked polyethylene (XLPE) insulation and PVC jacket. C. Multiple fiber optical communication cable jacketed with PVC and having a max outside diam of 112 in. (13 mm). D. Max 3/C No. 8 AWG with bare aluminum ground, PVC insulated steel Metal -Clad+ Cable currently Classified under the Through Penetrating Product' (XHLY) category. E. Max 31C with round No. 8 AWG or smaller nonmetallic sheathed Romex cable with PVC insulation and jacket materials. F. RGIU coaxial cable with polyethylene (PE) insulation and polyvinyl chloride (PVC) jacket having a max outside diam of 1l2 in. (13 mm). G. Max 314 in. (19 mm) diam copper ground cable with or without PVC jacket. H. Max 1-114in. (32 mm) Diam single or multi conductor mineral -insulated copper -clad cable. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 1/4 hr if cables D, G and H are used. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 3l4 Hr for any other combination. 4A. Through Penetrants — (Not shown) -Max six nom 1 in. (25 mm) diam (or smaller) flexible steel conduits to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between the conduits and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to a max 3 in. (76 mm). Conduits to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 0 Hr if this penetrant is used. 4B. Through Penetrants — (Not Shown) - Max twelve nom 3/8 in. (10 mm) diam (or smaller) polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pneumatic tubing for use in closed (process or supply) piping systems. Tubing to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between the tubing and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to a max 1 in. (25 mm). Tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall. 5. Firestop System —The firestop system shall consist of the following: A. Packing Material — In 2 hr fire rated wall assemblies, min 4-3/4 in. (121 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kglm3) mineral wool ballinsulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. In 1 hr fire rated wall assemblies, min 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kg/m3) mineral wool ballinsulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. Packing material recessed from both surfaces of the wall to accommodate the required thickness of fill material. Al. Packing Material —Min 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kglm3) mineral wool batt insulation firmly packed as a backer around the perimeter of opening as a permanent form. When additional framing members are used to frame the opening (see Item 1A), this packing material is optional. Packing material can be used in combination with the additional framing members. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* —Sealant —Min 518 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. At the point contact location between through penetrants and gypsum board, a min 112 in. (13 mm) diam bead of fill material shall be applied at the gypsum board/through penetrant interface on both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-ONE Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant `Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. +Bearing the UL Listing Mark # Bearing the UL Recognized Component Mark Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. April 26, 2017 Page: 3 of 3 �`�S�F, System No. W-L-7155 r— J Classified by �' Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. to UL 1419NJ I iv I I I 3C 3B �I— -- L— --�-- II II II II II I� �I I11 II I� �I II II II 2 LA SECTION A -A 1B 1. Wall Assembly —The 1 or 2 hr fire -rated gypsum wallboard/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner described in the individual U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall or Partition Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs —Wall framing shall consist of min 3-112 in. (89 mm) wide steel channel studs spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. Additional steel studs shall be used to completely frame the opening. B. Gypsum Board* — 5/8 in. (16 mm) thick, 4 ft (1.22 m) wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum board type, thickness, number of layers, fastener type and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. Max area of opening is 73.7 sq ft (6.85 m2) with a max dimension of 104 in. (2.64 m). The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed. 2. Steel Duct —Max 100 in. by 100 in. (2.5 by 2.5 m) galv steel duct to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The duct shall be constructed and reinforced in accordance with SMACNA construction standards. The space between the steel duct and periphery of opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 2 in. (51 mm). Steel duct to be rigidly supported on both sides of the wall assembly. I . I I E 110 Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti Firestop Systems January27,2015 Page: 1 of 2 ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) T Ratings — 0 Hr FT Ratings — 0 Hr L Rating at Ambient —Less Than 1 FH Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) CFM/sq ft L Rating at 400 F —Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft FTH Ratings-0 Hr L Rating at Ambient —Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft L Rating at 400 F —Less Than 1 CFM/s A 3B 1A SHEET NOTES: 1. REFER TO THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIRESTOPPING. a. 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING b. 07 84 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING c. 07 84 43 JOINTS FIRESTOPPING d. 22 00 00 PLUMBING e. 23 00 00 HVAC f. 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL g. 27 05 37 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS FOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS, REFER TO QUALITY CONTROL PORTION OF THE SPECIFICATION. 2. DETAILS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL DETAILS. ALWAYS REFER TO THE LISTED SYSTEM DETAIL FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. IF FIELD CONDITIONS DO NOT MATCH REQUIREMENTS OF DETAILS, APPROVED ALTERNATE DETAILS SHALL BE UTILIZED. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS, FIELD CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS NEED TO BE VERIFIED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE DETAILS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: • FIRE RATING (F-RATING) • TEMPERATURE RATING (T-RATING) • LEAKAGE RATING (L-RATING) • WATER RATING (W-RATING) • ANNULAR SPACE • PERCENT FILL • MOVEMENT • TYPE AND THICKNESS OF FIRE -RATED CONSTRUCTION 3. IF ALTERNATE DETAILS MATCHING THE FIELD DESCRIPTION ARE NOT AVAILABLE, MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT DRAWINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ). CONTACT HILTI INC. FOR ALTERNATIVE SYSTEMS OR ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT (800-897-8000). DRAWINGS SHALL FOLLOW THE INTERNATIONAL FIRESTOP COUNCIL (IFC) GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATIONG FIRESTOP SYSTEMS ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS. 4. REFERENCES: • 2017 UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY COLUMES 1 & 2. • NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE • NFPA 70 -NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE • ALL GOVERNING LOCAL AND REGIONAL BUILDING CODES. 5. FIRESTOP SYSTEM INSTALLATION MUST MEET REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM E-814 (UL1479) TESTED ASSEMBLIES THAT PROVIDE A FIRE RATING EQUAL OR GREATER TO THAT OF CONSTRUCTION BEING GENERATED. 6. ALL RATED THROUGH PENETRATION ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PROMINENTLY LABELED WITH A HILTI FIRESTOP LABEL EQUIPPED WITH A QR CODE WITH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: • WARNING! -DO NOT DISTURB THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM • UL SYSTEM #' PRODUCT(S) USED • HOURLY RATING (F-RATING) • INSTALLATION DATE • CONTRACTOR'S NAME 7. FOR OUTLET BOXES REQUIRING PROTECTION, USE ONLY WALL OPENING PROTECTIVE MATERIALS, CATEGORY CLIV AS CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES, FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY (VOLUME 1). CURRENT AS OF NOVEMBER 19, 2017. SYSTEM DETAILS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. 00 Z W-L-1054 METAL PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-1389 MULTIPLE METAL PIPES THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-2078 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-2128 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-3334 CABLE BUNDLE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-3414 CABLE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-5028 PLASTIC PIPE WITH AB/PVC INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-5029 METAL PIPE WITH GLASS FIBER OR CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7042 METAL DUCT (WITHOUT DAMPER) THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7155 METAL DUCT THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7156 METAL DUCT WITH GLASS FIBER INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-8079 MULTIPLE PENETRATIONS THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) CLIV-76 MEMBRANE PENETRATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR F-A-2025 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH CONCRETE FLOOR (2-HR) Of W 't JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM V, , I V J 0 Z O O 5 N G W 3:0)W � J Q Q C G z zC)0 Irl O J � Q a_Uc�iW V J ZV O VJ O Fn C, J p3:Q W 5 oJ3: 0U Z20 Irl Q Z O 0- Q 0- ,1- W Z Z O 0 w w w g o w o_ O ILL W O Z M N W N Q o 0 M O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT trwr cRrlvA P'KVGh1ASKA STATE OF WASHINGTOM PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MC CHECKED BY: KP DETAILS A9001 JACKSON MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. ©2023 System No. W-L-8079 2. Through -Penetrant —One or more pipes, conduit or tubes to be installed within the opening. The total number of through -penetrants is dependent on the size of the opening and the types and sizes of the penetrants. Any combination of the penetrants described below maybe used provided that the following parameters relative to the annular spaces and the spacing between the through penetrants are maintained. The separation between the penetrants shall be min 1 in. (25 mm) to max 20 in. (508mm). The annular space between penetrants and the periphery of opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 20 in. (508 mm). Pipes, conduit or tubes to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. The following types and sizes of pipes, conduit or tubes may be used. A. Copper Tubing —Nom 3 in. (76 mm) diam (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tube. B. Copper Pipe —Nom 3 in. (76 mm) diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. C. Steel Pipe —Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. D. Iron Pipe —Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe. E. Conduit —Nom 3 in. (76 mm) diam (or smaller) electric metallic tubing (EMT) or rigid steel conduit. F. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe —Nom 2 in. (51 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 cellular or solid core PVC pipe for use in closed (process or supply) or vented (drain, waste, or vent) piping systems. G. Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Pipe —Nom 2 in. (51 mm) diam (or smaller) SDR 13.5 CPVC pipe for use in closed (processor supply) piping systems. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 0 Hr if bare pipe and tubing is used. 3. Pipe Insulation — One or more metallic penetrants (pipe or tubing) maybe insulated with the following types of pipe coverings: A. Pipe Covering' —Min 1 in. (25 mm) to max 2 in. (51 mm) thick hollow cylindrical heavy density min 3.5 pcf (56 kg/m3) glass fiber units jacketed on the outside with an all service jacket. Longitudinal joints sealed with metal fasteners or factory -applied self-sealing lap tape. Transverse joints secured with metal fasteners or with butt tape supplied with the product. See Pipe and Equipment Covering -Materials (BRGU) category in the Building Materials Directory for names of manufacturers. Any pipe covering material meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index of 50 or less may be used. B. Tube Insulation -Plastics+ — Min 1/2 in. (13 mm) to max 3l4 in. (19 mm) thick acrylonitrile butadienelpolyvinyl chloride (AB/PVC) flexible foam furnished in the form of tubing. See Plastics+ (OMFZ2) category in the Plastics Recognized Component Directory for names of manufacturers. Any Recognized Component tube insulation material meeting the above specifications and having a UL 94 Flammability Classification of 94-5VA may be used. The annular space between the insulated penetrants and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (0 mm, point contact) The separation between the insulated penetrants and the other penetrants shall be a min 1 in. (25 mm). The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 1-112 hour if Item 3B is used. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 2 hr if Item 3A is used. Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. April 26, 2017 r'Y� - r. i January Page: 2 of 3 (J "NW �S�o System No. W-L-7042 0 J Classified by Underw ters laboratories, Inc. to UL 1479 A A 2 3 16 SECTION A -A 1. Wall Assembly —The 1 or 2 hr fire rated wallboard/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300, U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features. A. Studs —Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumber spaced 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel studs to be min 2-112 in. (64 mm) wide and spaced 24 in. (610 mm) OC. B. Gypsum Board' —For 1 hr assembly, one layer of min 518 in. (16 mm) thick wallboard as required in the individual Wall and Partition Design. For 2 hr assembly, two layers of min 5/8 in. If mm) thick wallboard as required in the individual Wall and Partition Design. Max diam of opening is 14-112 in. (368 mm) for wood stud walls and 21-3/4 in. (552 mm) for steel stud walls. The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed. 2. Through Penetrant — Galy steel duct to be installed concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between the duct and periphery of opening shall be 0 in. (0 mm, point contact) and max 1-1/2 in. (64 mm) Duct to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. A. Spiral Wound HVAC Duct —Nom 20 in. (502 mm) diam (or smaller) No. 24 MSG (or heavier) galv steel spriral wound duct. B. Sheet Metal Duct —Nom 12 in. (305 mm) diam (or smaller) No. 28 MSG (or heavier) galv sheet steel duct. � 3. Fill, Void or Cavity Material'ealant — Min 518 in. (16 mm) and 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) thickness of fill material applied within annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall assembly for 1 or 2 hr rated walls, respectively. At the point contact location between duct and wallboard, a min 112 in. (13 mm) diam bead of sealant shall be applied at the wallboard/duct interface on both surfaces of wall assembly. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC —CP601S Elastomeric Firestop Sealant, FS-ONE Sealant, FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant or CP606 Flexible Firestop Sealant `Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for'urisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification such as Canada 1 ( ) respectively. I 11111111111111111111111111111 I I E-0 ;I Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti Firestop Systems 27, 2015 ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings - 1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 F Ratings - 1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 and 3) and 3) T Rating - 0 Hr FT Rating - 0 Hr FH Ratings - 1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 and 3) 3 FTH Rating - System No. W-L-7156 J Certification 3. Batts and Blankets' —Nom 1-112 or 2 in. (38 or 51 mm) thick glass fiber batt or blanket (min 3/4 pcf or 12 kglm3) jacketed on the outside with a foil-scrim-kraft facing. Longitudinal and transverse joints sealed with aluminum foil tape. During the installation of the fill material, the ballor blanket shall be compressed minimum 50%such that the annular space within the f restop system shall be min 1l2 in. (13 mm) to max 2 in. (51 mm). See Batts and Blankets (BKNV) category in the Building Materials Directory for names of manufacturers. Any bat or blanket meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index 50 or less may be used. 4. Firestop System —The firestop system shall consist of the following: A. Packing Material —Min 3-5/8 (92 mm) or 4-718 in. (124 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kglm3) mineral wool batt insulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form for 1 or 2 hr fire -rated walls, respectively. Packing material to be recessed from both surfaces of wall to accommodate the required thickness of fill material. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material' —Sealant —Min 518 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-ONE Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant C. Steel Retaining Angles —Min No. 16 gauge (0.059 in. or 1.5 mm) galv steel angles sized to lap steel duct a min of 2 in. 51 mm) and lap wall surfaces a min of 1 in. (25 mm). Angles attached to steel duct on both sides of wall with min No. 10 steel sheet metal screws spaced a max of 1 in. (25 mm) from each end of steel duct and spaced a max of 6 in. (152 mm) OC. When max duct dimension does not exceed 48 in. (122 cm) and duct area does not exceed 1300 in2 (8387 cm2), angles may be min No. 18 gauge galv steel. Angles attached to steel duct on both sides of wall with min No. 10 by 1l2 in. (13 mm) long steel sheet metal screws located a max of 1 in. (25 mm) from each end of steel duct and spaced a max of 6 in. (152 mm) OC. When max 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) thick insulation is used, steel angles are optional for those sides of duct that do not exceed the dimension specified in Table below, dependent on packing material and annular space as specified. I iiiiiiiiiiiiiIi I I ELM 10i I Angle Max (Item Duct Duct Packing 3C) imensio Thickness Annular Space Material Required 24 ga or 1/2 in. min to 1 in. Item 3A1 No 24 in. heavier max (610 (13 to 25 mm) mm) 'Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL (such as Canada), respectively. Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. January 27, 2015CD System No. W-L-8079 2of2 4. Cables —One max 3 in. (76 mm) diam bundle of cables installed within the opening and rigidly supported on both surfaces of wall. The annular space between the tightly -bundled cables and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 20 in. (508 mm). The separation between the cable bundle and the other penetrants shall be min 1 in. (25 mm) to max 20 in. (508 mm). Any combination of the following types and sizes of cables may be used: A. Max 25 pair No. 24 AWG telephone cable with polyvinyl chloride (PVC) insulation and jacket. B. Max 7/C No. 12 AWG copper conductor power and control cable with PVC or cross -linked polyethylene (XLPE) insulation and PVC jacket. C. Multiple fiber optical communication cable jacketed with PVC and having a max outside diam of 112 in. (13 mm). D. Max 3/C No. 8 AWG with bare aluminum ground, PVC insulated steel Metal -Clad+ Cable currently Classified under the Through Penetrating Product' (XHLY) category. E. Max 31C with round No. 8 AWG or smaller nonmetallic sheathed Romex cable with PVC insulation and jacket materials. F. RGIU coaxial cable with polyethylene (PE) insulation and polyvinyl chloride (PVC) jacket having a max outside diam of 1l2 in. (13 mm). G. Max 314 in. (19 mm) diam copper ground cable with or without PVC jacket. H. Max 1-114in. (32 mm) Diam single or multi conductor mineral -insulated copper -clad cable. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 1/4 hr if cables D, G and H are used. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 3l4 Hr for any other combination. 4A. Through Penetrants — (Not shown) -Max six nom 1 in. (25 mm) diam (or smaller) flexible steel conduits to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between the conduits and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to a max 3 in. (76 mm). Conduits to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 0 Hr if this penetrant is used. 4B. Through Penetrants — (Not Shown) - Max twelve nom 3/8 in. (10 mm) diam (or smaller) polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pneumatic tubing for use in closed (process or supply) piping systems. Tubing to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between the tubing and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to a max 1 in. (25 mm). Tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall. 5. Firestop System —The firestop system shall consist of the following: A. Packing Material — In 2 hr fire rated wall assemblies, min 4-3/4 in. (121 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kglm3) mineral wool ballinsulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. In 1 hr fire rated wall assemblies, min 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kg/m3) mineral wool ballinsulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. Packing material recessed from both surfaces of the wall to accommodate the required thickness of fill material. Al. Packing Material —Min 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kglm3) mineral wool batt insulation firmly packed as a backer around the perimeter of opening as a permanent form. When additional framing members are used to frame the opening (see Item 1A), this packing material is optional. Packing material can be used in combination with the additional framing members. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* —Sealant —Min 518 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. At the point contact location between through penetrants and gypsum board, a min 112 in. (13 mm) diam bead of fill material shall be applied at the gypsum board/through penetrant interface on both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-ONE Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant `Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. +Bearing the UL Listing Mark # Bearing the UL Recognized Component Mark Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. April 26, 2017 Page: 3 of 3 �`�S�F, System No. W-L-7155 r— J Classified by �' Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. to UL 1419NJ I iv I I I 3C 3B �I— -- L— --�-- II II II II II I� �I I11 II I� �I II II II 2 LA SECTION A -A 1B 1. Wall Assembly —The 1 or 2 hr fire -rated gypsum wallboard/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner described in the individual U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall or Partition Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs —Wall framing shall consist of min 3-112 in. (89 mm) wide steel channel studs spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. Additional steel studs shall be used to completely frame the opening. B. Gypsum Board* — 5/8 in. (16 mm) thick, 4 ft (1.22 m) wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum board type, thickness, number of layers, fastener type and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. Max area of opening is 73.7 sq ft (6.85 m2) with a max dimension of 104 in. (2.64 m). The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed. 2. Steel Duct —Max 100 in. by 100 in. (2.5 by 2.5 m) galv steel duct to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The duct shall be constructed and reinforced in accordance with SMACNA construction standards. The space between the steel duct and periphery of opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 2 in. (51 mm). Steel duct to be rigidly supported on both sides of the wall assembly. I . I I E 110 Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti Firestop Systems January27,2015 Page: 1 of 2 ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) T Ratings — 0 Hr FT Ratings — 0 Hr L Rating at Ambient —Less Than 1 FH Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) CFM/sq ft L Rating at 400 F —Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft FTH Ratings-0 Hr L Rating at Ambient —Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft L Rating at 400 F —Less Than 1 CFM/s A 3B 1A SHEET NOTES: 1. REFER TO THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIRESTOPPING. a. 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING b. 07 84 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING c. 07 84 43 JOINTS FIRESTOPPING d. 22 00 00 PLUMBING e. 23 00 00 HVAC f. 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL g. 27 05 37 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS FOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS, REFER TO QUALITY CONTROL PORTION OF THE SPECIFICATION. 2. DETAILS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL DETAILS. ALWAYS REFER TO THE LISTED SYSTEM DETAIL FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. IF FIELD CONDITIONS DO NOT MATCH REQUIREMENTS OF DETAILS, APPROVED ALTERNATE DETAILS SHALL BE UTILIZED. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS, FIELD CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS NEED TO BE VERIFIED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE DETAILS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: • FIRE RATING (F-RATING) • TEMPERATURE RATING (T-RATING) • LEAKAGE RATING (L-RATING) • WATER RATING (W-RATING) • ANNULAR SPACE • PERCENT FILL • MOVEMENT • TYPE AND THICKNESS OF FIRE -RATED CONSTRUCTION 3. IF ALTERNATE DETAILS MATCHING THE FIELD DESCRIPTION ARE NOT AVAILABLE, MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT DRAWINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ). CONTACT HILTI INC. FOR ALTERNATIVE SYSTEMS OR ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT (800-897-8000). DRAWINGS SHALL FOLLOW THE INTERNATIONAL FIRESTOP COUNCIL (IFC) GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATIONG FIRESTOP SYSTEMS ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS. 4. REFERENCES: • 2017 UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY COLUMES 1 & 2. • NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE • NFPA 70 -NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE • ALL GOVERNING LOCAL AND REGIONAL BUILDING CODES. 5. FIRESTOP SYSTEM INSTALLATION MUST MEET REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM E-814 (UL1479) TESTED ASSEMBLIES THAT PROVIDE A FIRE RATING EQUAL OR GREATER TO THAT OF CONSTRUCTION BEING GENERATED. 6. ALL RATED THROUGH PENETRATION ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PROMINENTLY LABELED WITH A HILTI FIRESTOP LABEL EQUIPPED WITH A QR CODE WITH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: • WARNING! -DO NOT DISTURB THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM • UL SYSTEM #' PRODUCT(S) USED • HOURLY RATING (F-RATING) • INSTALLATION DATE • CONTRACTOR'S NAME 7. FOR OUTLET BOXES REQUIRING PROTECTION, USE ONLY WALL OPENING PROTECTIVE MATERIALS, CATEGORY CLIV AS CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES, FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY (VOLUME 1). CURRENT AS OF NOVEMBER 19, 2017. SYSTEM DETAILS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. 00 Z W-L-1054 METAL PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-1389 MULTIPLE METAL PIPES THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-2078 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-2128 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-3334 CABLE BUNDLE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-3414 CABLE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-5028 PLASTIC PIPE WITH AB/PVC INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-5029 METAL PIPE WITH GLASS FIBER OR CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7042 METAL DUCT (WITHOUT DAMPER) THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7155 METAL DUCT THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7156 METAL DUCT WITH GLASS FIBER INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-8079 MULTIPLE PENETRATIONS THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) CLIV-76 MEMBRANE PENETRATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR F-A-2025 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH CONCRETE FLOOR (2-HR) Of W 't JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM V, , I V J 0 Z O O 5 N G W 3:0)W � J Q Q C G z zC)0 Irl O J � Q a_Uc�iW V J ZV O VJ O Fn C, J p3:Q W 5 oJ3: 0U Z20 Irl Q Z O 0- Q 0- ,1- W Z Z O 0 w w w g o w o_ O ILL W O Z M N W N Q o 0 M O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT trwr cRrlvA P'KVGh1ASKA STATE OF WASHINGTOM PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MC CHECKED BY: KP DETAILS A9001 JACKSON MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. ©2023 System No. W-L-7156 J Certification 3. Batts and Blankets' —Nom 1-112 or 2 in. (38 or 51 mm) thick glass fiber batt or blanket (min 3/4 pcf or 12 kglm3) jacketed on the outside with a foil-scrim-kraft facing. Longitudinal and transverse joints sealed with aluminum foil tape. During the installation of the fill material, the ballor blanket shall be compressed minimum 50%such that the annular space within the f restop system shall be min 1l2 in. (13 mm) to max 2 in. (51 mm). See Batts and Blankets (BKNV) category in the Building Materials Directory for names of manufacturers. Any bat or blanket meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index 50 or less may be used. 4. Firestop System —The firestop system shall consist of the following: A. Packing Material —Min 3-5/8 (92 mm) or 4-718 in. (124 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kglm3) mineral wool batt insulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form for 1 or 2 hr fire -rated walls, respectively. Packing material to be recessed from both surfaces of wall to accommodate the required thickness of fill material. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material' —Sealant —Min 518 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-ONE Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant C. Steel Retaining Angles —Min No. 16 gauge (0.059 in. or 1.5 mm) galv steel angles sized to lap steel duct a min of 2 in. 51 mm) and lap wall surfaces a min of 1 in. (25 mm). Angles attached to steel duct on both sides of wall with min No. 10 steel sheet metal screws spaced a max of 1 in. (25 mm) from each end of steel duct and spaced a max of 6 in. (152 mm) OC. When max duct dimension does not exceed 48 in. (122 cm) and duct area does not exceed 1300 in2 (8387 cm2), angles may be min No. 18 gauge galv steel. Angles attached to steel duct on both sides of wall with min No. 10 by 1l2 in. (13 mm) long steel sheet metal screws located a max of 1 in. (25 mm) from each end of steel duct and spaced a max of 6 in. (152 mm) OC. When max 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) thick insulation is used, steel angles are optional for those sides of duct that do not exceed the dimension specified in Table below, dependent on packing material and annular space as specified. I iiiiiiiiiiiiiIi I I ELM 10i I Angle Max (Item Duct Duct Packing 3C) imensio Thickness Annular Space Material Required 24 ga or 1/2 in. min to 1 in. Item 3A1 No 24 in. heavier max (610 (13 to 25 mm) mm) 'Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL (such as Canada), respectively. Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. January 27, 2015CD System No. W-L-8079 2of2 4. Cables —One max 3 in. (76 mm) diam bundle of cables installed within the opening and rigidly supported on both surfaces of wall. The annular space between the tightly -bundled cables and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 20 in. (508 mm). The separation between the cable bundle and the other penetrants shall be min 1 in. (25 mm) to max 20 in. (508 mm). Any combination of the following types and sizes of cables may be used: A. Max 25 pair No. 24 AWG telephone cable with polyvinyl chloride (PVC) insulation and jacket. B. Max 7/C No. 12 AWG copper conductor power and control cable with PVC or cross -linked polyethylene (XLPE) insulation and PVC jacket. C. Multiple fiber optical communication cable jacketed with PVC and having a max outside diam of 112 in. (13 mm). D. Max 3/C No. 8 AWG with bare aluminum ground, PVC insulated steel Metal -Clad+ Cable currently Classified under the Through Penetrating Product' (XHLY) category. E. Max 31C with round No. 8 AWG or smaller nonmetallic sheathed Romex cable with PVC insulation and jacket materials. F. RGIU coaxial cable with polyethylene (PE) insulation and polyvinyl chloride (PVC) jacket having a max outside diam of 1l2 in. (13 mm). G. Max 314 in. (19 mm) diam copper ground cable with or without PVC jacket. H. Max 1-114in. (32 mm) Diam single or multi conductor mineral -insulated copper -clad cable. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 1/4 hr if cables D, G and H are used. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 3l4 Hr for any other combination. 4A. Through Penetrants — (Not shown) -Max six nom 1 in. (25 mm) diam (or smaller) flexible steel conduits to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between the conduits and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to a max 3 in. (76 mm). Conduits to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 0 Hr if this penetrant is used. 4B. Through Penetrants — (Not Shown) - Max twelve nom 3/8 in. (10 mm) diam (or smaller) polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pneumatic tubing for use in closed (process or supply) piping systems. Tubing to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between the tubing and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to a max 1 in. (25 mm). Tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall. 5. Firestop System —The firestop system shall consist of the following: A. Packing Material — In 2 hr fire rated wall assemblies, min 4-3/4 in. (121 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kglm3) mineral wool ballinsulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. In 1 hr fire rated wall assemblies, min 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kg/m3) mineral wool ballinsulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. Packing material recessed from both surfaces of the wall to accommodate the required thickness of fill material. Al. Packing Material —Min 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kglm3) mineral wool batt insulation firmly packed as a backer around the perimeter of opening as a permanent form. When additional framing members are used to frame the opening (see Item 1A), this packing material is optional. Packing material can be used in combination with the additional framing members. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* —Sealant —Min 518 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. At the point contact location between through penetrants and gypsum board, a min 112 in. (13 mm) diam bead of fill material shall be applied at the gypsum board/through penetrant interface on both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-ONE Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant `Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. +Bearing the UL Listing Mark # Bearing the UL Recognized Component Mark Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. April 26, 2017 Page: 3 of 3 �`�S�F, System No. W-L-7155 r— J Classified by �' Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. to UL 1419NJ I iv I I I 3C 3B �I— -- L— --�-- II II II II II I� �I I11 II I� �I II II II 2 LA SECTION A -A 1B 1. Wall Assembly —The 1 or 2 hr fire -rated gypsum wallboard/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner described in the individual U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall or Partition Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs —Wall framing shall consist of min 3-112 in. (89 mm) wide steel channel studs spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. Additional steel studs shall be used to completely frame the opening. B. Gypsum Board* — 5/8 in. (16 mm) thick, 4 ft (1.22 m) wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum board type, thickness, number of layers, fastener type and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. Max area of opening is 73.7 sq ft (6.85 m2) with a max dimension of 104 in. (2.64 m). The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed. 2. Steel Duct —Max 100 in. by 100 in. (2.5 by 2.5 m) galv steel duct to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The duct shall be constructed and reinforced in accordance with SMACNA construction standards. The space between the steel duct and periphery of opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 2 in. (51 mm). Steel duct to be rigidly supported on both sides of the wall assembly. I . I I E 110 Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti Firestop Systems January27,2015 Page: 1 of 2 ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) T Ratings — 0 Hr FT Ratings — 0 Hr L Rating at Ambient —Less Than 1 FH Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) CFM/sq ft L Rating at 400 F —Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft FTH Ratings-0 Hr L Rating at Ambient —Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft L Rating at 400 F —Less Than 1 CFM/s A 3B 1A SHEET NOTES: 1. REFER TO THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIRESTOPPING. a. 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING b. 07 84 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING c. 07 84 43 JOINTS FIRESTOPPING d. 22 00 00 PLUMBING e. 23 00 00 HVAC f. 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL g. 27 05 37 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS FOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS, REFER TO QUALITY CONTROL PORTION OF THE SPECIFICATION. 2. DETAILS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL DETAILS. ALWAYS REFER TO THE LISTED SYSTEM DETAIL FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. IF FIELD CONDITIONS DO NOT MATCH REQUIREMENTS OF DETAILS, APPROVED ALTERNATE DETAILS SHALL BE UTILIZED. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS, FIELD CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS NEED TO BE VERIFIED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE DETAILS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: • FIRE RATING (F-RATING) • TEMPERATURE RATING (T-RATING) • LEAKAGE RATING (L-RATING) • WATER RATING (W-RATING) • ANNULAR SPACE • PERCENT FILL • MOVEMENT • TYPE AND THICKNESS OF FIRE -RATED CONSTRUCTION 3. IF ALTERNATE DETAILS MATCHING THE FIELD DESCRIPTION ARE NOT AVAILABLE, MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT DRAWINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ). CONTACT HILTI INC. FOR ALTERNATIVE SYSTEMS OR ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT (800-897-8000). DRAWINGS SHALL FOLLOW THE INTERNATIONAL FIRESTOP COUNCIL (IFC) GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATIONG FIRESTOP SYSTEMS ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS. 4. REFERENCES: • 2017 UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY COLUMES 1 & 2. • NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE • NFPA 70 -NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE • ALL GOVERNING LOCAL AND REGIONAL BUILDING CODES. 5. FIRESTOP SYSTEM INSTALLATION MUST MEET REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM E-814 (UL1479) TESTED ASSEMBLIES THAT PROVIDE A FIRE RATING EQUAL OR GREATER TO THAT OF CONSTRUCTION BEING GENERATED. 6. ALL RATED THROUGH PENETRATION ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PROMINENTLY LABELED WITH A HILTI FIRESTOP LABEL EQUIPPED WITH A QR CODE WITH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: • WARNING! -DO NOT DISTURB THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM • UL SYSTEM #' PRODUCT(S) USED • HOURLY RATING (F-RATING) • INSTALLATION DATE • CONTRACTOR'S NAME 7. FOR OUTLET BOXES REQUIRING PROTECTION, USE ONLY WALL OPENING PROTECTIVE MATERIALS, CATEGORY CLIV AS CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES, FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY (VOLUME 1). CURRENT AS OF NOVEMBER 19, 2017. SYSTEM DETAILS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. 00 Z W-L-1054 METAL PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-1389 MULTIPLE METAL PIPES THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-2078 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-2128 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-3334 CABLE BUNDLE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-3414 CABLE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-5028 PLASTIC PIPE WITH AB/PVC INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-5029 METAL PIPE WITH GLASS FIBER OR CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7042 METAL DUCT (WITHOUT DAMPER) THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7155 METAL DUCT THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7156 METAL DUCT WITH GLASS FIBER INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-8079 MULTIPLE PENETRATIONS THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) CLIV-76 MEMBRANE PENETRATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR F-A-2025 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH CONCRETE FLOOR (2-HR) Of W 't JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM V, , I V J 0 Z O O 5 N G W 3:0)W � J Q Q C G z zC)0 Irl O J � Q a_Uc�iW V J ZV O VJ O Fn C, J p3:Q W 5 oJ3: 0U Z20 Irl Q Z O 0- Q 0- ,1- W Z Z O 0 w w w g o w o_ O ILL W O Z M N W N Q o 0 M O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT trwr cRrlvA P'KVGh1ASKA STATE OF WASHINGTOM PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MC CHECKED BY: KP DETAILS A9001 JACKSON MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. ©2023 'Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL (such as Canada), respectively. Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. January 27, 2015CD System No. W-L-8079 2of2 4. Cables —One max 3 in. (76 mm) diam bundle of cables installed within the opening and rigidly supported on both surfaces of wall. The annular space between the tightly -bundled cables and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 20 in. (508 mm). The separation between the cable bundle and the other penetrants shall be min 1 in. (25 mm) to max 20 in. (508 mm). Any combination of the following types and sizes of cables may be used: A. Max 25 pair No. 24 AWG telephone cable with polyvinyl chloride (PVC) insulation and jacket. B. Max 7/C No. 12 AWG copper conductor power and control cable with PVC or cross -linked polyethylene (XLPE) insulation and PVC jacket. C. Multiple fiber optical communication cable jacketed with PVC and having a max outside diam of 112 in. (13 mm). D. Max 3/C No. 8 AWG with bare aluminum ground, PVC insulated steel Metal -Clad+ Cable currently Classified under the Through Penetrating Product' (XHLY) category. E. Max 31C with round No. 8 AWG or smaller nonmetallic sheathed Romex cable with PVC insulation and jacket materials. F. RGIU coaxial cable with polyethylene (PE) insulation and polyvinyl chloride (PVC) jacket having a max outside diam of 1l2 in. (13 mm). G. Max 314 in. (19 mm) diam copper ground cable with or without PVC jacket. H. Max 1-114in. (32 mm) Diam single or multi conductor mineral -insulated copper -clad cable. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 1/4 hr if cables D, G and H are used. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 3l4 Hr for any other combination. 4A. Through Penetrants — (Not shown) -Max six nom 1 in. (25 mm) diam (or smaller) flexible steel conduits to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between the conduits and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to a max 3 in. (76 mm). Conduits to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall. The T, FT and FTH Ratings are 0 Hr if this penetrant is used. 4B. Through Penetrants — (Not Shown) - Max twelve nom 3/8 in. (10 mm) diam (or smaller) polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pneumatic tubing for use in closed (process or supply) piping systems. Tubing to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between the tubing and the periphery of the opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to a max 1 in. (25 mm). Tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall. 5. Firestop System —The firestop system shall consist of the following: A. Packing Material — In 2 hr fire rated wall assemblies, min 4-3/4 in. (121 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kglm3) mineral wool ballinsulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. In 1 hr fire rated wall assemblies, min 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kg/m3) mineral wool ballinsulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. Packing material recessed from both surfaces of the wall to accommodate the required thickness of fill material. Al. Packing Material —Min 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kglm3) mineral wool batt insulation firmly packed as a backer around the perimeter of opening as a permanent form. When additional framing members are used to frame the opening (see Item 1A), this packing material is optional. Packing material can be used in combination with the additional framing members. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* —Sealant —Min 518 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. At the point contact location between through penetrants and gypsum board, a min 112 in. (13 mm) diam bead of fill material shall be applied at the gypsum board/through penetrant interface on both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-ONE Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant `Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. +Bearing the UL Listing Mark # Bearing the UL Recognized Component Mark Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. April 26, 2017 Page: 3 of 3 �`�S�F, System No. W-L-7155 r— J Classified by �' Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. to UL 1419NJ I iv I I I 3C 3B �I— -- L— --�-- II II II II II I� �I I11 II I� �I II II II 2 LA SECTION A -A 1B 1. Wall Assembly —The 1 or 2 hr fire -rated gypsum wallboard/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner described in the individual U400, V400 or W400 Series Wall or Partition Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs —Wall framing shall consist of min 3-112 in. (89 mm) wide steel channel studs spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. Additional steel studs shall be used to completely frame the opening. B. Gypsum Board* — 5/8 in. (16 mm) thick, 4 ft (1.22 m) wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum board type, thickness, number of layers, fastener type and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. Max area of opening is 73.7 sq ft (6.85 m2) with a max dimension of 104 in. (2.64 m). The hourly F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed. 2. Steel Duct —Max 100 in. by 100 in. (2.5 by 2.5 m) galv steel duct to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The duct shall be constructed and reinforced in accordance with SMACNA construction standards. The space between the steel duct and periphery of opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 2 in. (51 mm). Steel duct to be rigidly supported on both sides of the wall assembly. I . I I E 110 Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti Firestop Systems January27,2015 Page: 1 of 2 ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) T Ratings — 0 Hr FT Ratings — 0 Hr L Rating at Ambient —Less Than 1 FH Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) CFM/sq ft L Rating at 400 F —Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft FTH Ratings-0 Hr L Rating at Ambient —Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft L Rating at 400 F —Less Than 1 CFM/s A 3B 1A SHEET NOTES: 1. REFER TO THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIRESTOPPING. a. 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING b. 07 84 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING c. 07 84 43 JOINTS FIRESTOPPING d. 22 00 00 PLUMBING e. 23 00 00 HVAC f. 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL g. 27 05 37 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS FOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS, REFER TO QUALITY CONTROL PORTION OF THE SPECIFICATION. 2. DETAILS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL DETAILS. ALWAYS REFER TO THE LISTED SYSTEM DETAIL FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. IF FIELD CONDITIONS DO NOT MATCH REQUIREMENTS OF DETAILS, APPROVED ALTERNATE DETAILS SHALL BE UTILIZED. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS, FIELD CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS NEED TO BE VERIFIED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE DETAILS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: • FIRE RATING (F-RATING) • TEMPERATURE RATING (T-RATING) • LEAKAGE RATING (L-RATING) • WATER RATING (W-RATING) • ANNULAR SPACE • PERCENT FILL • MOVEMENT • TYPE AND THICKNESS OF FIRE -RATED CONSTRUCTION 3. IF ALTERNATE DETAILS MATCHING THE FIELD DESCRIPTION ARE NOT AVAILABLE, MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT DRAWINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ). CONTACT HILTI INC. FOR ALTERNATIVE SYSTEMS OR ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT (800-897-8000). DRAWINGS SHALL FOLLOW THE INTERNATIONAL FIRESTOP COUNCIL (IFC) GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATIONG FIRESTOP SYSTEMS ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS. 4. REFERENCES: • 2017 UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY COLUMES 1 & 2. • NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE • NFPA 70 -NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE • ALL GOVERNING LOCAL AND REGIONAL BUILDING CODES. 5. FIRESTOP SYSTEM INSTALLATION MUST MEET REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM E-814 (UL1479) TESTED ASSEMBLIES THAT PROVIDE A FIRE RATING EQUAL OR GREATER TO THAT OF CONSTRUCTION BEING GENERATED. 6. ALL RATED THROUGH PENETRATION ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PROMINENTLY LABELED WITH A HILTI FIRESTOP LABEL EQUIPPED WITH A QR CODE WITH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: • WARNING! -DO NOT DISTURB THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM • UL SYSTEM #' PRODUCT(S) USED • HOURLY RATING (F-RATING) • INSTALLATION DATE • CONTRACTOR'S NAME 7. FOR OUTLET BOXES REQUIRING PROTECTION, USE ONLY WALL OPENING PROTECTIVE MATERIALS, CATEGORY CLIV AS CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES, FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY (VOLUME 1). CURRENT AS OF NOVEMBER 19, 2017. SYSTEM DETAILS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. 00 Z W-L-1054 METAL PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-1389 MULTIPLE METAL PIPES THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-2078 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-2128 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-3334 CABLE BUNDLE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-3414 CABLE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-5028 PLASTIC PIPE WITH AB/PVC INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-5029 METAL PIPE WITH GLASS FIBER OR CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7042 METAL DUCT (WITHOUT DAMPER) THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7155 METAL DUCT THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7156 METAL DUCT WITH GLASS FIBER INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-8079 MULTIPLE PENETRATIONS THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) CLIV-76 MEMBRANE PENETRATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR F-A-2025 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH CONCRETE FLOOR (2-HR) Of W 't JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM V, , I V J 0 Z O O 5 N G W 3:0)W � J Q Q C G z zC)0 Irl O J � Q a_Uc�iW V J ZV O VJ O Fn C, J p3:Q W 5 oJ3: 0U Z20 Irl Q Z O 0- Q 0- ,1- W Z Z O 0 w w w g o w o_ O ILL W O Z M N W N Q o 0 M O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT trwr cRrlvA P'KVGh1ASKA STATE OF WASHINGTOM PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MC CHECKED BY: KP DETAILS A9001 JACKSON MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. ©2023 SHEET NOTES: 1. REFER TO THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIRESTOPPING. a. 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING b. 07 84 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING c. 07 84 43 JOINTS FIRESTOPPING d. 22 00 00 PLUMBING e. 23 00 00 HVAC f. 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL g. 27 05 37 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS FOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS, REFER TO QUALITY CONTROL PORTION OF THE SPECIFICATION. 2. DETAILS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL DETAILS. ALWAYS REFER TO THE LISTED SYSTEM DETAIL FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. IF FIELD CONDITIONS DO NOT MATCH REQUIREMENTS OF DETAILS, APPROVED ALTERNATE DETAILS SHALL BE UTILIZED. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS, FIELD CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS NEED TO BE VERIFIED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE DETAILS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: • FIRE RATING (F-RATING) • TEMPERATURE RATING (T-RATING) • LEAKAGE RATING (L-RATING) • WATER RATING (W-RATING) • ANNULAR SPACE • PERCENT FILL • MOVEMENT • TYPE AND THICKNESS OF FIRE -RATED CONSTRUCTION 3. IF ALTERNATE DETAILS MATCHING THE FIELD DESCRIPTION ARE NOT AVAILABLE, MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT DRAWINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ). CONTACT HILTI INC. FOR ALTERNATIVE SYSTEMS OR ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT (800-897-8000). DRAWINGS SHALL FOLLOW THE INTERNATIONAL FIRESTOP COUNCIL (IFC) GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATIONG FIRESTOP SYSTEMS ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS. 4. REFERENCES: • 2017 UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY COLUMES 1 & 2. • NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE • NFPA 70 -NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE • ALL GOVERNING LOCAL AND REGIONAL BUILDING CODES. 5. FIRESTOP SYSTEM INSTALLATION MUST MEET REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM E-814 (UL1479) TESTED ASSEMBLIES THAT PROVIDE A FIRE RATING EQUAL OR GREATER TO THAT OF CONSTRUCTION BEING GENERATED. 6. ALL RATED THROUGH PENETRATION ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PROMINENTLY LABELED WITH A HILTI FIRESTOP LABEL EQUIPPED WITH A QR CODE WITH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: • WARNING! -DO NOT DISTURB THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM • UL SYSTEM #' PRODUCT(S) USED • HOURLY RATING (F-RATING) • INSTALLATION DATE • CONTRACTOR'S NAME 7. FOR OUTLET BOXES REQUIRING PROTECTION, USE ONLY WALL OPENING PROTECTIVE MATERIALS, CATEGORY CLIV AS CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES, FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY (VOLUME 1). CURRENT AS OF NOVEMBER 19, 2017. SYSTEM DETAILS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. 00 Z W-L-1054 METAL PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-1389 MULTIPLE METAL PIPES THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-2078 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-2128 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-3334 CABLE BUNDLE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-3414 CABLE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-5028 PLASTIC PIPE WITH AB/PVC INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-5029 METAL PIPE WITH GLASS FIBER OR CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7042 METAL DUCT (WITHOUT DAMPER) THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7155 METAL DUCT THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7156 METAL DUCT WITH GLASS FIBER INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-8079 MULTIPLE PENETRATIONS THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) CLIV-76 MEMBRANE PENETRATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR F-A-2025 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH CONCRETE FLOOR (2-HR) Of W 't JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM V, , I V J 0 Z O O 5 N G W 3:0)W � J Q Q C G z zC)0 Irl O J � Q a_Uc�iW V J ZV O VJ O Fn C, J p3:Q W 5 oJ3: 0U Z20 Irl Q Z O 0- Q 0- ,1- W Z Z O 0 w w w g o w o_ O ILL W O Z M N W N Q o 0 M O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT trwr cRrlvA P'KVGh1ASKA STATE OF WASHINGTOM PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MC CHECKED BY: KP DETAILS A9001 JACKSON MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. ©2023 JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM V, , I V J 0 Z O O 5 N G W 3:0)W � J Q Q C G z zC)0 Irl O J � Q a_Uc�iW V J ZV O VJ O Fn C, J p3:Q W 5 oJ3: 0U Z20 Irl Q Z O 0- Q 0- ,1- W Z Z O 0 w w w g o w o_ O ILL W O Z M N W N Q o 0 M O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT trwr cRrlvA P'KVGh1ASKA STATE OF WASHINGTOM PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MC CHECKED BY: KP DETAILS A9001 JACKSON MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. ©2023 V J ZV O VJ O Fn C, J p3:Q W 5 oJ3: 0U Z20 Irl Q Z O 0- Q 0- ,1- W Z Z O 0 w w w g o w o_ O ILL W O Z M N W N Q o 0 M O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT trwr cRrlvA P'KVGh1ASKA STATE OF WASHINGTOM PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MC CHECKED BY: KP DETAILS A9001 JACKSON MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. ©2023 Z Z O 0 w w w g o w o_ O ILL W O Z M N W N Q o 0 M O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT trwr cRrlvA P'KVGh1ASKA STATE OF WASHINGTOM PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MC CHECKED BY: KP DETAILS A9001 JACKSON MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. ©2023 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT trwr cRrlvA P'KVGh1ASKA STATE OF WASHINGTOM PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MC CHECKED BY: KP DETAILS A9001 JACKSON MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. ©2023 A9001 JACKSON MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. ©2023 IG Wall Opening Protective Materials (CLIV, CLIV7) LU c V4.7 us Classified by x 0 Underw hers Laboratories, Inc. m to UL 263 and CANIULC-S101 a O t— rn LU a Power Cable v U 1/8" thick CP617 a 1 or 2 Hr Gypsum Wall or CFS-P PA Assembly (2 Hr Shown) Firestop Putty Pad Wood Stud or Steel Stud (Not Shown) 1� UL Listed Non -Metallic Outlet Box (Refer to UL listing) Or UL Listed Metallic Outlet Box (Refer to UL listing) Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti FirestopSystems Y December07,2016 Page: 1 of 5 Wall Opening Protective Materials (CLIV, CLIV7) Box Type of Box Hourly Wall Size and Cover Plate Rating Type 4 x 4 x 2-1/8 in Metallic w/ steel cover 2-hour U300, U400 or V400 - wood or steel deep plates studs 4 x 4 x 2-1/8 in Metallic w/ plastic cover 1-hour U300, U400 or V400 - wood or steel deep plates studs 4 x 4 x 1-1/2 in Metallic w/ plastic cover 1-hour U300 -wood studs deep plates HILTI Firestop Box Insert, for use with max 21/8 x 4 x 2118 in. deep UL Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes without internal clamps in 2 hr fire rated gypsum wallboard wall assemblies framed with min 31/2 in. deep wood or steel studs and constructed of materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300, U400 or V400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the Fire Resistance Directory. Outlet boxes may be installed with steel cover plates. One 1-7/8 x 2-13/16 insert adhered to the interior back wall of the outlet box in accordance with the instructions supplied with the product. HILTI Firestop Box Insert, for use with max 4-1/2 x 8-1/2 in. by 1-5/8 in. deep or max 3-3/4 x 5-1/2 in. by 2-1/2 in deep UL Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes without internal clamps in 1 hr or 2 hr fire rated gypsum wallboard wall assemblies framed with min 31/2 in. deep steel or wood studs and constructed of materials and in the manner specified in the individual U400, V400 or U300 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the Fire Resistance Directory, as summarized in the Table below. Outlet boxes installed with steel cover plates. Box inserts evenly spaced and adhered to the interior back wall of the outlet box in accordance with the instructions supplied with the product. Box Size Inserts Used Fire Rating Wall Type 4-1/2 x 8-1/2 x 1-5/8 in Two 3-11/16 x 3-3/4 in. inserts *' 2 hour U300, U400 or V400 -wood or deep steel studs 3-3/4 x 5-1/2 x 2-1/2 in One 3-11/16 x 3-3/4 in. insert and 1 hour U300, U400, or V400 - wood or deep one 1 7/8 x 2-13/16 in. insert steel studs " - Min 3/4 in. deep plaster rings installed over outlet box. After installation of gypsum board, nom 1/4 in. thickness of Hilti FS-ONE Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant, bearing the UL Classification Marking for Fill, Void or Cavity Materials, applied between the base layer of wallboard and the plaster ring. LU W rn Z x 0 m 0 I— a a a vn U_ U U HILTI Firestop Box Insert , for use with 4-3/8 by 4-7/8 by 2-1/4 in. deep flush device UL Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes without internal clamps in 1 hr fire rated gypsum board wall assemblies framed with min 3-1/2 in. deepwood or steel studs and constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300, U400 or V400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the Fire Resistance Directory. One 4-318 in. wide by 4-3/8 in. high insert adhered to the interior back wall of the outlet box in accordance with the installation instructions supplied with the product. Smaller sized inserts may be cut and combined to achieve the 4-3/8 in. b 4-3/8 in. coverage and adhered to the interior back wall of P Y Y 9 the outlet box. Outlet boxes installed with plastic or steel cover plates. HILTI FirestopBox Insert for use with 4-3/8 b 4-7/8 b 2-1/4 in. deep flush device UL Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes without internal clams in 2 � Y Y P P hr fire rated gypsum board wall assemblies framed with min 3-1/2 in. deep wood or steel studs and constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300, U400 or V400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the Fire Resistance Directory. One 4-318 in. wide by 4-3/8 in. high insert adhered to the interior back wall of the outlet box in accordance with the installation instructions supplied with the product. Smaller sized inserts may be cut and combined to achieve the 4-3/8 in. by 4-3/8 in. coverage and adhered to the interior back wall of the outlet box. Outlet boxes installed with steel cover plates. CP 617 or CFS-P PA Firestop Putty Pads and HILTI Firestop Box Inserts, for use with maximum 4 by 4 by 1-1/2 in. (102 by 102 by 38 mm) deep flush device UL Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes installed with steel mud rings and with steel or plastic faceplates in 1 or 2 hr fire rated gypsum board wall assemblies constructed with min 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) wide wood or steel studs. When both protective materials are used with outlet boxes on both sides of the wall as directed, the boxes may be installed back-to-back provided that the backs of the boxes are minimum 1/2 in. (13 mm) apart and provided that the boxes are not interconnected. Adjoining pieces of moldable putty pads to be overlapped approx 1/2 in. (13 mm) at the seam. An insert pad shall be installed to completely cover the back inside surface of each outlet box. Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of MEN Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Systems December 07, Hilti Firestop Y Page: 5 of 5 CYi M N O N 0 Wall Opening Protective Materials (CLIV, CLIV7) W Tn z x 0 Co 11 O UJ UJ a a Steel Stud or LL Wood Stud (Not Shown) U 1 or 2-Hr. Gypsum Wall Assembly (2-Hr. Shown) U Power Cable Firestop Box Insert UL Listed Non -Metallic Outlet Box (Refer to UL Listing) or UL Listed Metallic Outlet Box Refer to UL Listing) 9) APPLICATION: NNI N.M.An Ism Y.rb nrml. In rre.ragrNpun rl�ub. rnn. k.nmd Ibr.w I.Iw. r.k,s.l ba. m qprb.V..rft raft b b. Irnb• ornlN.elrtll.eemr r I.rur YhY`[Y.111rr41LLlM YWr o,.rfk nl NNI 4Up61T"1 k. *v. ulv ;1"!e,N nL � 16 Tr. 1l069N A wx Ntj ltl fa ntic A\raw rl. nwn a nv a c. a Tq.:-ro-xamN. w*w�. n.iamr Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. December 07,2016 Hilti FirestopS Systems Page: 2 of 5 �s�U Classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. to UL 1479 System No. F-A-2025 F Rating — 2 Hr T Rating — 2 Hr in N O a 1. Floor Assembly — The fire -rated unprotected concrete and steel floor assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual D900 Series designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and as summarized below: 9 ry A. Normal Weight Concrete — Min 2-1/2 in. 64 mm thickness of lightweight or normal weight 100-150 pcf or 1600-2400 k m3 concrete 9 ( )9( P 9/ ) topping in as measured over the crests of the steel floor units. B. Steel Floor and Form Units* — Composite or noncom site 3 in. 76 mm deep fluted alv units as specified in the individual Floor -Ceiling Po Po ( ) P 9 P 9 design. Max diam of opening core- drilled through floor assembly is 8 in. (203 mm). 2. Through Penetrants — One nonmetallic i to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firesto system. The annular space 9 pipe Y Y P Y P between i andperipheryof o nin shall be min 0 in. 0 mm point contact to max 1-1/2 in. 38 mm . Pipe to be rigidly su rted on both pipe opening ( , P ) ( ) P supported sides of floor assembly. The following types and sizes of nonmetallic pipes may be used: A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 solid -core or cellular core PVC pipe for use in closed (process or supply) or vented (drain, waste or vent) piping system. B. Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Pipe — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) SDR13.5 CPVC pipe for use in closed (process or supply) piping systems. C. Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS) Pipe — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 solid -core or cellular core ABS pipe for use in dosed (process or supply) or vented (drain, waste or vent) piping systems. D. Flame Retardant Polypropylene (FRPP) Pipe — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 FRPP pipe for use in closed (process or supply) or vented drain, waste or vent) piping systems. Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti FirestopJanuary 15,2015 Systems Page: 1 of 2 Wall Opening Protective Materials (CLIV, CLIV7) CP 617 or CFS-P PA Firestop Putty Pads, for use with flush device UL Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes installed with steel mud rings or UL Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes in framed wall assemblies as specified below. When protective material is used on outlet boxes on both sides of the wall as directed, the horizontal separation between outlet boxes on opposite sides of the wall may be less than 24 in. provided that the boxes are not installed back-to-back (unless otherwise indicated). Installation shall comply with the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70). Min 1/8 in. thick (CP 617) or min 0.2 in. (CFS-P PA) thick moldable putty pads are to be installed to completely cover the exterior surfaces of the outlet box (except for the side of the outlet box against the stud) and conduit fittingsloonnectors and to completely seal against the stud and gypsum board in the wall cavity unless otherwise noted below. When CFS-P PA is used, the putty pads may be installed with the release liner intact on the outside of the pad with the exception of any overlaps, in which case the liner is to be removed from the bottom layer at the overlap location. The box composition, max device dimensions, hourly rating, type of stud and type of faceplate are specified below. CP 617 or CFS-P PA Firestop Putty Pads, for use with max 4 by 4 by max 2-1/8 in. flush device UL Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes installed with steel cover plates in 1 and 2 hr. fire rated gypsum wallboard wall assemblies framed with min 3-1/2 in. deep wood or steel studs and constructed as specified in the individual U300, U400 or V400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the Fire Resistance Directory. CP 617 or CFS-P PA Firestop Putty Pads, for use with max 4-11/16 by 4-11/16 by max 2-1/8 in., or max 4-3/8 by 4-7/8 by max 2-1/8 in., flush device UL Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes installed with steel cover plates for use in 1 hr fire rated V446 gypsum board/steel stud or U341 gypsum board/wood stud Wall and Partition Design No. in the Fire Resistance Directory. When U341 wall design is used, wall shall be sheathed with 5/8 in. gypsum board, and glass or mineral fiber batt insulation shall be installed in stud cavities in accordance with U341 design. Boxes may be installed back-to-back. CP 617 or CFS-P PA Firestop Putty Pads, for use with max 4-11/16 by 4-11/16 by max 2-1/8 in. flush device UL Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes installed with steel cover plates for use in 1 and 2 hr fire rated gypsum board wall assemblies framed with min 3-1/2 in. deep wood or steel studs and constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300, U400 or V400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the Fire Resistance Directory. Min 0.8 pcf density fiberglass batt insulation is to be installed within the wall cavity required for 1 hr fire rated gypsum board wall assemblies and optional in 2 hr fire rated gypsum wallboard assemblies. CP 617 or CFS-P PA Firestop Putty Pads, for use with max 4 by 3-3/4 by 3 in. deep UL Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes manufactured by Carton Electrical Products, made from polyvinyl chloride, and bearing a 2 hr rating under the "Outlet Boxes and Fittings Classification for Fire Resistance" category in the Fire Resistance Directory. Putty pads and boxes for use in 1 and 2 hr fire rated gypsum wallboard assemblies, framed with min 3-1/2 in. deep wood studs and constructed as specified in the individual U300 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the Fire Resistance Directory. Outlet box secured to wood stud by means of two nailing tabs supplied with the outlet box. Putty pads shall lap min 1/2 in. onto the stud and gypsum board within the stud cavity. Outlet boxes installed with steel or plastic cover plates. CP 617 or CFS-P PA Firestop Putty Pads, for use with max 4 by 4 by 2-7/8 in. deep UL Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes manufactured by Carton Electrical Products, made from polyvinyl chloride, and bearing a 2 hr rating under the "Outlet Boxes and Fittings Classification for Fire Resistance" category in the Fire Resistance Directory. Putty pads and boxes for use in the 1 hr fire rated V446 gypsum board/steel stud or U341 gypsum board/wood stud Wall and Partition Design in the Fire Resistance Directory. When U341 wall design is used, wall shall be sheathed with 5/8 in. gypsum board, and glass or mineral fiber batt insulation shall be installed in stud cavities in accordance with U341 design. Outlet box secured to steel stud by means of fastening tab supplied with the outlet box. Putty pads shall tap min 112 in. onto the stud and gypsum board within the stud cavity. Outlet boxes installed with steel or plastic cover plates. Boxes may be installed back to back. CP 617 Firestop Putty Pads, for use with max 2-1/4 by 3-3/4 by 2-314 in. deep UL Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes manufactured by Pass and Seymore, Inc., and bearing a 2 hr rating under the "Outlet Boxes and Fittings Classification for Fire Resistance" category in the Fire Resistance Directory. Putty pads and boxes for use in 1 and 2 hr fire rated gypsum wallboard assemblies, framed with min 3-1/2 in. deep wood studs and constructed as specified in the individual U300 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the Fire Resistance Directory. Outlet box secured to wood stud by means of two nailing tabs supplied with the outlet box.Putty pads shall lap min 1/2 in. onto the stud and gypsum board within the stud cavity. Outlet boxes installed with steel or plastic cover plates. CP 617 or CFS-P PA Firestop Putty Pads, for use with max 4 by 3-3/4 by 3 in. deep UL Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes manufactured by Allied Molded Products, Inc., made from fiber reinforced thermoplastic and bearing a 2 hr rating under the "Outlet Boxes and Fittings Classification for Fire Resistance" category in the Fire Resistance Directory. Putty ads and boxes for use in 1 hr fire rated sum 9 ry ry ttY P 9YP wallboard assemblies, framed with min 3-1/2 in. deep wood studs and constructed as specified in the individual U300 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the Fire Resistance Directory. Outlet box secured to wood stud by means of two nailing tabs supplied with the outlet box. Putty pads shall tap min 1/2 in. onto the stud and gypsum board within the stud cavity. Outlet boxes installed with plastic cover plates. t— US W M Z x O m d O rn of a a a rh to a- U Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hilti FirestopS December 07,2016 Systems Page: 3 of 5 �SSIP ®� System No. F-A-2025 Classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. to UL 1479 3. Metal Plate Enclosure — Min 18 ga steel. Width of plate to be min 12 in. (305 mm). Length of plate (transverse to steel floor unit direction) to extend to steel floor unit valley beyond each side of core -drilled hole with a min lap of 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) on the floor unit valley at each end. Both ends of plate perpendicular to floor unit valleys to be cut to permit the ends to be bent upwards 90 F deg to follow the contour of the floor unit, enclosing the packing material (Item 4) within the areas of the flutes. The contoured plate ends shall be such that the gap between the floor unit and the plate ends is no greater than 1/4 in. (6 mm). As an alternate to bending up ends of plate, min 1/4 in. (6 mm) thickness of fill material (Item 5) shall be applied to completely cover the surface of the mineral wool packing material within the flutes of the steel floor units, between the two ends of the metal enclosure plate and the steel floor units. Circular cutout in plate to tightly follow circumference of nonmetallic pipe with side edges of plate at least 3 in. (76 mm) from circular cutout on all sides. Slit made in plate to permit installation around the nonmetallic pipe to be located at end of late beneath floor unit valley nearest to the circular cutout. Plate secured to valleys of floor unit PP P Y Y using min 1/4 in. (6 mm) diam by 1-3/4 in. (45 mm) long steel expansion bolts, or equivalent, in conjunction with min 3/4 in. (19 mm) diam steel washers or min 0.145 in. (4 mm) diam by 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) long powder actuated fasteners utilizing a 1-7/16 in. (36 mm) diam by 1/16 in. (2 mm) thick steel washer. As alternates to the anchors specified above, Hilti 1/4 in. (6 mm) diam by 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) long KWIK-CON II+ concrete screw anchor, Hilti 1/4 in. (6 mm) diam by 1-3/4 in. (44 mm) long KWIK-BOLT 3 steel expansion anchor or Hilti X-DNI 27 P8 S15 powder actuated floor pin with integral nom 9/16 in. (15 mm) diam washer may be used . Fasteners to be located approx 1 in. (25 mm) from edges of plate at each corner, at each plate/valley intersection and at both sides of slit made to permit installation around nonmetallic pipe. Spacing of fasteners no to exceed 10 in. (254 mm) OC. 4. Packing Material — Mineral wool batt insulation having min density of 4 pcf (64 kglm3), firmly packed into flutes of steel floor units above metal plate enclosure (Item 3) to completely fill cavities. When ends of metal plate enclosure perpendicular to floor unit valleys are not bent up to enclose packing material within flutes (see Item 3), packing material to be recessed from ends of plate to accommodate the required thickness of the fill material. 5. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* — Sealant — Nom 1/2 in. (13 mm) bead of fill material applied around the perimeter of the metal plate enclosure at the interface of the enclosure and steel deck. When ends of metal plate enclosure (Item 3) are not bent up to enclose packing material within flutes, min 1/4 in. (6 mm) thickness of fill material shall be applied to completely cover the surface of the mineral wool packing material within the flutes of the steel floor units, between the two ends of the metal enclosure plate and the steel floor units. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-One Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant 6. FirestopDevice* — Firestop Collar — Firestop collar shall be installed in accordance with the accompanyinginstallation instructions. Collar to P P be installed and latched around the pipe and secured to the valley of the steel deck and to the metal plate enclosure using the anchor hooks provided with the collar. Min of two anchor hooks required for 1-1/2 and 2 in. (38 and 51 mm) diam pipes, min of three anchor hooks required for 3 and 4 in. 76 and 102 mm diam pipes, and min of four anchor hooks required for 6 in. 152 mm diam pipes. Where the anchor hooks ( ) PP q ( ) PP are beneath the valleyof the steel floor unit the anchor tabs are to be secured with 1/4 in. 6 mm diam b min 1-1/2 in. 38 mm Ion steel ( ) Y ( ) 9 expansion bolts, or equivalent, in conjunction with steel nuts and min 3/4 in. (19 mm) diam steel washers with one anchor bolt in each anchor hook. Where the anchor hooks are beneath the crest of the steel deck, the anchor hooks are to be secured to the metal enclosure with No. 10 by min 1/2 in. (13 mm) long self -drilling, self -tapping steel screws and min 3/4 in. (19 mm) diam steel washers. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — CP 643 50/1.5"N, CP 643 63/2"N, CP643 9013"N, CP 643110/4"N or CP 64316016"N Firestop Collar. Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. I I I MEN " I Hilti Firestop Systems Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. January 15, 2015 N CD a 2of2 Wall Opening Protective Materials (CLIV, CLIV7) W rn z x O m 11 O rn of CP 617 or CFS-P PA Firestop Putty Pads, for use with max 4 by 4 in. by 1-1/2 in. deep flush device UL Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes installed LL with steel cover plates in 1 hr. fire rated gypsum wallboard wall assemblies framed with min 3-1/2 in. deep wood or steel studs and constructed a as specified in the individual U300, U400 or V400 Series Wall and Partifion Designs in the Fire Resistance Directory. The boxes are installed a back to back with 5 in. by 4 in. UL Classified fire block, CP 657 or CFS-BL Firestop Block installed in the cavity between the two boxes. rh CP 617 or CFS-P PA Firestop Putty Pads, for use with max 14 by 4 by max 2-1/2 in. flush device UL Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes installed with C-) steel cover plates in 1 and 2 hr. fire rated gypsum board wall assemblies framed with min 5-1/2 in. deep wood or steel studs for 2 hr fire rated walls and min 3-1/2 in. deepwood or steel studs for 1 hr fire rated walls. Walls constructed as specified in the individual U300 U400 or V400 "c Series Wall and Partition Designs in the Fire Resistance Directory. Stud cavity insulation is required and shall consist of min 5-1/2 in. (2 hr 2 rated walls) or min 3-1/2 in. 1 hr rated walls thick fiberglass min 0.8 or mineral fiber min 4 . Putty ads shall la min 1/2 in. onto the ( ) 9 ( P� ( P� ttY P P stud and gypsum board within the stud cavity. When boxes are interconnected by means of electrical metallic tube (EMT) or conduit, a ball of putty pad material shall be used to completely plug the open end of each EMT or conduit within the box. CP 617 or CFS-P PA Firestop Putty Pads, for use with max 4-11/16 by 4-11/16 by max 2-1/8 in. flush device UL Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes installed with steel or plastic cover plates for use in 1 and 2 hr fire rated gypsum board wall assemblies framed with min 5-1/2 in. deep steel studs and constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U400 or V400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the Fire Resistance Directory. Putty pads shall lap min 1/2 in. onto the stud and gypsum board within the stud cavity. When boxes are interconnected by means of electrical metallic tube (EMT) or conduit, a ball of putty pad material shall be used to completely plug the open end of each EMT or conduit within the outlet boxes. Metallic outlet boxes may be provided with steel attachment brackets which offset box min 1/4 in. from stud. When steel attachment brackets are used, putty u pad to be affixed to the back and all four sides of the box. CFS-P PA Moldable Putty Pads, for use with max 4-11/16 by 4-11/16 in. by max 2-1/8 in. flush device UL Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes installed with steel cover plates in 2 hr fire rated gypsum board wall assemblies framed with min 3-1/2 in. deep steel studs and constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U400 and V400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the Fire Resistance Directory. An P 9 ry additional 3/4 in. ball of putty pad material shall be used to plug the end of each electrical metallic tube or conduit at its connection to the box. CFS-P PA Moldable PuttyPads for use with max 4 b 4 b 2-1/8 in. flush device UL Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes installed with steel or plastic Y Y cover plates in 2 hr fire rated gypsum board wall assemblies framed with min 3-1/2 in. deep steel studs and constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U400 and V400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the Fire Resistance Directory. An additional 3/4 in. ball of putty pad material shall be used to plug the end of each electrical metallic tube or conduit at its connection to the box. CFS-P PA Moldable Putty Pads, for use with max 14-1/4 by 4-1/2 by 2-1/2 in. flush device UL Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes installed with steel cover plates in 2 hr fire rated gypsum board wall assemblies framed with min 3-1/2 in. deep steel studs and constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U400 and V400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the Fire Resistance Directory. An additional 3/4 in. ball of putty pad material shall be used to plug the end of each electrical metallic tube or conduit at its connection to the box. HILTI Firestop Box Insert, for use with flush device UL Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes installed with steel mud rings or UL Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes in framed wall assemblies as specified below. When protective material is used on outlet boxes on both sides of the wall as directed, the horizontal separation between outlet boxes on opposite sides of the wall may be less than 24 in. provided that the boxes are not installed back-to-back (unless otherwise indicated). Installation shall comply with the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70). The box composition, max device dimensions, hourly rating, type of stud and type of faceplate are specified below. HILTI Firestop Box Insert, for use with max 4-11/16 by 4-11/16 by 2-1/8 in. deep UL Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes without internal clamps in 1 or 2 hr fire rated gypsum wallboard wall assemblies framed with min 3-1/2 in. deep wood or steel studs and constructed of materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300, U400 or V400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the Fire Resistance Directory. Outlet boxes in 1 hr fire rated walls may be installed with plastic or steel cover plates. Outlet boxes in 2 hr fire rated walls shall be installed with steel cover plates. One 4-3/8 by 4-3/8 in. insert adhered to the interior back wall of the outlet box in accordance with the instructions supplied with the product. Smaller sized inserts may be cut and combined to achieve the 4-3/8 x 4-3/8 in coverage. HILTI Firestop Box Insert, for use with max 4 by 4 by 1-1/2 in. deep and 2-1/8 in. deep UL Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes without internal clamps in 1 or 2 hr fire rated sum wallboard wall assemblies framed with min 31/2 in. deep steel or wood studs and constructed of materials and in 9YP P the manners specified in the individual U400 V400 or U300 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the Fire Resistance Directory, as summarized P 9 ry, in the Table below. One 3-11/16 by 3-3/4 in. insert adhered to the interior back wall of the outlet box in accordance with the instructons supplied with the product. Smaller sized inserts may be cut and combined to achieve the 3-11/16 x 3-314 in coverage. Reproduced by HILTI, Inc. Courtesy of NEI Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Systems December 07, Hilti Firestop Y Page: 4 of 5 SHEET NOTES: 1. REFER TO THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIRESTOPPING. a. 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING b. 07 84 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING c. 07 84 43 JOINTS FIRESTOPPING d. 22 00 00 PLUMBING e. 23 00 00 HVAC f. 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL g. 27 05 37 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS FOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS, REFER TO QUALITY CONTROL PORTION OF THE SPECIFICATION. 2. DETAILS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL DETAILS. ALWAYS REFER TO THE LISTED SYSTEM DETAIL FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. IF FIELD CONDITIONS DO NOT MATCH REQUIREMENTS OF DETAILS, APPROVED ALTERNATE DETAILS SHALL BE UTILIZED. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS, FIELD CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS NEED TO BE VERIFIED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE DETAILS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: FIRE RATING (F-RATING) TEMPERATURE RATING (T RATING) • LEAKAGE RATING (L-RATING) • WATER RATING (W-RATING) • ANNULAR SPACE • PERCENT FILL • MOVEMENT • TYPE AND THICKNESS OF FIRE -RATED CONSTRUCTION 3. IF ALTERNATE DETAILS MATCHING THE FIELD DESCRIPTION ARE NOT AVAILABLE, MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT DRAWINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ). CONTACT HILTI INC. FOR ALTERNATIVE SYSTEMS OR ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT 800-897-8000 . DRAWINGS SHALL FOLLOW THE INTERNATIONAL FIRESTOP COUNCIL (IFC) GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATIONG FIRESTOP SYSTEMS ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS. 4. REFERENCES: • 2017 UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY COLUMES 1 & 2. • NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE • NFPA 70 -NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE • ALL GOVERNING LOCAL AND REGIONAL BUILDING CODES. 5. FIRESTOP SYSTEM INSTALLATION MUST MEET REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM E-814 (UL1479) TESTED ASSEMBLIES THAT PROVIDE A FIRE RATING EQUAL OR GREATER TO THAT OF CONSTRUCTION BEING GENERATED. 6. ALL RATED THROUGH -PENETRATION ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PROMINENTLY LABELED WITH A HILTI FIRESTOP LABEL EQUIPPED WITH A QR CODE WITH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: • WARNING! -DO NOT DISTURB THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM • UL SYSTEM #' PRODUCT(S) USED • HOURLY RATING(F-RATING) • INSTALLATION DATE • CONTRACTOR'S NAME 7. FOR OUTLET BOXES REQUIRING PROTECTION, USE ONLY WALL OPENING PROTECTIVE MATERIALS CATEGORY CLIV AS CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES, FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY (VOLUME 1). CURRENT AS OF NOVEMBER 19, 2017. SYSTEM DETAILS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. W-L-1054 METAL PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-1389 MULTIPLE METAL PIPES THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-2078 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-2128 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-3334 CABLE BUNDLE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-3414 CABLE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-5028 PLASTIC PIPE WITH AB/PVC INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-5029 METAL PIPE WITH GLASS FIBER OR CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7042 METAL DUCT (WITHOUT DAMPER) THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7155 METAL DUCT THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-7156 METAL DUCT WITH GLASS FIBER INSULATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) W-L-8079 MULTIPLE PENETRATIONS THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR) CLIV-76 IMEMBRANE PENETRATION THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR F-A-2025 IPLASTIC PIPE THROUGH CONCRETE FLOOR (2-HR) JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE 311 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA 98104 t 206.324.4800 WWW.JACKSONMAIN.COM U) 0 Z 0 C) N 5 G Q 00 LU 0)LU� J Q L Q 0 V�`0�`) ~ ` C z�0 Q O LU J CYO CC G U co 111 v ) 0 Z CD O Z c) o N Q00 J W ��Q Q 0) 0 W o J LL � L.I. v J 0 r Z �- 020 Z 1LU 5 G ��O 0 O7-2 N L.L � 0 Q 0-W Z O Z O U) > 0 W LU 0 � W 0- Of O LL 0 LU 0 rn rn O Z W kM N N Q 0 o M O 10219 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Qtf!!WASHING PROJECT NO.: 20184 PROJECT MGR.: MC DRAWN BY: MC CHECKED BY: KP DETAILS A9002 JACKSON I MAIN ARCHITECTURE P.S. © 2023